UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
|
|
|
þ
|
|
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2007
or
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
|
For the transition period from
to
Commission file number
1-1023
THE MCGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
|
|
|
New York
|
|
13-1026995
|
State or other jurisdiction of
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
|
incorporation or organization
|
|
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
1221 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, N.Y.
|
|
10020
|
|
(Address of principal executive offices)
|
|
(Zip Code)
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code
(212) 512-2000
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
|
|
|
Title of each class
|
|
Name of each exchange on which registered
|
|
|
|
Common Stock $1 par value
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities registered pursuant to section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE
(Title of class)
(Title of class)
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule
405 of the Securities
Act.
þ
Yes
o
No
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section
13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act.
o
Yes
þ
No
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or
for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
þ
Yes
o
No
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation
S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of
registrants knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer,
a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
o
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12-b-2 of
the
Act).
o
Yes
þ
No
The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant as of the
last business day of the second fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2007, was $23,070,469,142, based on
the closing price of the common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange of $68.08 per
common share. For purposes of this calculation, it is assumed that directors, executive officers
and beneficial owners of more than 10% of the registrant outstanding stock are affiliates.
The number of shares of common stock of the Registrant outstanding as of February 15, 2008 was
322,785,554 shares.
Part I, Part II and Part III incorporate information by reference from the Annual Report to
Shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2007. Part III incorporates information by reference
from the definitive proxy statement mailed to shareholders March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of
shareholders to be held on April 30, 2008.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1.
|
|
Business
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1a.
|
|
Risk Factors
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1b.
|
|
Unresolved Staff Comments
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Properties
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Legal Proceedings
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART II
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Market for the Registrants Common Stock and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.
|
|
Selected Financial Data
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7.
|
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7a.
|
|
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.
|
|
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9.
|
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9a.
|
|
Controls and Procedures
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9b.
|
|
Other Information
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART III
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10.
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11.
|
|
Executive Compensation
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12.
|
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13.
|
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14.
|
|
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PART IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15.
|
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index to Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplementary Schedule
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signatures
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Index and Exhibits
|
|
19
|
EX-10.9: KEY EXECUTIVE SHORT-TERM INCENTIVE DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.11: MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.12: EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.13: SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.15: EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN SUPPLEMENT, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.16: 401(K) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING SUPPLEMENT, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.18: SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN, AS AMENDED
|
EX-10.22: DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN, AS AMENDED.
|
EX-10.23: DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN, AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
|
EX-12: COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
|
EX-13: 2007 ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
|
EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES
|
EX-23: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP
|
EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
|
EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
|
EX-32: CERTIFICATIONS
|
PART I
Item 1.
Business
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (the Registrant or the Company),
incorporated in December 1925, is a leading global information services
provider serving the financial services, education and business information
markets with a wide range of information products and services. Additional
markets include energy, construction, aerospace and defense, and marketing
information services. The Company serves its customers through a broad
range of distribution channels, including printed books, magazines and
newsletters, online via Internet Websites and digital platforms, through
wireless and traditional on-air broadcasting, and through a variety of
conferences and trade shows.
The Registrants 21,171 employees are located worldwide. They perform the
vital functions of analyzing the nature of changing demands for information
and of channeling the resources necessary to fill those demands. By virtue
of the numerous copyrights and licensing, trademark, and other agreements,
which are essential to such a business, the Registrant is able to collect,
compile, and disseminate this information. The Companys books and
magazines are printed by third parties. The Registrants principal raw
material is paper, and the Registrant has assured sources of supply, at
competitive prices, adequate for its business needs.
Descriptions of the Companys principal products, broad services and
markets, and significant achievements are hereby incorporated by reference
from Exhibit (13), pages 24 and 25, containing textual material of the
Registrants 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
The Registrant has an investor kit available online and in print that
includes the current (and prior years) Annual Report, Proxy Statement,
Form 10-Qs, Form 10-K, all filings through EDGAR with the Securities and
Exchange Commission, the current earnings release and information with
respect to the Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Program.
For online access go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click
on Digital Investor Kit. Requests for printed copies, free of charge, can
be e-mailed to investor_relations@mcgraw-hill.com or mailed to Investor
Relations, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, NY 10020-1095. You can call Investor Relations toll free at
866-436-8502. International callers may dial 212-512-2192.
The Registrant has adopted a Code of Ethics for the Companys Chief
Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers that applies to its chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief accounting officer.
To access such code, go to the Corporate Governance section of the
Companys Investor Relations Web site at
www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations. Any waivers that may in the future
be granted from such Code will be posted at such Web site address. In
addition to its Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior
Financial Officers noted above, the following topics may be found on the
Registrants Web site at the above Web site address:
|
|
|
Code of Business Ethics for all employees;
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate Governance Guidelines;
|
|
|
|
|
Audit Committee Charter;
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Committee Charter; and
|
|
|
|
|
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter.
|
The foregoing documents are also available in print, free of charge, to
any shareholder who requests them. Requests for printed copies may be
e-mailed to corporate_secretary@mcgraw-hill.com or mailed to the Corporate
Secretary, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., 1221 Avenue of the Americas,
New York, NY 10020-1095.
You may also read and copy materials that the Company has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) at the SECs public reference
room located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington, D.C. 20549.
Please call the Commission at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the
public reference room. In addition, the Companys filings with the
Commission are available to the public on the Commissions Web site at
www.sec.gov. Several years of SEC filings
1
are also available at the Companys Investor Relations Web site. Go to
www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click on the SEC Filings link.
Certifications
The Company has filed the required certifications under Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibits (31.1) and (31.2) to its annual
report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. In
addition the Company has filed the required certifications under Section
906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 as Exhibit (32) to its annual report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007. After the 2008
Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the Company intends to file with the New
York Stock Exchange (NYSE) the CEO certification regarding the Companys
compliance with the NYSEs corporate governance listing standards as
required by NYSE rule 303A.12. Last year, the Company filed this CEO
certification with the NYSE on May 17, 2007.
Information as to Operating Segments
The relative contribution of the operating segments of the Registrant and
its subsidiaries to operating revenue, operating profit, long-lived assets
and geographic information for the three years ended December 31, 2007, are
included in Exhibit (13), on pages 63 and 64 in the Registrants 2007
Annual Report to Shareholders and is hereby incorporated by reference.
Item 1a.
Risk Factors
As required the Company is providing the following cautionary statements
which identify factors that could cause the Companys actual results to
differ materially from historical and expected results. It is not possible
to foresee or identify all such factors. Investors should not consider this
list an exhaustive statement of all risks and uncertainties.
|
|
Historical Growth Rates
|
|
|
|
Continuance of the Companys historical growth rate depends upon a
number of uncertain events including the outcome of the Companys
strategies of expanding its penetration in global markets, introduction
of new products and services, and acquisitions. Difficulties, delays or
failure of the Companys strategies could cause the future growth of the
Company to differ materially from its historical growth rate.
|
|
|
|
Changes in the Volume of Debt Securities Issued in Domestic and/or
Global Capital Markets and Changes in Interest Rates and Other
Volatility in the Financial Markets
|
|
|
|
The Companys results could be adversely affected by a reduction in the
volume of debt securities issued in domestic and/or global capital
markets. Unfavorable financial or economic conditions that either
reduce investor demand for debt securities or reduce issuers
willingness or ability to issue such securities could reduce the number
and dollar volume of debt issuance for which Standard & Poors provides
ratings services. In addition, increases in interest rates or credit
spreads, volatility in financial markets or the interest rate
environment, significant political or economic events, defaults of
significant issuers and other market and economic factors may negatively
impact the general level of debt issuance, the debt issuance plans of
certain categories of borrowers, and/or the types of credit-sensitive
products being offered. A sustained period of market decline or
weakness could have a material adverse effect on the Company. The
Companys results could also be adversely affected because of public
statements or actions by market participants, government officials and
others who may be advocates of increased regulation, regulatory scrutiny
or litigation.
|
|
|
|
Changes in Educational Funding
|
|
|
|
The Companys U.S. educational textbook and testing businesses may be
adversely affected by changes in state educational funding as a result
of changes in legislation, both at the federal and state level, changes
in the state procurement process and changes in the condition of the
local, state or U.S. economy. While in the past few years the
availability of state and federal funding for elementary and high school
education has improved due to legislative mandates such as No Child Left
Behind (NCLB) and Reading First, future changes in federal funding and
the state and local tax base could create an unfavorable environment,
leading to budget issues resulting in a decrease in educational funding.
|
2
|
|
Cyclical Nature of Customers Businesses
|
|
|
|
A significant portion of the Companys sales are to customers in
educational markets. The School Education Group and the industry it
serves are influenced strongly by the magnitude and timing of state
adoption opportunities. Approximately 20 states currently use an
adoption process to purchase textbooks. In the remaining states, known
as open territories, textbooks are purchased independently by local
districts or individual schools. The 2008 adoption market is projected
to increase by approximately 10% to 15% as compared to 2007. While the
adoption opportunities in 2008 and beyond are expected to increase there
is no guarantee that the Company will be successful in the new state
adoption market or in open territories.
|
|
|
|
Changes in the Global Advertising Markets / Affiliation Agreements
|
|
|
|
Although advertisings impact on the McGraw-Hill Companies is less than
5% of revenue, advertising is still a significant source of revenue in
the Information & Media segment. In general, demand for advertising
tends to correlate with changes in the level of economic activity in the
United States and in the markets the Company serves. In addition,
world, national and local events may affect advertising demand.
Competition from other forms of media such as other magazines,
broadcasters and Web sites, affects the Companys ability to attract and
retain advertisers. In addition, significant changes in the Companys
network affiliation agreements could affect the profitability of the
Companys broadcasting operations.
|
|
|
|
Possible Loss of Market Share or Revenue Through Competition or
Regulation
|
|
|
|
The markets for credit ratings as well as research, investment and
advisory services are very competitive. The Financial Services segment
competes domestically and internationally on the basis of a number of
factors, including quality of ratings, research and investment advice,
client service, reputation, price, geographic scope, range of products
and services, and technological innovation. In addition, in some of the
countries in which Standard & Poors competes, governments may provide
financial or other support to locally-based rating agencies and may from
time to time establish official credit rating agencies, credit ratings
criteria or procedures for evaluating local issuers. The financial
services industry is also subject to the potential for increasing
regulation in the United States and abroad. The businesses conducted by
the Financial Services segment are in certain cases regulated under the
U.S. Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006, Investment Advisers Act of
1940, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the National Association
of Securities Dealers and/or the laws of the states or other
jurisdictions in which they conduct business. In the past several years
the U.S. Congress, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the
European Commission, through the Committee of European Securities
Regulators (CESR) and the International Organization of Securities
Commissions (IOSCO), a global group of securities commissioners, have
been reviewing the role of rating agencies and their processes and the
need for greater oversight or regulations concerning the issuance of
credit ratings or the activities of credit rating agencies. Local,
national and multinational bodies have considered and adopted other
legislation and regulations relating to credit rating agencies from time
to time and are likely to continue to do so in the future. The Company
does not believe that any new or currently proposed legislation,
regulations or judicial determinations would have a materially adverse
effect on its financial condition or results of operations. However,
new legislation, regulations or judicial determinations applicable to
credit rating agencies in the United States and abroad could affect the
competitive position of Standard & Poors ratings services. Additional
information on the SECs activities regarding rating agencies is
provided in the Managements Discussion and Analysis section of the
Companys 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
|
|
|
|
Broadcasting Regulations
|
|
|
|
The Companys broadcast stations are subject to regulatory developments
that may affect their future profitability. All television stations are
subject to Federal Communication Commission (FCC) regulation.
Television stations broadcast under licenses that are generally granted
and renewed for a period of eight years. The FCC regulates television
station operations in several ways, including, but not limited to,
employment practices, political advertising, indecency and obscenity,
sponsorship identification, childrens programming, issue-responsive
programming, signal carriage, ownership, and engineering, transmissions,
antenna and other technical matters.
|
|
|
|
Introduction of New Products or Technologies
|
|
|
|
The Company operates in highly competitive markets that are subject to
rapid change, and the Company must continue to invest and adapt to
remain competitive. There are substantial uncertainties associated
with the Companys efforts to develop new products and services
for the markets it serves.
The Company makes significant investments in new
products and services that may not be profitable and even if they are
profitable, operating margins for new products and businesses may be
lower than the margins the Company has experienced historically. The
Company also could experience threats to its existing businesses from
the rise of new competitors due to the rapidly changing environment
within which the Company operates. The Company relies on its
information technology environment and certain critical databases,
systems and applications to support key product and service offerings.
The Company believes it has appropriate policies, processes and internal
controls to ensure the stability of its information technology including
security from unauthorized access and business continuity. The
Companys operating results may be adversely impacted by unanticipated
system failures or data corruption.
|
3
|
|
Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
|
The Companys major expense categories include employee compensation and
printing, paper, and distribution costs for product-related
manufacturing. The Company offers its employees competitive salary and
benefit packages in order to attract and retain the quality employees
required to grow and expand its businesses. Compensation costs are
influenced by general economic factors, including those affecting the
cost of health insurance and postretirement benefits, and any trends
specific to the employee skill sets the Company requires. In addition,
the Companys reported earnings may be adversely affected by changes in
pension costs and funding requirements due to poor investment returns
and/or changes in pension regulations. Paper prices fluctuate based on
the worldwide demand and supply for paper in general and for the
specific types of paper used by the Company. The Companys overall paper
price increase is currently limited due to negotiated price reductions,
long-term agreements, and short-term price caps for a portion of paper
purchases that are not protected by long-term agreements. The Companys
books and magazines are printed by third parties. The Company typically
has multi-year contracts for the production of books and magazines, a
practice which reduces price fluctuations over the contract term. Any
significant increase in these costs could adversely affect the Companys
results of operations. The Company makes significant investments in
information technology data centers and other technology initiatives.
Additionally, the Company makes significant investments in the
development of programs for the el-hi market place. While the Company
believes it is prudent in its investment strategies and execution of its
implementation plans there is, however, no assurance as to the ultimate
recoverability of these investments.
|
|
|
|
Protection of Intellectual Property Rights
|
|
|
|
The Companys products comprise intellectual property delivered through
a variety of media, including print, broadcast and digital. The ability
to achieve anticipated results depends in part on the Companys ability
to defend its intellectual property against infringement. The Companys
operating results may be adversely affected by inadequate legal and
technological protections for intellectual property and proprietary
rights in some jurisdictions and markets.
|
|
|
|
Exposure to Litigation
|
|
|
|
The Company is involved in legal actions and claims arising from its
business practices, as discussed in the Managements Discussion and
Analysis section of the Companys Annual Report to Shareholders, and
faces the risk that additional actions and claims will be filed in the
future. Due to the inherent uncertainty of the litigation process, the
resolution of any particular legal proceeding or change in applicable
legal standards could have a material effect on the Companys financial
position and results of operations.
|
|
|
|
Risk of Doing Business Abroad
|
|
|
|
As the Company expands its operations overseas, it faces the increased
risks of doing business abroad, including inflation, fluctuation in
interest rates and currency exchange rates, changes in applicable laws
and regulatory requirements, export and import restrictions, tariffs,
nationalization, expropriation, limits on repatriation of funds, civil
unrest, terrorism, unstable governments and legal systems, and other
factors. Adverse developments in any of these areas could cause actual
results to differ materially from historical and/or expected operating
results.
|
Item 1b.
Unresolved Staff Comments
None.
4
Item 2.
Properties
The Registrant leases office facilities at 230 locations: 117 are in the
United States. In addition, the Registrant owns real property at 22
locations, of which 10 are in the United States. The principal facilities
of the Registrant are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Square
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
Feet
|
|
|
|
Locations
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
Domestic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York, NY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55 Water Street
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
1,071
|
|
|
Financial Services
|
2 Penn Plaza
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
1221 Avenue of the Americas
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
Corporate Headquarters
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Blacklick, OH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Distr. Ctr.
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
Office
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ashland, OH
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Groveport, OH
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Columbus, OH
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Orion Place
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
East Commons
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
East Windsor, NJ
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Office & Data Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
Warehouse
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
Vacant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Delran, NJ
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
108
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
DeSoto, TX
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book Distr. Ctr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
Assembly Plant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Monterey, CA
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salinas, CA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Moffitt Street
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
Vacant
|
El Camino Road
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westlake Village, CA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mather, CA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Francisco, CA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
San Diego, CA
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dubuque, IA
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chavenelle Drive
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
Bell Street
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chicago, IL
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
152
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
Square
|
|
|
|
|
|
or
|
|
|
Feet
|
|
|
|
Locations
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
(thousands)
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
Burr Ridge, IL
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Centennial, CO
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denver, CO
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boulder, CO
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indianapolis, IN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
North Michigan Road
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
North Meridian Street
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Washington, DC
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Norcross, GA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lake Mary, FL
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Troy, MI
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Boston, MA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bothell, WA
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canary Wharf, England
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maidenhead, England
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wooburn, England
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico City, Mexico
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Whitby, Canada
|
|
Owned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Office
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
Book Distr. Ctr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Madrid, Spain
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jurong, Singapore
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Delhi, India
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frankfurt, Germany
|
|
Leased
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
Various Segments
|
In October 2007 the Company moved from a leased facility in Dubuque, Iowa to a new owned
facility.
During 2007, leased domestic properties decreased slightly due to expirations and lease
buyouts.
6
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SRL and on The
McGraw-Hill Companies, SA (both indirect subsidiaries of the Company)
(collectively, Standard & Poors) on September 29, 2005 and October 7,
2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal of Milan, Italy by
Enrico Bondi (Bondi), the Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat
Finanziaria S.p.A. and Parmalat S.p.A. (collectively, Parmalat). Bondi
has brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the United States
against entities and individuals who had dealings with Parmalat. In this
suit, Bondi claims that Standard & Poors, which had issued investment
grade ratings on Parmalat until shortly before Parmalats collapse in
December 2003, breached its duty to issue an independent and professional
rating and negligently and knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to
retain Parmalats business. Alleging joint and several liability, Bondi
claims damages of euros 4,073,984,120 (representing the value of bonds
issued by Parmalat and the rating fees paid by Parmalat) with interest,
plus damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poors alleged complicity in
aggravating Parmalats financial difficulties and/or for having contributed
in bringing about Parmalats indebtedness towards its bondholders, and
legal fees. The Company believes that Bondis allegations and claims for
damages lack legal or factual merit. Standard & Poors filed its answer,
counterclaim and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will continue to
vigorously contest the action.
In a separate proceeding, the prosecutors office in Parma, Italy is
conducting an investigation into the bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006,
the prosecutors office issued a Note of Completion of an Investigation
(Note of Completion) concerning allegations, based on Standard & Poors
investment grade ratings of Parmalat, that individual Standard & Poors
rating analysts conspired with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to
fraudulently or negligently cause the Parmalat bankruptcy. The Note of
Completion was served on eight Standard & Poors rating analysts. While
not a formal charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutors
intention that the named rating analysts should appear before a judge in
Parma for a preliminary hearing, at which hearing the judge will determine
whether there is sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to proceed
to trial. No date has been set for the preliminary hearing. On July 7,
2006, a defense brief was filed with the Parma prosecutors office on
behalf of the rating analysts. The Company believes that there is no basis
in fact or law to support the allegations against the rating analysts, and
they will be vigorously defended by the subsidiaries involved.
The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro se action titled
Blomquist v. Washington Mutual, et al
., was filed in the District Court for
the Northern District of California against numerous financial
institutions, government agencies and individuals, including the Company
and Mr. Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the Company, alleging various state
and federal claims. The claims against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern
Standard & Poors ratings of subprime mortgage-backed securities. An
amended Complaint was filed in the
Blomquist
action on September 10, 2007
which added two other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008
the Company was served with the Complaint. In addition, the Company has
learned that on August 28, 2007 a putative shareholder class action titled
Reese v. Bahash
, was filed in the District Court for the District of
Columbia against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the Company, alleging claims
under the federal securities laws and state tort law concerning Standard &
Poors ratings, particularly its ratings of subprime mortgage-backed
securities. Mr. Bahash has not been served with the Complaint. On
February 11, 2008, the District Court in the
Reese
matter entered an order
appointing a lead plaintiff in that action and permitting plaintiffs to
amend the Complaint on or before April 16, 2008 to add additional
defendants. The Company believes both Complaints to be without merit and
intends to vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
In addition, in the normal course of business both in the United States and
abroad, the Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal
proceedings and are involved, from time to time, in governmental and
self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in adverse judgments,
damages, fines or penalties. Also, various governmental and self-regulatory
agencies regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations concerning
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Based on information
currently known by the Companys management, the Company does not believe
that any pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory proceedings or
investigations will result in a material adverse effect on its financial
condition or results of operations.
Item 4.
Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
No matters were submitted to a vote of Registrants security holders during
the last quarter of the period covered by this Report.
7
Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harold McGraw III
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Robert J. Bahash
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter C. Davis
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Global Strategy
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce D. Marcus
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David L. Murphy
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
Executive Vice President, Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth M. Vittor
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
David B. Stafford
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Senior Vice President, Corporate Affairs
and Executive Assistant to the
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
|
All of the above executive officers of the Registrant have been full-time employees of
the Registrant for more than five years except for Peter Davis.
Mr. Davis, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on November 1, 2006 was a
managing director at Novantas LLC, where he was responsible for the capital markets,
asset management, and commercial and private banking practices. Prior to his tenure at
Novantas, he was a partner at Booz Allen Hamilton.
Mr. Marcus, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on January 19, 2005, was
Senior Vice President, Enterprise Systems, with responsibility for systems development
across the Company. Prior to that, he was Vice President, Business Operations and
Technology for Platts.
Mr. Murphy, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on July 22, 2002, spent most
of his professional career with the Ford Motor Company where, most recently, he was Vice
President, Human Resources.
Mr. Stafford, prior to becoming an officer of the Registrant on February 2, 2006, was
Associate General Counsel in the Companys Legal Department.
8
PART II
Item 5.
Market for the Registrants Common Stock and Related
Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
On February 15, 2008, the closing price of the Registrants common stock was
$40.94 per share as reported on the New York Stock Exchange. The approximate
number of record holders of the Registrants common stock as of February 15,
2008 was 7,474.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
Dividends per share of common stock:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.205 per quarter in 2007
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
|
|
|
$0.1815 per quarter in 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.726
|
|
On January 24, 2006 the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase
program authorizing the purchase of up to 45 million shares, which was
approximately 12.1% of the total shares of the Companys outstanding common
stock as of January 24, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, 20 million shares
remained available under the 2006 repurchase program. On January 31, 2007 the
Board of Directors approved a new stock repurchase program authorizing the
purchase of up to 45 million additional shares, which was approximately 12.7%
of the total shares of the Companys outstanding common stock as of January
31, 2007. In 2007, the Company repurchased 37 million shares, including the
20 million shares remaining under the 2006 program and 17 million shares from
the 2007 program. As of December 31, 2007, 28 million shares remained
available under the 2007 repurchase program. The repurchase program has no
expiration date. The repurchased shares may be used for general corporate
purposes, including the issuance of shares in connection with the exercise of
employee stock options. Purchases under this program may be made from time to
time on the open market and in private transactions, depending on market
conditions.
The following table provides information on purchases made by the Company of
its outstanding common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007 pursuant to
the stock repurchase program authorized by the Board of Directors on January
31, 2007 (column c). In addition to purchases under the 2007 stock
repurchase program, the number of shares in column (a) includes: 1) shares of
common stock that are tendered to the Registrant to satisfy the employees
tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of awards of
restricted performance shares (such shares are repurchased by the Registrant
based on their fair market value on the vesting date), and 2) shares of the
Registrant deemed surrendered to the Registrant to pay the exercise price and
to satisfy the employees tax withholding obligations in connection with the
exercise of employee stock options. There were no other share repurchases
during the quarter outside the stock repurchases noted below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)Total Number of
|
|
(d) Maximum Number
|
|
|
(a)Total Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased as
|
|
of Shares that may
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
(b)Average Price
|
|
Part of Publicly
|
|
yet be Purchased
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Paid per
|
|
Announced Programs
|
|
Under the Programs
|
Period
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Share
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
(in millions)
|
(Oct. 1
Oct. 31, 2007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35.0
|
|
(Nov. 1
Nov. 30, 2007)
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
$
|
46.53
|
|
|
|
4.9
|
|
|
|
30.1
|
|
(Dec. 1
Dec. 31, 2007)
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
45.14
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
Total Qtr
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
$
|
46.11
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
28.0
|
|
Information concerning the high and low stock price of the Registrants common
stock on the New York Stock Exchange is incorporated herein by reference from
Exhibit (13), from page 82 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
A performance graph that compares the Registrants cumulative total
shareholder return during the previous five years with a performance indicator
of the overall market (i.e., S&P 500), and the Registrants peer group is
incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from page 2 of the 2007
Annual Report to Shareholders.
9
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report
to Shareholders, pages 80 and 81.
Item 7.
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report
to Shareholders, pages 24 to 52.
Item 7a.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report
to Shareholders, page 51.
Item 8.
Consolidated Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Incorporated herein by reference from Exhibit (13), from the 2007 Annual Report
to Shareholders, pages 53 to 79.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
None.
Item 9a.
Controls and Procedures
Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to
ensure that information required to be disclosed in the Companys reports filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is recorded, processed,
summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SECs rules and
forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief
Financial Officer (CFO), as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding
required disclosure.
As of December 31, 2007, an evaluation was performed under the supervision and
with the participation of the Companys management, including the CEO and CFO,
of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Companys disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) under the U.S. Securities
Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Companys management,
including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the Companys disclosure controls and
procedures were effective as of December 31, 2007.
Managements Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 404) and as
defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
management is required to provide the following report on the Companys internal
control over financial reporting:
|
1.
|
|
The Companys management is responsible for establishing
and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the
Company.
|
|
2.
|
|
The Companys management has evaluated the system of
internal control using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) framework. Management has selected the COSO
framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework recognized by the
SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board that is free from
bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative
measurement of the Companys internal controls, is sufficiently complete so
that relevant controls are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of
internal controls over financial reporting.
|
10
|
3.
|
|
Based on managements evaluation under this framework, we
have concluded that the Companys internal controls over financial
reporting were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no material
weaknesses in the Companys internal control over financial reporting that
have been identified by management.
|
|
4.
|
|
The Companys independent registered public accounting
firm, Ernst & Young LLP, have audited the consolidated financial statements
of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007, and have issued their
reports on the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal
controls over financial reporting. These reports are located on pages 77
and 78 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
|
Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Companys internal control over financial
reporting during the most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys internal control over
financial reporting.
Item 9b.
Other Information
None.
11
PART III
Item 10.
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers of the Registrant
|
|
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy
statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
on April 30, 2008.
|
Item 11.
|
|
Executive Compensation
|
|
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy
statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
on April 30, 2008.
|
Item 12.
|
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
|
|
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy
statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to be held
April 30, 2008.
|
|
The following table details the Registrants equity compensation plans as of December 31,
2007:
|
Equity Compensation Plans Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
remaining available
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
for future issuance
|
|
|
Number of securities to
|
|
exercise price of
|
|
under equity
|
|
|
be issued upon exercise
|
|
outstanding
|
|
compensation plans
|
|
|
of outstanding options,
|
|
options, warrants
|
|
(excluding securities reflected
|
Plan Category
|
|
warrants and rights
|
|
and rights
|
|
in column (a))
|
|
Equity compensation
plans approved by
security holders
|
|
|
32,048,615
|
|
|
$
|
39.6238
|
|
|
|
23,585,795
|
|
Equity compensation
plans not approved
by security holders
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
32,048,615
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
39.6238
|
|
|
|
23,585,795
|
(2) (3)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Included in this number are 31,837,143 shares to be issued upon
exercise of outstanding options under the Companys Stock Incentive Plans
and 211,472 deferred units already credited but to be issued under the
Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Included in this number are 559,953 shares reserved for
issuance under the Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan. The remaining
23,025,842 shares are reserved for issuance under the 2002 Stock Incentive
Plan (the 2002 Plan) for Performance Stock, Restricted Stock, Other
Stock-Based Awards, Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs).
|
|
(3)
|
|
Under the terms of the 2002 Plan, shares subject to an award
(other than a stock option, SAR, or dividend equivalent) or shares paid in
settlement of a dividend equivalent reduce the number of shares available
under the 2002 Plan by one share for each such share granted or paid;
shares subject to a stock option or SAR reduce the number of shares
available under the 2002 Plan by one-third of a share for each such share
granted. The 2002 Plan stipulates that in no case, as a result of such
share counting, may more than 19,000,000 shares of stock be issued
thereunder. Accordingly, for purposes of setting forth the figures in this
column, the base figure from which issuances of stock awards are deducted,
is deemed to be 19,000,000 shares for the 2002 Plan plus shares reserved
for grant immediately prior to the amendments to the 2002 Plan of April
28, 2004.
|
|
|
|
The 2002 Plan is also governed by certain share recapture provisions. The
aggregate number of shares of stock available under the 2002 Plan for
issuance are increased by the number of shares of stock granted as an award
under the 2002 Plan or 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plan (the 1993
Plan)(other than stock option, SAR or 1993 Plan stock option awards) or by
one-third of the number of shares of stock in the case of stock option, SAR
or 1993 Plan stock option awards that are, in each case: forfeited, settled
in cash or property other than stock, or otherwise not distributable under an
award under the Plan; tendered or withheld to pay the exercise or purchase
price of an award under the 2002 or 1993 Plans or to satisfy applicable wage
or other required tax withholding in connection with the exercise, vesting or
payment of, or other event related to, an award under the 2002 or 1993 Plan;
or repurchased by the Company with the option proceeds in respect of the
exercise of a stock option under the 2002 or 1993 Plans.
|
12
Item 13.
|
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions
|
|
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy
statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to
be held April 30, 2008.
|
|
On March 30, 2006, as part of its previously announced stock buyback
program, the Company acquired 8.4 million shares of the Corporations
stock from the holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The
shares were purchased through the mixture of available cash and borrowings
at a discount of approximately 2.4% from the March 30th New York Stock
Exchange closing price through a private transaction with Mr. McGraws
estate. This transaction closed on April 5, 2006 and the total purchase
amount of $468.8 million was funded through a combination of cash on hand
and borrowings in the commercial paper market. The transaction was
approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of the Companys
Board of Directors, and the Corporation received independent financial and
legal advice concerning the purchase.
|
Item 14.
|
|
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2007, Ernst & Young LLP audited the
consolidated financial statements of the Corporation and its
subsidiaries.
|
|
Incorporated herein by reference from the Registrants definitive proxy
statement dated March 20, 2008 for the annual meeting of shareholders to
be held April 30, 2008.
|
PART IV
Item 15.
|
|
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
|
(a)
|
1.
|
|
Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 14
is incorporated herein by reference as the list of financial statements
required as part of this report.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
The Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule on page 14
is incorporated herein by reference as the list of financial statements
required as part of this report.
|
|
|
3.
|
|
Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
The exhibits filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K are listed in the
Exhibit Index on pages 19 to 20, immediately preceding such Exhibits, and such
Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
|
13
The McGraw-Hill Companies
Index to Financial Statements,
Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reference
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Report
|
|
|
|
Form
|
|
|
to Share-
|
|
|
|
10-K
|
|
|
holders (page)
|
|
Data incorporated by reference from
Annual Report to Shareholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Report of Management
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54-55
|
|
Consolidated statement of income for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Consolidated statement of cash flows for each of the three years in the
period ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
Consolidated statement of shareholders equity for each of the three years
in the period ended December 31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
Notes to consolidated financial statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58-75
|
|
Quarterly financial information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Financial Statement Schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated schedule for each of the three years in the period ended December
31, 2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II Reserves for doubtful accounts and sales returns
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
|
|
Exhibit 23
|
All other schedules have been omitted since the required information is not present or not
present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedule, or because the
information required is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes
thereto.
The financial statements listed in the above index which are included in the annual report to
shareholders for the year ended December 31, 2007 are hereby incorporated by reference in
Exhibit (13). With the exception of the pages listed in the above index, the 2007 annual
report to shareholders is not to be deemed filed as part of Item 15 (a)(1).
14
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SCHEDULE II RESERVES FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS AND SALES RETURNS
(Thousands of dollars)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
|
beginning
|
|
|
Charged
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
at end
|
|
Additions/(deductions)
|
|
of year
|
|
|
to income
|
|
|
Deductions
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
of year
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended 12/31/07
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
73,405
|
|
|
$
|
14,991
|
|
|
$
|
(17,810
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
70,586
|
|
Allowance for returns
|
|
|
188,515
|
|
|
|
8,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
197,095
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
261,920
|
|
|
$
|
23,571
|
|
|
$
|
(17,810
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
267,681
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended 12/31/06
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
74,396
|
|
|
$
|
19,577
|
|
|
$
|
(20,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
73,405
|
|
Allowance for returns
|
|
|
187,348
|
|
|
|
1,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188,515
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
261,744
|
|
|
$
|
20,744
|
|
|
$
|
(20,568
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
261,920
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year ended 12/31/05
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
$
|
80,570
|
|
|
$
|
18,896
|
|
|
$
|
(23,044
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,026
|
)
|
|
$
|
74,396
|
|
Allowance for returns
|
|
|
178,128
|
|
|
|
9,220
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187,348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
258,698
|
|
|
$
|
28,116
|
|
|
$
|
(23,044
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,026
|
)
|
|
$
|
261,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Accounts written off, less recoveries.
|
|
(B)
|
|
In 2005, amounts primarily relate to the disposition of Corporate Value Consulting
and the acquisitions of J.D. Power and Associates and Vista Research, Inc.
|
15
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
Registrant has duly caused this annual report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
|
|
|
Registrant
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Kenneth M. Vittor
|
|
|
|
Kenneth M. Vittor
|
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
|
|
|
|
General Counsel
|
|
|
|
February 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been
signed on February 29, 2008 on behalf of Registrant by the following persons who signed in
the capacities as set forth below under their respective names. Registrants board of
directors is comprised of twelve members and the signatures set forth below of individual
board members, constitute at least a majority of such board.
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Harold W. McGraw III
|
|
|
Harold W. McGraw III
|
|
|
Chairman, President and
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert J. Bahash
|
|
|
Robert J. Bahash
|
|
|
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Luc Grégoire
|
|
|
Luc Grégoire
|
|
|
Senior Vice President and
Corporate Controller
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Pedro Aspe
|
|
|
Pedro Aspe
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sir Winfried F.W. Bischoff
|
|
|
Sir Winfried F.W. Bischoff
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Douglas N. Daft
|
|
|
Douglas N. Daft
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Linda Koch Lorimer
|
|
|
Linda Koch Lorimer
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Robert P. McGraw
|
|
|
Robert P. McGraw
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Hilda Ochoa-Brillembourg
|
|
|
Hilda Ochoa-Brillembourg
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sir Michael Rake
|
|
|
Sir Michael Rake
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James H. Ross
|
|
|
James H. Ross
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Edward B. Rust, Jr.
|
|
|
Edward B. Rust, Jr.
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kurt L. Schmoke
|
|
|
Kurt L. Schmoke
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Sidney Taurel
|
|
|
Sidney Taurel
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993 and Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30,
1998.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant, incorporated by reference from
Registrants Form 8-K filed April 27, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
By-laws of Registrant, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-Q for the quarter
ended March 31, 2000.
|
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
Indenture dated as of November 2, 2007 between the Registrant, as issuer, and The Bank of New
York, as trustee, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 8-K dated November 2, 2007.
|
|
|
|
(10.1)
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement between Registrant and each of its directors and certain
of its executive officers, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(10.2)*
|
|
Registrants 1987 Key Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of December
6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(10.3)*
|
|
Registrants Amended and Restated 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and
restated as of December 6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(10.4)*
|
|
Registrants Amended and Restated 2002 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated as of
December 6, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(10.5)*
|
|
Form of Restricted Performance Share Terms and Conditions, incorporated by reference from
Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(10.6)*
|
|
Form of Restricted Performance Share Award, incorporated by reference from Registrants
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(10.7)*
|
|
Form of Stock Option Award, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(10.8)*
|
|
Registrants Key Executive Short Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated
effective as of January 1, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2006.
|
|
|
|
(10.9)*
|
|
Registrants Key Executive Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and
restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.10)*
|
|
Registrants Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, incorporated by reference from
Registrants Form SE filed March 28, 1991 and in connection with Registrants Form 10-K for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990.
|
|
|
|
(10.11)*
|
|
Registrants Management Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.12)*
|
|
Registrants Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.13)*
|
|
Registrants Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.14)
|
|
$1,200,000 Five-Year Credit Agreement dated as of July 20, 2004 among the Registrant, the
lenders listed therein, and JP Morgan Chase Bank, as administrative agent, incorporated by
reference from The Registrants Form 8-K dated July 22, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(10.15)*
|
|
Registrants Employee Retirement Plan Supplement, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.16)*
|
|
Registrants 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Supplement, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
19
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
Number
|
|
Exhibit Index
|
|
|
|
(10.17)*
|
|
Registrants Management Supplemental Death and Disability Benefits Plan, as amended
January 24, 2006, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2005.
|
|
|
|
(10.18)*
|
|
Registrants Senior Executive Supplemental Death, Disability & Retirement Benefits Plan,
as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.19)*
|
|
Resolutions amending certain of Registrants equity and compensation plans, as adopted on
February 23, 2000, with respect to definitions of Cause and Change of Control contained
therein, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2000.
|
|
|
|
(10.20)*
|
|
Registrants Director Retirement Plan, incorporated by reference from Registrants Form SE
filed March 29, 1990 in connection with Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1989.
|
|
|
|
(10.21)*
|
|
Resolutions Freezing Existing Benefits and Terminating Additional Benefits under
Registrants Directors Retirement Plan, as adopted on January 31, 1996, incorporated by
reference from Registrants Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996.
|
|
|
|
(10.22)*
|
|
Registrants Director Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.23)*
|
|
Registrants Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan, as amended and restated as of January 1, 2008.
|
|
|
|
(10.24)*
|
|
Aircraft Timeshare Agreement, dated as of September 15, 2004, by and between Standard &
Poors Securities Evaluations, Inc. and Harold McGraw III, incorporated by reference from the
Registrants Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2004.
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
Computation of ratio of earnings to fixed charges.
|
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
Registrants 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders. Such Report, except for those portions
thereof which are expressly incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, is furnished for the
information of the Commission and is not deemed filed as part of this Form 10-K.
|
|
|
|
(21)
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
|
|
|
|
(23)
|
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
|
|
|
|
(31.1)
|
|
Annual Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
(31.2)
|
|
Annual Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
(32)
|
|
Annual Certification of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer pursuant
to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
|
|
|
|
(99)
|
|
Amendment to Rights Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2005, by and between the Registrant and
The Bank of New York, as Rights Agent, incorporated by reference from Form 8-A/A filed August
3, 2005.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
These exhibits relate to management contracts or compensatory plan
arrangements.
|
20
Exhibit 10.11
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
MANAGEMENT SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan is to provide managers who are in a position to contribute to the
success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their termination of
employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A
of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Attorneys Fees
means any reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred
in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
SECTION 2.02
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant
to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participants Beneficiary designation shall be
made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received,
accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.03
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.04
Cause
means the Participants misconduct in respect of the Participants
obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during
the course of the Participants employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be
expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group; that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be Cause; and,
provided
,
further
, that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a
person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in
Control shall be deemed to be for Cause.
SECTION 2.05
CEO
means the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.
SECTION 2.06
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or
14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule
13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares
of
2
Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
); excluding, however, the following: (1) any
acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a
conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the
Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or
(4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of
subsection (iii) of this Section 2.06; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that
the Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter
referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the
Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this Section 2.06, that any individual who becomes a
Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the
Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were
members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered
as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but,
provided
,
further
, that any such
individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened
election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of
a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all
or substantially all of the assets of the Company (
Corporate Transaction
);
excluding
,
however
, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to
which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial
owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities
immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and
the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting
from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a
result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys
assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the
Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no
Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the
Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially
own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of
common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined
voting power of the
3
outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed
prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent
Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the
shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.07
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.08
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.09
Commencement Date
means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle
coincident with or next following the date of the Participants separation from service within
the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.10
Committee
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
SECTION 2.11
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.12
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.13
Company Group
means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.14
Comparable Position
has the meaning that shall be determined by the CEO after
taking into account the job requirements of a Participants then current position and the position
offered to a Participant, the duties of the two positions, the base pay of the two positions and
such other factors as the CEO deems relevant. A Comparable Position may require a Participant to
utilize different skills from those used in the Participants then current position. Aggregate
levels of benefits, cash bonus opportunities and titles do not need to be taken into account by the
CEO in assessing whether a position qualifies as a Comparable Position.
SECTION 2.15
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.16
Disability
means a Participants long-term disability pursuant to a
determination of disability under the Companys Long-Term Disability Plan.
SECTION 2.17
Disputed Claim
means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by
the Company.
SECTION 2.18
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.
4
SECTION 2.19
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.20
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.21
Excise Tax
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.05 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.22
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.23
Local Position
has the meaning that shall be determined by the CEO using
standards that are similar to the standards utilized under the Code (including, without limitation,
the distance standard in Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code), for purposes of moving expense
deductions, and such other factors as the CEO deems relevant.
SECTION 2.24
Long-Term Disability Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term
Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.25
Judgment or Award
means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of
competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially
all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.
SECTION 2.26
Monthly Base Salary
means a Participants highest regular monthly salary during
the preceding 24-month period, excluding any of the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive
compensation, whether short-term or long-term, commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments
on account of premiums on insurance or other contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.
SECTION 2.27
Participant
means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in
Section 4.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.28
Payment
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the
Plan.
SECTION 2.29
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management Severance Plan, as
amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.30
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.31
Protection Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.32
Release
means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the
Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company
5
Group, and each of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns,
from any and all claims that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of
their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns.
SECTION 2.33
Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.34
Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.35
Separation Pay Plan
means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.36
Specified Employee
means a Participant who is a specified employee within the
meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.37
Subsidiary
means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting
shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
SECTION 2.38
Substitute Position
means a position which may not be comparable in title,
duties and responsibilities to a prior position, but which affords the Participant a comparable
level of base pay and which, in the judgment of the CEO, is consistent with the experience,
education or skills of the Participant. A Substitute Position may require a Participant to utilize
different skills from those used in the Participants then current position. Aggregate levels of
benefits, cash bonus opportunities and titles do not need to be taken into account by the CEO in
assessing whether a position qualifies as a Substitute Position.
SECTION 2.39
Supplemental Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of
the Plan.
SECTION 2.40
Supplemental Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii)
of the Plan.
SECTION 2.41
Termination of Employment at Company Convenience
means termination of the
employment of a Participant initiated by the Company Group, other than for Cause, and other than by
reason of death, Disability, voluntary resignation by a Participant, or lawful Company Group
mandated retirement at normal retirement
age.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President,
Human Resources of the Company (the
Plan Administrator
), who shall have full authority to
construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan
as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator
shall be reviewable by the CEO. Subject to Article VIII, the
6
CEO shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules
and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions,
including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of
the CEO or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the
administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations
promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest
in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the CEO, the Plan
Administrator, the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to whom
fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any
claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful
neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Participants
. Subject to the approval of the CEO, the Plan Administrator
shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in Grade Level 25 or
above (or equivalent successor grade) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a
position to contribute to the success of the Company Group.
SECTION 4.02
Participation Notification; Participation Agreement
. The Company shall notify
each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth
the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter
into such agreements as the CEO deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a Participants
rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms, provisions and
conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions for the
extension or renewal of any
such agreement, as shall be determined by the CEO, in his sole discretion.
SECTION 4.03
Termination of Participation
. A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in
the Plan upon the earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or
becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the
Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with
the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In
addition, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of
a Termination of Employment at Company Convenience, the Participant is no longer in Grade Level 25
or above (or equivalent successor grade).
7
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
SECTION 5.01
Separation Pay
. (a) In the event of a Termination of Employment at Company
Convenience, the Participant shall be entitled to the following:
(i) an amount of separation pay
(the
Separation Pay
) equal to the Participants Monthly Base Salary for the number of months
following the Participants Commencement Date (the
Separation Period
) equal to the number of full
and partial years of the Participants continuous service with the Company Group, up to a maximum
of 20 years, multiplied by 0.3, and payable over the Separation Period in accordance with the
Companys payroll practices in effect from time to time;
provided
that the Separation Pay shall not
be less than three times such Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than
three months;
(ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator, the
Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental amount of separation
pay (the
Supplemental Separation Pay
) equal and in addition to the amount of the Participants
Separation Pay and payable following the Separation Period over the number of months in the
Separation Period (the
Supplemental Separation Period
) in accordance with the Companys payroll
practices in effect from time to time;
provided
,
however
, that a Release shall not be deemed
delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the Participant during any applicable revocation
period set forth in the Release;
(iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement,
life, medical, dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in which
the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the Separation Period and any
Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent permitted by applicable law as determined by
the Company and not otherwise provided under the terms of such plans and programs, it being
understood that continued participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be
limited to such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) or
401(k) of the Code;
provided
that the Participant shall be responsible for any required payments for
participation in such plans or programs;
provided
, further, that, except with respect to amounts
subject to Section 409A of the Code, the CEO may authorize, in his sole discretion, in lieu of the
payments and benefits provided under this Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, payment to the Participant
of a single lump sum equal to 110% of the sum of the Participants Separation Pay and any
Supplemental Separation Pay (100% of Monthly Base Salary for the Separation Period and any
Supplemental Separation Period in lieu of salary continuation, and 10% of Monthly Base Salary for such
periods in lieu of benefits continuation).
(b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any
other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan,
program or policy of the Company Group, including the Companys Separation
8
Pay Plan; provided, however, if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Companys
Separation Pay Plan would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be payable under
the Plan, said Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Companys Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
SECTION 5.02
Death
. In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments
pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in
accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
SECTION 5.03
Transfers
. A Participants transfer to another employment location shall not by
itself entitle a Participant to any payments or benefits under the Plan.
SECTION 5.04
Corporate Transactions
. A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits
under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the Company Group with which the
Participant is associated, if the Participant (i) is offered a Local Position that is either a
Comparable Position or a Substitute Position with the buyer or the Company Group, whether or not
such offer is accepted by the Participant, or (ii) is employed following such transaction by the
buyer or the Company Group.
SECTION 5.05
Specified Employees
. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code,
notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under
the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified
Employees Commencement Date;
provided
that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to
the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30
days after such date.
SECTION 5.06
Section 280G
. In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received
by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a
Payment
) would constitute an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the
Code, or any similar federal or state law (an
Excise Tax
), as determined by an independent
certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participants
Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount
payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but
only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the
Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.
ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
SECTION 6.01
Mitigation
. No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off
or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the
Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.
9
SECTION 6.02
Offset
. If, after a Participants termination of employment with the Company
Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any)
payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to
the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance
period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
SECTION 7.01
General
. If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the
Participant for Attorneys Fees;
provided
that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement
with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any
reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or
Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under
this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be
made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
applicable Attorneys Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company
in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies
whether it constitutes all or substantially all of the amount sought, such determination shall be
made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
SECTION 7.02
Change in Control
. If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of
employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 24
months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys Fees, whether
or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a
pay-as-you-go basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any
periodic statements for Attorneys Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the
Participants taxable year following the taxable year in which the applicable Attorneys Fees were
incurred.
SECTION 7.03
Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control
. Without affecting the rights of a
Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of
Attorneys Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with
respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or
not the Participant obtains a Judgment or
Award; provided, however, that no reimbursement shall be made under this Section 7.03 in such
case (i) unless and until the Change in Control actually occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been
made under Section 7.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 7.04
Section 409A
. The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII
during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other
calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid
to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period
described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.
10
ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 8.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan
Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for
his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records
and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the
claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim,
unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such
claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim.
In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90
days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the
date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the
Extension Notice
)
before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and
the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim,
the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific
reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of
the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such
claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii)
appropriate information as to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the
Plan.
SECTION 8.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and
who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrators decision by
filing a written request with the CEO for such review within 60 days after such claim is denied.
Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and
additional information that the Claimant wishes the CEO to consider, without regard to whether such
information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan
Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of
charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate.
Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60
days after receipt by the CEO of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances
which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended
for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the CEO denies
the claim on review, notice of the CEOs decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the
adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the
Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all
documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the
Claimants right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit
determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan.
The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the
appeal.
11
SECTION 8.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal
action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three
years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or
should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action.
If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to
the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under
the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
SECTION 8.04
Change in Control
. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority
granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making
determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the
period of 24 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of
employment that occurs during the period of 24 months following a Change in Control or that is
carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in
anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be discretionary, but shall be subject to
de novo
review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 9.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary
as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior
to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
SECTION 9.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the
written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation
form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
SECTION 9.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to
be paid to the Participants Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participants estate.
SECTION 9.04
Effect of Payment
. The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a
Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Companys obligations in
respect of the Participant under the Plan.
12
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 10.01
Amendment and Termination
. (a) The Company shall have the right at any time, in
its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan, by resolution of
the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no amendment or termination shall impair or
abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant or the rights of any Participant under
the Plan without the express written consent of the affected Participant (i) with respect to any
termination of employment that occurred before such amendment or termination, or (ii) in all other
cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the amendment or termination. In addition, in
no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x) during the period of 24 months following a
Change in Control (the
Protection Period
), or (y) to the extent that it is carried out at the
request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a
Change in Control, in each case without the express written consent of the affected Participant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to a termination of employment that occurs
during the Protection Period, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time
following the Protection Period.
(b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no
modifications, alternations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either
globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that
directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
SECTION 10.02
Section 409A
. If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any
provision of the Plan would violate the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, or otherwise
cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the
Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion to
maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision
without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and,
notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall have broad
authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to
the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is subject to
tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan
Administrator under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01
Effect on Other Plans
. Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan
with respect to the Companys Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level
of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participants estate or
Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall not be
construed to affect in any way the Participants rights and obligations under any other plan
maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.
13
SECTION 11.02
Unsecured General Creditor
. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no
legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company Group. The
assets of the Company Group shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or
their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations
of the Company Group under the Plan. Any and all of the assets of the Company Group shall be, and
remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company Group. The obligation of the
Company Group under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the
Company Group to pay money in the future.
SECTION 11.03
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as
applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other
person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or
otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if
any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly
declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by
operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 11.04
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be
deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his
Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein.
Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the
service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or
discharge him at any time.
SECTION 11.05
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
SECTION 11.06
Withholding; Payroll Taxes
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the
time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other
amounts required to be withheld for any
federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
SECTION 11.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of
the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
SECTION 11.08
Effective Date
. The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the
Effective Date
). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
SECTION 11.09
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New
York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
14
SECTION 11.10
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference
only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
SECTION 11.11
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
15
Exhibit 10.12
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan is to provide executives who are in a position to contribute
materially to the success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their
termination of employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements
of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment
means the occurrence of any of the
following events:
(i) An adverse change by the Company in the Participants function, duties or
responsibilities, which change would cause the Participants position with the
Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
(ii) A 10% or larger reduction by the Company (in one or more steps) of the
Participants Monthly Base Salary.
provided
,
however
, that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the occurrence
of a change described in Sections 2.01(i) or (ii) above and the Company shall have 30 days to cure
such change to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect
to monetary matters), which change, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse
Change in Conditions of Employment.
SECTION 2.02
Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control
means the
occurrence of any of the following after a Change in Control:
(i) The failure to pay base salary to the Participant at a monthly rate at
least equal to the highest rate paid to the Participant at any time during or after
the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control, except as the result of a
Company-wide reduction in base salaries pursuant to which the Participants Monthly
Base Salary is decreased less than 10%;
2
(ii) The Participants annual incentive opportunity, taking into account all
material factors such as targeted payment amounts and performance goals, is
materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such
opportunity at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in
Control;
(iii) The Participants opportunity to earn long-term incentive payments, on
the basis of the grant-date fair value of awards and taking into account vesting
requirements and termination provisions of awards, is materially less favorable to
the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity in effect at any time
during or after the 24 months prior to the Change in Control;
(iv) A material reduction by the Company in the aggregate value to the
Participant of the pension and welfare benefit plans in which the Participant is
eligible to participate;
(v) The transfer of the Participant to a principal business location that
increases by more than 35 miles the distance between the Participants principal
business location and place of residence;
(vi) Any adverse change in the Participants title or reporting relationship
or adverse change by the Company in the Participants authority, functions, duties
or responsibilities (other than which results solely from the Company ceasing to
have a publicly traded class of common stock or the Participant no longer serving
as the chief executive, or reporting to the chief executive, of an independent,
publicly traded company as a result thereof), which change would cause the
Participants position with the Company to become one of substantially less
responsibility, importance or scope; or
(vii) Any failure by a successor entity to the Company (including any entity
that succeeds to the business or assets of the Company) to adopt the Plan;
provided
,
however
, that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of the facts and
circumstances described in any of Sections 2.02(i) through (vii) above and the Company shall have
30 days to cure such facts and circumstances to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which
facts and circumstances, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in
Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control.
SECTION 2.03
Annual Base Salary
means a Participants highest rate of annual base salary
during the 24-month period preceding the Participants termination of employment, excluding any of
the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive compensation, whether short-term or long-term,
commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments on account of premiums on insurance or other
contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.
3
SECTION 2.04
Annual Target Bonus
means a Participants highest, annual, target short-term
incentive opportunity during the 24-month period preceding the Participants termination of
employment.
SECTION 2.05
Attorneys Fees
means any reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred
in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
SECTION 2.06
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant
to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participants Beneficiary designation shall be
made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received,
accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.07
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.08
Cause
means the Participants misconduct in respect of the Participants
obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during
the course of the Participants employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be
expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group;
provided that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be Cause; and,
provided, further, that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person
seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall
be deemed to be for Cause.
SECTION 2.09
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of
20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
); excluding, however,
the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the
security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any
acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by
the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with
clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.09; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as
of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter
referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this
4
Section 2.09, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the
Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys
shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who
were membersof the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso)
shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board;
but,
provided
,
further
, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office
occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such
terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act)
or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf
of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the
Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(
Corporate Transaction
);
excluding
,
however
, such a Corporate Transaction
pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who
are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and
Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the
outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets
either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of
the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be,
(B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
of the Company or such corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more
of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the
outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the
Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation
or dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.10
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.11
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
5
SECTION 2.12
Commencement Date
means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle
coincident with or next following the date of the Participants separation from service within
the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.13
Committee
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.14
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.15
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.16
Company Group
means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.17
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.18
Disability
means a Participants long-term disability pursuant to a
determination of disability under the Companys Long-Term Disability Plan.
SECTION 2.19
Disputed Claim
means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by
the Company.
SECTION 2.20
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.21
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.22
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.23
Excise Tax
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.24
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.25
Long-Term Disability Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term
Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.26
Judgment or Award
means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of
competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially
all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.
6
SECTION 2.27
Monthly Base Salary
means a Participants Annual Base Salary, divided by 12.
SECTION 2.28
Participant
means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in
Section 4.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.29
Payment
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.30
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan, as amended
from time to time.
SECTION 2.31
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.32
Protection Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.33
Qualified Termination of Employment
means termination of the employment of a
Participant with the Company Group (other than by reason of death, Disability, voluntary
resignation by a Participant under circumstances not qualifying under this Section 2.33, or lawful
Company-mandated retirement at normal retirement age) as follows:
(i) By the Company for any reason other than for Cause,
(ii) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
(iii) By the Participant for any reason during the 30-day period following the
first anniversary of a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control
occurring prior to January 1, 2009); or
(iv) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment
After a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring on or after
January 1, 2009).
SECTION 2.34
Release
means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the
Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company Group, and each of their
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims
that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and the standard form of which
shall not be modified after, in anticipation of, or at the request of any Person seeking to effect,
a Change in Control, except to conform to changes in the requirements of applicable law.
SECTION 2.35
Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
7
SECTION 2.36
Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.37
Separation Pay Plan
means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.38
Specified Employee
means a Participant who is a specified employee within the
meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.39
Subsidiary
means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting
shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
SECTION 2.40
Supplemental Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of
the Plan.
SECTION 2.41
Supplemental Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii)
of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President,
Human Resources of the Company (the
Plan Administrator
), who shall have full authority to
construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all
such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject
to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Compensation
Committee of the Board (the
Committee
). Subject to Article VIII, the Committee shall also have
the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for
the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including
interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of
the Committee or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with
the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations
promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest
in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator,
the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to
whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any
claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful
neglect or willful misconduct.
8
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Participants
. Subject to the approval of the Committee, the Plan
Administrator shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in ECB
2 (or equivalent successor band) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a
position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group.
SECTION 4.02
Participation Notification; Participation Agreement
. The Company shall notify
each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth
the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter
into such agreements as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a
Participants rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms,
provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions
for the extension or renewal of any such agreement, as shall be determined by the Committee, in its
sole discretion.
SECTION 4.03
Termination of Participation
. A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in
the Plan uponthe earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or
becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the
Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with
the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In
addition, a Participant shall cease to be
a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of a Qualified Termination of Employment
or a Change in Control, there is an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment to which the
Participant fails to object in writing within 90 days and as a result of which the Participant is
no longer in grade level ECB 2 (or equivalent successor band).
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
SECTION 5.01
Separation Pay
. (a) In the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment, the
Participant shall be entitled to the following:
(i) an amount of separation pay (the
Separation Pay
) equal to the
Participants Monthly Base Salary for the number of months following the
Participants Commencement Date (the
Separation Period
) equal to the number of
full and partial years of the Participants continuous service with the Company
Group, up to a maximum of 20 years, multiplied by 0.45, and payable over the
Separation Period in accordance with the Companys payroll practices in effect from
time to time;
provided
that the Separation Pay shall not be less than 4
1
/
2
times such
Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than 4
1
/
2
months;
provided
,
further
, that, in the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment that
takes place on or after a Change in Control occurring on or after January 1, 2009,
the Participants Separation Pay shall equal the sum of the
9
Participants Annual Base Salary and Annual Target Bonus, multiplied by 0.75, and
the Participants Separation Period shall be 9 months.
(ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator,
the Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental
amount of separation pay (the
Supplemental Separation Pay
) equal and in addition
to the amount of the Participants Separation Pay and payable following the
Separation Period over the number of months in the Separation Period (the
Supplemental Separation Period
) in accordance with the Companys payroll
practices in effect from time to time;
provided
,
however
, that a Release shall not
be deemed delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the Participant during
any applicable revocation period set forth in the Release;
provided
,
further
, that
if the Participant has attained age 40 on the Commencement Date, then no
Supplemental Separation Pay shall be paid to the Participant prior to the date that
is 60 days following the Commencement Date and the Supplemental Separation Pay
otherwise payable to the Participant prior to such date shall be paid to the
Participant on or within 30 days after such date; and,
provided
,
further
, that if
the Participants Separation Period and Supplemental Separation Period exceed a
total period of 12 months, the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum,
on or within 30 days
following the first anniversary of the Participants Commencement Date, the
total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12
months.
(iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement, life, medical,
dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in
which the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the
Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent
permitted by applicable law as determined by the Company and not otherwise provided
under the terms of such plans and programs, it being understood that continued
participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be limited to
such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a)
or 401(k) of the Code;
provided
that the Participant shall be responsible for any
required payments for participation in such plans or programs; and,
provided
,
further
, that if the Participants Separation Period and Supplemental Separation
Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Participant shall be entitled to
participate in such plans or programs for a maximum of 12 months and the Company
shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or with 30 days following the first
anniversary of the Participants Commencement Date, the cash amount equal to 10% of
the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of
12 months.
(b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any
other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan,
program or policy of the Company Group, including the Companys Separation Pay Plan;
provided
,
however
, if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Companys Separation Pay Plan
would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be payable
10
under the Plan, said
Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Companys Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
SECTION 5.02
Death
. In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments
pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in
accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
SECTION 5.03
Transfers
. A Participants transfer to another employment location shall not by
itself constitute an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
provided
,
however
, that such an
Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment shall be deemed to exist if, after a Change in Control,
a Participant is transferred to a principal business location so as to increase the distance
between the principal business location and such Participants place of residence at the time of
the Change in Control by more than 35 miles.
SECTION 5.04
Corporate Transactions
. A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits
under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the
Company Group with which the Participant is associated as an
executive,
provided
that the
Participant is offered a position and salary with the buyer or the Company Group comparable to the
position and salary of the Participant immediately prior to said sale, whether or not such offer is
accepted by the Participant. If, however, the Participant is not offered a comparable position and
salary, the Participant shall be entitled to payments hereunder. A position shall not be deemed to
be a comparable position for purposes of this Section 5.04 if it increases the distance between
the Participants principal business location and the Participants place of residence at the time
of the sale by more than 50 miles or such other distance standard as may be established from time
to time under Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code.
SECTION 5.05
Specified Employees
. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code,
notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under
the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified
Employees Commencement Date;
provided
that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to
the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30
days after such date.
SECTION 5.06
Section 280G
. In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received
by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a
Payment
) would constitute an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the
Code, or any similar federal or state law (an
Excise Tax
), as determined by an independent
certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participants
Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount
payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but
only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the
Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.
11
ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
SECTION 6.01
Mitigation
. No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off
or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the
Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.
SECTION 6.02
Offset
. If, after a Participants termination of employment with the Company
Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any)
payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to
the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance
period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
SECTION 7.01
General
. If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the
Participant for Attorneys Fees;
provided
that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement
with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any
reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or
Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under
this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be
made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
applicable Attorneys Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company
in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies
whether it constitutes all or substantially all of the amount sought, such determination shall be
made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
SECTION 7.02
Change in Control
. If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of
employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 36
months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys Fees, whether
or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a
pay-as-you-go basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any
periodic statements for Attorneys Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys Fees were incurred.
SECTION 7.03
Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control
. Without affecting the rights of a
Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of
Attorneys Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with
respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or
not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award;
provided
,
however
, that no reimbursement shall be
made under this Section 7.03 in such case (i) unless and
12
until the Change in Control actually
occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been made under Section 7.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 7.04
Section 409A
. The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII
during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other
calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid
to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period
described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 8.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing
with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he
believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the
opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the
claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of
all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall
consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist
which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall
inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special
circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the
Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the
Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the
Extension Notice
) before the end of the
initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a
decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim, the Plan Administrator
shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for
the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a
description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an
explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as
to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 8.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and
who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrators decision by
filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is
denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and
additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan
Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of
charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate.
Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after
receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which
require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an
additional 60 days, as long as the
13
Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the
Committees decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii)
references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to
receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other
information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimants right to bring an action
under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a
description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no
later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 8.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in
part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under
Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit
determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose
any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence
presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative
remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review
pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
SECTION 8.04
Change in Control.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority
granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making
determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the
period of 36 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of
employment that occurs during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or that is
carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in
anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be discretionary, but shall be subject to
de novo
review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 9.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary
as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior
to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
SECTION 9.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the
written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation
form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
SECTION 9.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to
be paid to the Participants Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participants estate.
14
SECTION 9.04
Effect of Payment
. The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a
Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Companys obligations in
respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE
X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 10.01
Amendment and Termination
. (a) The Company shall
have the right at any time, in its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to
terminate the Plan, by resolution of the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no
amendment or termination shall impair or abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant
or the rights of any Participant under the Plan without the express written consent of the affected
Participant (i) with respect to any termination of employment that occurred before such amendment
or termination, or (ii) in all other cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the
amendment or termination. In addition, in no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x)
during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control (the
Protection Period
), or (y) to
the extent that it is carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in
Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control, or (z) with respect to a termination
under Section 2.33(iii), in each case without the express written consent of the affected
Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, except with respect to a termination of employment that
occurs during the Protection Period, the Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any
time following the Protection Period.
(b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no
modifications, alterations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either
globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that
directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
SECTION 10.02
Section 409A
. If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any
provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties
imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator
in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the
applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to
apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall
have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any
person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is
subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan Administrator
under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01
Effect on Other Plans
. Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan
with respect to the Companys Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level
of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participants estate
15
or Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall not be
construed to affect in any way the Participants rights and obligations under any other plan
maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.
SECTION 11.02
Unsecured General Creditor
. Participants and their
Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or
assets of the Company. The assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit
of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling
of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Companys assets shall be, and
remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Companys obligation under
the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in
the future.
SECTION 11.03
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as
applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other
person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or
otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if
any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly
declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by
operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 11.04
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be
deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his
Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein.
Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the
service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or
discharge him at any time.
SECTION 11.05
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
SECTION 11.06
Withholding; Payroll Taxes
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the
time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from
made hereunder any taxes or other
amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized
deductions.
SECTION 11.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of
the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
16
SECTION 11.08
Effective Date
. The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the
Effective Date
). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
SECTION 11.09
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the
laws of the State of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 11.10
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference
only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
SECTION 11.11
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
17
Exhibit 10.13
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan is to provide senior executives who are in a position to contribute
materially to the success of the Company Group with reasonable compensation in the event of their
termination of employment with the Company Group. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements
of Section 409A of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment
means the occurrence of any of the
following events:
(i) An adverse change by the Company in the Participants function, duties or
responsibilities, which change would cause the Participants position with the
Company to become one of substantially less responsibility, importance or scope; or
(ii) A 10% or larger reduction by the Company (in one or more steps) of the
Participants Monthly Base Salary.
provided
,
however
, that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of
the occurrence of a change described in Sections 2.01(i) or (ii) above and the Company shall have
30 days to cure such change to the reasonable satisfaction of the Participant (including
retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which change, to the extent so cured, shall not be
considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment.
SECTION 2.02
Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment After a Change in Control
means the
occurrence of any of the following after a Change in Control:
(i) The failure to pay base salary to the Participant at a monthly rate at
least equal to the highest rate paid to the Participant at any time during or after
the 24-month period prior to the Change in Control, except as the result of a
Company-wide reduction in base salaries pursuant to which the Participants Monthly
Base Salary is decreased less than 10%;
2
(ii) The Participants annual incentive opportunity, taking into account all
material factors such as targeted payment amounts and performance goals, is
materially less favorable to the Participant than the most favorable such
opportunity at any time during or after the 24-month period prior to the Change in
Control;
(iii) The Participants opportunity to earn long-term incentive payments, on
the basis of the grant-date fair value of awards and taking into account vesting
requirements and termination provisions of awards, is materially less favorable to
the Participant than the most favorable such opportunity in effect at any time
during or after the 24 months prior to the Change in Control;
(iv) A material reduction by the Company in the aggregate value to the
Participant of the pension and welfare benefit plans in which the Participant is
eligible to participate;
(v) The transfer of the Participant to a principal business location that
increases by more than 35 miles the distance between the Participants principal
business location and place of residence;
(vi) Any adverse change in the Participants title or reporting relationship
or adverse change by the Company in the Participants authority, functions, duties
or responsibilities (other than which results solely from the Company ceasing to
have a publicly traded class of common stock or the Participant no longer serving
as the chief executive, or reporting to the chief executive, of an independent,
publicly traded company as a result thereof), which change would cause the
Participants position with the Company to become one of substantially less
responsibility, importance or scope; or
(vii) Any failure by a successor entity to the Company (including any entity
that succeeds to the business or assets of the Company) to adopt the Plan;
provided
,
however
, that the Participant shall notify the Company within 90 days of
the facts and circumstances described in any of Sections 2.02(i) through (vii) above and the
Company shall have 30 days to cure such facts and circumstances to the reasonable satisfaction of
the Participant (including retroactively with respect to monetary matters), which facts and
circumstances, to the extent so cured, shall not be considered an Adverse Change in Conditions of
Employment After a Change in Control.
SECTION 2.03
Annual Base Salary
means a Participants highest rate of annual base salary
during the 24-month period preceding the Participants termination of employment, excluding any of
the following: year-end or other bonuses, incentive compensation, whether short-term or long-term,
commissions, reimbursed expenses, and any payments on account of premiums on insurance or other
contributions made to other welfare or benefit plans.
3
SECTION 2.04
Annual Target Bonus
means a Participants highest, annual, target short-term
incentive opportunity during the 24-month period preceding the Participants termination of
employment.
SECTION 2.05
Attorneys Fees
means any reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements incurred
in pursuing a Disputed Claim.
SECTION 2.06
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant
to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participants Beneficiary designation shall be
made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received,
accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.07
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.08
Cause
means the Participants misconduct in respect of the Participants
obligations to the Company Group or other acts of misconduct by the Participant occurring during
the course of the Participants employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be
expected to result in material damage to the property, business or reputation of the Company Group;
provided
that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be Cause; and,
provided
,
further
, that no termination of employment that is carried out at the request of a person
seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a Change in Control shall
be deemed to be for Cause.
SECTION 2.09
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of
20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
);
excluding
,
however
, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company,
other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege
unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the
Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any
entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction
which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section
2.09; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as
of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter
referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this
4
Section 2.09, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the
Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys
shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who
were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso)
shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board;
but,
provided
,
further
, that any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election
contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under
the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents
by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a
member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(
Corporate Transaction
);
excluding
,
however
, such a Corporate
Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common
Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate
Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of,
respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power
of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a
result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the
Companys assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in
substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such
Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting
Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee
benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from
such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or
more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the
outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the
Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board
will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the
corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation
or dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.10
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.11
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
5
SECTION 2.12
Commencement Date
means the first day of the first regular payroll cycle
coincident with or next following the date of the Participants separation from service within
the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.13
Committee
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.14
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.15
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.16
Company Group
means the Company and its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.17
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.18
Disability
means a Participants long-term disability pursuant to a
determination of disability under the Companys Long-Term Disability Plan.
SECTION 2.19
Disputed Claim
means a claim for payments under the Plan that is disputed by
the Company.
SECTION 2.20
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 11.08 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.21
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.22
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.23
Excise Tax
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.24
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.25
Long-Term Disability Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long-Term
Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.26
Judgment or Award
means a nonappealable, final judgment from a court of
competent jurisdiction or a binding arbitration award granting the Participant all or substantially
all of the amount sought in a Disputed Claim.
6
SECTION 2.27
Monthly Base Salary
means a Participants Annual Base Salary, divided by 12.
SECTION 2.28
Participant
means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in
Section 4.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.29
Payment
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.06 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.30
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as
amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.31
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.32
Protection Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.33
Qualified Termination of Employment
means termination of the employment of a
Participant with the Company Group (other than by reason of death, Disability, voluntary
resignation by a Participant under circumstances not qualifying under this Section 2.33, or lawful
Company-mandated retirement at normal retirement age) as follows:
(i) By the Company for any reason other than for Cause,
(ii) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
(iii) By the Participant for any reason during the 30-day period following the
first anniversary of a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control
occurring prior to January 1, 2009); or
(iv) By the Participant after an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment
After a Change in Control (in the case of a Change in Control occurring on or after
January 1, 2009).
SECTION 2.34
Release
means a termination and release agreement in the form approved by the
Plan Administrator, which shall, among other things, release the Company Group, and each of their
respective directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, from any and all claims
that the Participant has or may have against the Company Group and each of their respective
directors, officers, employees, agents, successors and assigns, and the standard form of which
shall not be modified after, in anticipation of, or at the request of any Person seeking to effect,
a Change in Control, except to conform to changes in the requirements of applicable law.
SECTION 2.35
Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
7
SECTION 2.36
Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(i) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.37
Separation Pay Plan
means the Separation Pay Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc., as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.38
Specified Employee
means a Participant who is a specified employee within the
meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.39
Subsidiary
means any subsidiary of the Company at least 20% of whose voting
shares are owned directly or indirectly by the Company.
SECTION 2.40
Supplemental Separation Pay
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii) of
the Plan.
SECTION 2.41
Supplemental Separation Period
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a)(ii)
of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President,
Human Resources of the Company (the
Plan Administrator
), who shall have full authority to
construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan
as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VIII, decisions of the Plan Administrator
shall be reviewable by the Compensation Committee of the Board (the
Committee
). Subject to
Article VIII, the Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and
enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or
resolve any and all questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection
with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article VIII, the decision or action of
the Committee or Plan Administrator in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with
the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations
promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest
in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator,
the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company Group to
whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any
claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful
neglect or willful misconduct.
8
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Participants
. Subject to the approval of the Committee, the Plan
Administrator shall from time to time select Participants from among those employees who are in ECB
1 (or equivalent successor band) and who are determined by the Plan Administrator to be in a
position to contribute materially to the success of the Company Group.
SECTION 4.02
Participation Notification; Participation Agreement
. The Company shall notify
each Participant in writing of his participation in the Plan, and such notice shall also set forth
the payments and benefits to which the Participant may become entitled. The Company may also enter
into such agreements as the Committee deems necessary or appropriate with respect to a
Participants rights under the Plan. Any such notice or agreement may contain such terms,
provisions and conditions not inconsistent with the Plan, including but not limited to provisions
for the extension or renewal of any such agreement, as shall be determined by the Committee, in its
sole discretion.
SECTION 4.03
Termination of Participation
. A Participant shall cease to be a Participant in
the Plan upon the earlier of (i) his receipt of all of the payments, if any, to which he is or
becomes entitled under the terms of the Plan and the terms of any notice or agreement issued by the
Company with respect to his participation hereunder, or (ii) the termination of his employment with
the Company Group under circumstances not requiring payments under the terms of the Plan. In
addition, a Participant shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan if, prior to the occurrence of
a Qualified Termination of Employment or a Change in Control, there is an Adverse Change in
Conditions of Employment to which the Participant fails to object in writing within 90 days and as
a result of which the Participant is no longer in grade level ECB 1 (or equivalent successor band).
ARTICLE V
PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT
SECTION 5.01
Separation Pay
. (a) In the event of a Qualified Termination of Employment, the
Participant shall be entitled to the following:
(i) an amount of separation pay (the
Separation Pay
) equal to the
Participants Monthly Base Salary for the number of months following the
Participants Commencement Date (the
Separation Period
) equal to the number of
full and partial years of the Participants continuous service with the Company
Group, up to a maximum of 15 years, multiplied by 0.8, and payable over the
Separation Period in accordance with the Companys payroll practices in effect from
time to time;
provided
that the Separation Pay shall not be less than six
times such Monthly Base Salary and the Separation Period shall not be less than six
months;
provided
,
further
, that, in the event of a Qualified
Termination of Employment that takes place on or after a Change in Control
occurring on or after January 1, 2009, the Participants Separation Pay shall equal
the sum of the
9
Participants Annual Base Salary and Annual Target Bonus and the Participants
Separation Period shall be 12 months.
(ii) if, not later than the date and time specified by the Plan Administrator,
the Participant delivers to the Company a signed and valid Release, a supplemental
amount of separation pay (the
Supplemental Separation Pay
) equal and in addition
to the amount of the Participants Separation Pay and payable following the
Separation Period over the number of months in the Separation Period (the
Supplemental Separation Period
) in accordance with the Companys payroll
practices in effect from time to time;
provided
,
however
, that a
Release shall not be deemed delivered by the Participant if it is revoked by the
Participant during any applicable revocation period set forth in the Release;
provided
,
further
, that if the Participant has attained age 40 on
the Commencement Date, then no Supplemental Separation Pay shall be paid to the
Participant prior to the date that is 60 days following the Commencement Date and
the Supplemental Separation Pay otherwise payable to the Participant prior to such
date shall be paid to the Participant on or within 30 days after such date; and,
provided
,
further
, that if the Participants Separation Period and
Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Company
shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or within 30 days following the
first anniversary of the Participants Commencement Date, the total amount of his
Separation Pay and Supplemental Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
(iii) active participation in all Company-sponsored retirement, life, medical,
dental, accidental death and disability insurance benefit plans or programs in
which the Participant was participating at the time of his termination for the
Separation Period and any Supplemental Separation Period, but only to the extent
permitted by applicable law as determined by the Company and not otherwise provided
under the terms of such plans and programs, it being understood that continued
participation in Company-sponsored retirement plans or programs shall be limited to
such plans or programs that are not intended to be qualified under Section 401(a)
or 401(k) of the Code;
provided
that the Participant shall be responsible
for any required payments for participation in such plans or programs; and,
provided
,
further
, that if the Participants Separation Period and
Supplemental Separation Period exceed a total period of 12 months, the Participant
shall be entitled to participate in such plans or programs for a maximum of 12
months and the Company shall pay to the Participant in a lump sum, on or with 30
days following the first anniversary of the Participants Commencement Date, the
cash amount equal to 10% of the total amount of his Separation Pay and Supplemental
Separation Pay in excess of 12 months.
(b) The payments and benefits described in Section 5.01(a) of the Plan shall be in lieu of any
other payments under the Plan or under any other severance pay or separation allowance plan,
program or policy of the Company Group, including the Companys Separation Pay Plan;
provided
,
however
, if payments pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Companys Separation Pay Plan would result in greater payments to a Participant than would be
payable
10
under the Plan, said Participant shall in such event receive payments pursuant to the terms
and conditions of the Companys Separation Pay Plan in lieu of payments pursuant to the Plan.
SECTION 5.02
Death
. In the event a Participant dies after the commencement of payments
pursuant to Section 5.01(a) of the Plan, the balance of said payments shall be payable in
accordance with Article IX of the Plan.
SECTION 5.03
Transfers
. A Participants transfer to another employment location shall not by
itself constitute an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment;
provided
,
however
,
that such an Adverse Change in Conditions of Employment shall be deemed to exist if, after a Change
in Control, a Participant is transferred to a principal business location so as to increase the
distance between the principal business location and such Participants place of residence at the
time of the Change in Control by more than 35 miles.
SECTION 5.04
Corporate Transactions
. A Participant shall not receive any payments or benefits
under the Plan in the event of a sale of the business unit of the Company Group with which the
Participant is associated as an executive,
provided
that the Participant is offered a
position and salary with the buyer or the Company Group comparable to the position and salary of
the Participant immediately prior to said sale, whether or not such offer is accepted by the
Participant. If, however, the Participant is not offered a comparable position and salary, the
Participant shall be entitled to payments hereunder. A position shall not be deemed to be a
comparable position for purposes of this Section 5.04 if it increases the distance between the
Participants principal business location and the Participants place of residence at the time of
the sale by more than 50 miles or such other distance standard as may be established from time to
time under Section 217(c)(1)(A) of the Code.
SECTION 5.05
Specified Employees
. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A of the Code,
notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article V, no payment to a Specified Employee under
the Plan shall be made or commenced prior to the date that is six months following the Specified
Employees Commencement Date;
provided
that amounts under the Plan that are otherwise payable to
the Specified Employee prior to such date shall be paid to the Specified Employee on or within 30
days after such date.
SECTION 5.06
Section 280G
. In the event that any payment or benefit received or to be received
by any Participant pursuant to the Plan or any other plan or arrangement with the Company (each, a
Payment
) would constitute an excess parachute payment within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1)
of the Code, or would otherwise be subject to the excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the
Code, or any similar federal or state law (an
Excise Tax
), as determined by an independent
certified public accounting firm selected by the Company, the amount of the Participants
Separation Pay (and Supplemental Separation Pay, if any) shall be limited to the largest amount
payable, if any, that would not result in the imposition of any Excise Tax to the Participant, but
only if, notwithstanding such limitation, the total Payments, net of all taxes imposed on the
Participant with respect thereto, would be greater if no Excise Tax were imposed.
11
ARTICLE VI
MITIGATION AND OFFSET
SECTION 6.01
Mitigation
. No Participant shall be required to mitigate the amount of any
payment under the Plan by seeking employment or otherwise, and there shall be no right of set-off
or counterclaim, in respect of any claim, debt or obligation, against any payments to the
Participant, his dependents, Beneficiaries or estate provided for in the Plan.
SECTION 6.02
Offset
. If, after a Participants termination of employment with the Company
Group, the Participant is employed by another entity or becomes self-employed, the amounts (if any)
payable under the Plan to the Participant shall not be offset by the amounts (if any) payable to
the Participant from such new employment with respect to services rendered during the severance
period applicable to such Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE VII
ATTORNEYS FEES FOR DISPUTED CLAIMS
SECTION 7.01
General
. If a Participant makes a Disputed Claim, the Company shall reimburse the
Participant for Attorneys Fees;
provided
that the Participant enters into a repayment agreement
with the Company, which shall require the Participant (i) to repay the Company for any
reimbursements made pursuant to this Section 7.01 if the Participant does not obtain a Judgment or
Award and (ii) to provide adequate security with respect to the amount subject to repayment under
this Section 7.01. With respect to amounts subject to Section 409A, such reimbursement shall be
made no later than the last day of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
applicable Attorneys Fee expense was incurred, subject to the timely presentation to the Company
in writing of any periodic statements for Attorneys Fees. Unless the Judgment or Award specifies
whether it constitutes all or substantially all of the amount sought, such determination shall be
made by the Plan Administrator in its sole and absolute discretion.
SECTION 7.02
Change in Control
. If a Disputed Claim is made with respect to a termination of
employment occurring during a period beginning on the date of a Change in Control and ending 36
months thereafter, the Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of Attorneys Fees, whether
or not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award. Such reimbursement shall be made on a
pay-as-you-go basis, as soon as practicable after presentation to the Company in writing of any
periodic statements for Attorneys Fees, but in no event later than the last day of the calendar
year following the calendar year in which the applicable Attorneys Fees were incurred.
SECTION 7.03
Six Month Period Prior to Change in Control
. Without affecting the rights of a
Participant under Section 7.01 of the Plan, a Participant shall be entitled to reimbursement of
Attorneys Fees for a Disputed Claim in accordance with the terms of Section 7.02 of the Plan with
respect to termination of employment occurring six months prior to a Change in Control, whether or
not the Participant obtains a Judgment or Award;
provided
,
however
, that no
reimbursement shall be made under this Section 7.03 in such case (i) unless and
12
until the Change in Control actually occurs or (ii) if reimbursement has been made under
Section 7.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 7.04
Section 409A
. The reimbursements made to a Participant under this Article VII
during any calendar year shall not affect the amounts eligible for reimbursement in any other
calendar year. No reimbursement of Attorneys Fees made pursuant to this Article VII shall be paid
to any Participant following the last day of the sixth year following the termination of the period
described in Section 8.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 8.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan
Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for
his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records
and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the
claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim,
unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such
claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim.
In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90
days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the
date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the
Extension Notice"
)
before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and
the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim,
the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific
reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of
the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such
claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii)
appropriate information as to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in Section 8.02 of the
Plan.
SECTION 8.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and
who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrators decision by
filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is
denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and
additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan
Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of
charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate.
Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after
receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which
require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an
additional 60 days, as long as the
13
Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee denies the claim on review, notice of the
Committees decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination, (ii)
references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to
receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other
information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimants right to bring an action
under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a
description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no
later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 8.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal
action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three
years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or
should have been issued under Section 8.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action.
If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to
the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under
the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
SECTION 8.04
Change in Control.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the authority
granted pursuant to Articles III, VII and VIII to the Plan Administrator and to persons making
determinations on claims for benefits and reviews of claims shall, when exercised (i) during the
period of 36 months following a Change in Control or (ii) with respect to any termination of
employment that occurs during the period of 36 months following a Change in Control or that is
carried out at the request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in
anticipation of a Change in Control, shall not be discretionary, but shall be subject to
de novo
review by a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator, as applicable.
ARTICLE IX
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 9.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary
as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior
to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
SECTION 9.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the
written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation
form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
SECTION 9.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to
be paid to the Participants Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participants estate.
14
SECTION 9.04
Effect of Payment
. The payment under this Article IX of the amounts due to a
Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Companys obligations in
respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE X
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 10.01
Amendment and Termination
. (a) The Company shall have the right at any time, in
its discretion, to amend the Plan, in whole or in part, or to terminate the Plan, by resolution of
the Board or Committee or delegate thereof, except that no amendment or termination shall impair or
abridge the obligations of the Company to any Participant or the rights of any Participant under
the Plan without the express written consent of the affected Participant (i) with respect to any
termination of employment that occurred before such amendment or termination, or (ii) in all other
cases, until 6 months have elapsed from the time of the amendment or termination. In addition, in
no event shall the Plan be amended or terminated (x) during the period of 36 months following a
Change in Control (the
Protection Period
), or (y) to the extent that it is carried out at the
request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a
Change in Control, or (z) with respect to a termination under Section 2.33(iii), in each case
without the express written consent of the affected Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
except with respect to a termination of employment that occurs during the Protection Period, the
Company shall have the right to terminate the Plan at any time following the Protection Period.
(b) Except for the amendments made in accordance with Section 10.01(a) of the Plan, no
modifications, alterations and/or changes made to the terms and/or provisions of the Plan, either
globally or for an individual participant, will be effective unless evidenced by a writing that
directly refers to the Plan and which is signed and dated by the Plan Administrator.
SECTION 10.02
Section 409A
. If, in the good faith judgment of the Plan Administrator, any
provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties
imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Plan Administrator
in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the
applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to
apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan Administrator shall
have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any
person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no payment or benefit under the Plan is
subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Plan Administrator
under this Section 10.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 11.01
Effect on Other Plans
. Except as expressly provided in Article V of the Plan
with respect to the Companys Separation Pay Plan, (i) nothing in the Plan shall affect the level
of benefits provided to or received by any Participant (or the Participants estate
15
or Beneficiaries) as part of any employee benefit plan of the Company, and (ii) the Plan shall
not be construed to affect in any way the Participants rights and obligations under any other plan
maintained by the Company on behalf of employees.
SECTION 11.02
Unsecured General Creditor
. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no
legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets
of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their
Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of
the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Companys assets shall be, and remain, the general,
unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The Companys obligation under the Plan shall be
merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of the Company to pay money in the future.
SECTION 11.03
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as
applicable law may otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other
person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or
otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if
any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly
declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by
operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 11.04
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be
deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his
Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Company Group except as specifically provided herein.
Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the
service of the Company Group or to interfere with the rights of the Company Group to discipline or
discharge him at any time.
SECTION 11.05
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
SECTION 11.06
Withholding; Payroll Taxes
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the
time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other
amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized
deductions.
SECTION 11.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of
the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
16
SECTION 11.08
Effective Date
. The Plan was initially effective as of January 28, 1987 (the
Effective Date
). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
SECTION 11.09
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New
York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 11.10
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference
only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
SECTION 11.11
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
17
Exhibit 10.15
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT PLAN SUPPLEMENT
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008, unless otherwise provided)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The principal purpose of the Plan is to provide selected employees of the Employer, with
retirement benefits which would have been provided under the ERP (a) were it not for the
limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 of the Code, and (b) had the Participants
Earnings on which Benefits are based included amounts deferred under deferred compensation plans of
an Employer and amounts paid under certain severance plans of the Company.
Effective January 1, 2004, the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement was merged into the Plan and any
benefits due to participants in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement shall be paid from the Plan.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Accounting Date
has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
SECTION 2.02
Actuarial Equivalent
has the meaning given such term in Section II of
the ERP.
SECTION 2.03
Appeal Reviewer
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.04
Beneficiary
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.05
Benefit
means the benefit payable to a Participant or his Beneficiary
under Article V of the Plan.
SECTION 2.06
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.07
Broadcasting ERIP Supplement
means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting
Company, Inc. Employee Retirement Income Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.08
Broadcasting Participant
means a Participant who was a participant in
the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement on December 31, 2003.
SECTION 2.09
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following
events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning
of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding
shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the
then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
);
excluding
,
however
, the following:
(1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise
of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from
the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan
(or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company;
or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of
subsection (iii) of this Section 2.09; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the
Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the
Incumbent
Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this Section 2.09, that any individual
who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for
election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of
those Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to
this proviso) shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent
Board; but,
provided
,
further
, that any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened election contest
(as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange
Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a
Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board;
or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (
Corporate
Transaction
);
excluding
,
however
, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to
which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial
owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities
immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or
indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally
in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of
such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets
either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions
as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding
Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other
than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of
2
the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding
shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the
combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership
existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the
Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.10
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the
Plan.
SECTION 2.11
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.12
Committee
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
SECTION 2.13
"
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the
Company.
SECTION 2.14
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.15
Continuous Service
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.16
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.17
Dollar Income
has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
SECTION 2.18
Earnings
for purposes of Section 5.01(c) of the Plan has the meaning
set forth in the ERIP. All other references to
Earnings
in the Plan mean all compensation paid by
the Employer to an Employee for services rendered, including short-term incentive compensation.
Earnings shall also include any reductions in compensation made pursuant to The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. Flexible Spending Account Plan, The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries, the Transportation Benefit Program and similar
plans of the Companys subsidiaries. For purposes of the Plan,
Earnings
excludes all other
executive contingent compensation.
SECTION 2.19
Effective Date
means the date set forth in Section 8.08 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.20
Employee
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.21
Employer
means the Company and its subsidiaries.
3
SECTION 2.22
Employment Termination Date
means the date of a Participants
separation from service from the Company, as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.23
ERIP
means the Employee Retirement Income Plan of McGraw-Hill
Broadcasting Company, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries as in effect on December 31, 2003.
SECTION 2.24
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.25
ERP
means the Employee Retirement Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.26
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.27
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.28
Key Executive Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive
Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor
programs thereto.
SECTION 2.29
Participant
means an Employee of an Employer who has been selected to
participate in the Plan, as provided in Article IV, and includes a Severance Plan Participant.
SECTION 2.30
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee Retirement Plan
Supplement, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.31
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.32
Retirement Benefit
has the meaning set forth in the ERP.
SECTION 2.33
Unit
has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
SECTION 2.34
Units of Variable Income
has the meaning set forth in the ERIP.
SECTION 2.35
Severance Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management
Severance Plan, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan or The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor
programs thereto.
4
SECTION 2.36
Severance Plan Earnings
means the total amount of salary continuation
payments paid to a Severance Plan Participant under a Severance Plan (excluding any amount paid in
a lump sum in lieu of salary continuation).
SECTION 2.37
Severance Plan Participant
means a former Employee of an Employer who
is entitled to remain an active participant in certain Company-sponsored plans and programs under a
Severance Plan (and who is not paid a single lump sum payment in lieu thereof).
SECTION 2.38
Specified Employee
means a Participant who is a specified employee
within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.39
Stable Assets Fund Rate
means the annual rate of return of the SPSP
Stable Assets Fund, within the meaning of such term under The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Plan
Administrator, who shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish,
amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make
all such determinations in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject
to Article VI of the Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Appeal
Reviewer and the Committee. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the Appeal Reviewer and the
Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate
rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all
questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the
decision or action of the Appeal Reviewer, Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any
question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of
the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding
upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Appeal
Reviewer, the Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any
employee of the Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be
indemnified by the Company against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims,
resulting from any action or conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims
arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
5
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Continuing Participants
. Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan
immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a
Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.
SECTION 4.02
New Participants
. Any Employee of the Employer (other than a Participant
described in Section 4.01 of the Plan) who is selected by the Committee to be eligible to
participate in the Plan shall become a Participant as of the first day of the month coinciding with
or next following his selection.
ARTICLE V
BENEFITS
SECTION 5.01
Basic Benefit
. (a) Except as provided in Section 5.01(c) of the Plan, for
each year that a Participant is employed by an Employer beginning on or after the later of (i)
January 1 of the year in which the Participants participation in the Plan commenced or (ii)
January 1, 1989, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a Benefit, expressed as a life
annuity, in an amount equal to the applicable percentage of the sum of (A) the Participants
Earnings for such year in excess of the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into
account under the ERP as a result of the limitation of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code in effect for
such year, (B) any short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant
under the Key-Executive Plan, and (C) for each year after December 31, 1996, any salary earned for
such year which is deferred by the Participant under any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any
salary or short-term incentive compensation that is deferred by a Participant shall be excluded
from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant.
(b) For purposes of clause (a) above, the applicable percentage is 1%, except that in the case
of a Participant who was a participant in the ERP on June 30, 1986, and who had (A) as of that date
attained age 45 and completed five years of Continuous Service, and (B) whose attained age in whole
years and whole months, plus years of Continuous Service, equals 60 or more, the applicable
percentage is 1.4%.
(c) A Broadcasting Participants Benefit for years prior to 2004 shall be determined in
accordance with the following:
(i) For each year that such a Participant was employed by an employer under the
Broadcasting ERIP Supplement beginning on or after the later of (A) January 1 of the year
in which the Participants participation in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement commenced or
(B) January 1, 1990, the Participant shall be credited with (x) Dollar Income equal to 1%
of the sum of (1) the Participants Earnings for such year in excess of the maximum amount
of compensation that may be taken into account under the ERIP as a result of the limitation
of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code in effect for such year and (2) any short-term incentive
compensation deferred by the Participant under the Key Executive Plan, and (y) Units of
Variable Income equal to the result of dividing the amount in (x) by the dollar value of a
Unit as of the Accounting Date for such year. The
6
Participants Benefit, expressed as a life annuity, shall be equal to the sum of (1) his
Dollar Income and (2) the result of multiplying the total of the Units of Variable Income
credited to the Participant by the dollar value of a Unit as of the Accounting Date for the
year preceding the commencement of payments under the Plan.
(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, such a Participant shall only be entitled to earn
benefits under the Plan with respect to years after 2003 if he is designated to receive
future benefits by the Committee.
(iii) In the event that a participant in the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement terminated
employment with all employers under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement prior to 2004 but is
entitled to future or current benefits under the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement, such
benefits shall be paid under the Plan in an amount determined under the Broadcasting ERIP
Supplement and set forth in Appendix A.
SECTION 5.02
Additional Benefits
. In addition to the Benefit under Section 5.01 of
the Plan, a Participant will be eligible to receive the following Benefits:
(a) In the event that any Retirement Benefit payable to a Participant under the ERP is limited
by Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any provision of the ERP
implementing such limitation, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a Benefit in an amount
equal to the difference, expressed as a life annuity, between (i) the benefit the Participant would
have received under the ERP if Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any
such implementing retirement plan provision were disregarded, and (ii) the benefit which the
Participant is entitled to receive under the provisions of the ERP.
(b) Effective April 26, 2000, a Severance Plan Participant shall be entitled to receive a
Benefit in an amount equal to the difference, expressed as a life annuity, between (i) the benefit
the Participant would have received under the ERP had the Participant continued to earn credit
under the ERP for purposes of benefit accrual with respect to the Participants Severance Plan
Earnings and (ii) the benefit which the Participant is entitled to receive under the ERP.
SECTION 5.03
Payment of Benefits
. (a) Subject to the other provisions of this Section
5.03 and Section 5.04 of the Plan, and except as would violate the requirements of Sections
409A(a)(2), 409A(a)(3) and 409A(a)(4) of the Code, the Benefits provided by this Article V shall be
paid to a Participant in accordance with the following:
(i) The Benefits shall be paid as a
single-life annuity or, if different, in the form of actuarially equivalent life annuity elected by
the Participant, subject to and in accordance with the procedures prescribed by the Plan
Administrator from time to time.
(ii) The Benefits shall be paid commencing on the first day of the calendar month
following the later of (A) the first anniversary of the Participants Employment
Termination Date and (B) as the case may be, the Participants attaining (1) age 62, if the
Participant completed ten years of Continuous Service and is not due a benefit under the
ERIP, or (2) age 65.
7
The Benefits provided by this Article V shall be paid in accordance with the foregoing to a
Participants Beneficiary in the event of the death of the Participant, if such Beneficiary is
entitled to benefits under the provisions of the ERP.
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, a Participant who does not have
five years of Continuous Service under ERP when he ceases to be an employee of the Employer or
ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if later, shall
forfeit the Benefits provided by this Article V, unless his Employment Termination Date occurs on
or after his 65
th
birthday or his death.
(c) If the lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the Benefits provided to a Participant by this
Article V (other than a Participant who is a Specified Employee) or to a Participants Beneficiary,
determined using the interest rate for lump sums under the ERP, is equal to or less than $10,000 as
of the Participants Employment Termination Date or, in the case of a Beneficiary, at the time the
Benefit is payable to the Beneficiary under the Plan, such amount will be paid to the Participant
or Beneficiary in a lump sum as soon as practicable thereafter, but, in the case of a Participant,
in no event later than December 31 of the calendar year in which occurs the Participants
Employment Termination Date or, if later, the date which is two and one-half months following the
Participants Employment Termination Date.
(d) In the event that, in accordance with Section 5.03(a)(ii), the payment of Benefits
commences on a date that is later than the first day of the calendar month following the later of
(A) the Participants Employment Termination Date and (B) as the case may be, the Participants
attaining (1) age 62, if the Participant completed ten years of Continuous Service and is not due a
benefit under the ERIP, or (2) age 65, then the Participant (or the Participants Beneficiary)
shall be paid interest at the Stable Assets Fund Rate for the period commencing on such date and
ending on the date on which the payment of Benefits commences in accordance with Section
5.03(a)(ii).
SECTION 5.04
Payment of Benefits in Event of Change in Control
. In lieu of the
Benefits payable under Sections 5.01 through 5.03 of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control
that is also a change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the
Code, (i) each Participant or Beneficiary who is then receiving Benefits shall be paid immediately
upon such Change in Control a lump-sum payment equal to the Actuarial Equivalent of such Benefits
measured as of the date of such Change in Control; (ii) each other Participant who is not a member
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental Death, Disability & Retirement
Benefits Plan shall be paid immediately upon such Change in Control a lump-sum payment equal to the
Actuarial Equivalent of the Benefits to which that Participant is entitled under Sections 5.01 and
5.02 of the Plan as of the date of such Change in Control.
ARTICLE VI
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 6.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their
8
method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form
prescribed by, the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting
forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments,
documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request
and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information
relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of
receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time
needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with
respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended
for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special
circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the
Extension Notice
) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for
the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator
denies the claim, the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting
forth the specific reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the
applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information
necessary to perfect such claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is
necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in
Section 6.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 6.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan
Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan
Administrators decision by filing a written request with the Appeal Reviewer for such review
within 60 days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all
relevant comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the
Appeal Reviewer to consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered
in the initial review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the
Claimant may examine, and receive free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit
such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be
furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Appeal Reviewer of a request for
review. In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for
processing, the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant
receives an Extension Notice. If the Appeal Reviewer denies the claim on review, notice of the
Appeal Reviewers decision shall include (i) the specific reasons for the adverse determination,
(ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to
receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other
information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement of the Claimants right to bring an action
under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse benefit determination on a review and a
description of the applicable limitations period under the Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no
later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 6.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an
adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or
legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within
three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued
or should have been issued under Section 6.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to
9
bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented
shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative
remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review
pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 7.01
Amendment and Termination
. The Board or the Committee or any delegate
thereof may cause the Plan to be amended at any time and from time to time, prospectively or
retroactively, and the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time;
provided
,
however
, that no amendment to the Plan may be made by the Committee that materially
increases benefits to Participants. In addition, the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety
at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may pay to each Participant or
Beneficiary his Benefits under the Plan, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto).
Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01, subject to the provisions of Section
7.02 of the Plan, no amendment or termination shall reduce the Benefit or rights of any Participant
except with the written consent of the Participant or other person then receiving such Benefit. In
addition, after a Change in Control, the definition of
Actuarial Equivalent
in Section 2.02 may
not be amended.
SECTION 7.02
Section 409A
. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section
409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent. If, in the
good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to
be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision
shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent
practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and
penalties under Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan
to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without
advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no
Benefits are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the
Committee under this Section 7.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01
Unsecured General Creditor
. The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation
plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA,
and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall
have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Employer.
The assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or
their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations
of the Employer under the Plan. Any and all of the Employers assets shall be, and remain, the
general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The
10
Employers obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
the Employer to pay money in the future.
SECTION 8.02
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as
applicable law may otherwise required. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any
other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage
or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if
any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly
declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by
operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 8.03
Conditions of Payment of Benefit
. Notwithstanding any provision of the
Plan to the contrary, the right of a Participant or his Beneficiary to receive the Benefit
otherwise payable hereunder shall cease upon the discharge of the Participant from employment with
the Employer for acts which constitute fraud, embezzlement, or dishonesty, and shall be determined
by the Appeal Reviewer in his sole discretion.
SECTION 8.04
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall
not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or
his Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as specifically provided herein.
Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the
service of the Employer or to interfere with the rights of the Employer to discipline or discharge
him at any time.
SECTION 8.05
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the
Employer.
SECTION 8.06
Withholding
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time
payments are made, the Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other
amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized
deductions.
SECTION 8.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan
shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and
portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 8.08
Effective Date
. The Plan initially was effective as of December 1, 1989
(the
Effective Date
). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
SECTION 8.09
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of
New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
11
SECTION 8.10
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of
reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of
the Plan.
SECTION 8.11
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be
read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read
and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references
to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
12
Exhibit 10.16
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
401(k) SAVINGS AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN SUPPLEMENT
(Effective as of January 1, 2008, unless otherwise provided)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The principal purpose of the Plan is to provide selected employees of the Employer with
retirement benefits which would have been provided as profit sharing and matching contributions
under the SPSP (a) were it not for the limitations imposed by Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k) and 415
of the Code, and (b) if the Participants Earnings on which matching contributions are based had
included amounts deferred under deferred compensation plans of an Employer and amounts paid under
certain severance plans of the Company.
Effective January 1, 2004, the Broadcasting EIP Supplement was merged into the McGraw-Hill SIP
Supplement and the Broadcasting ERIP Supplement was merged into the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement,
and, effective as of the Effective Date, the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement, the McGraw-Hill ERAP
Supplement, the S&P SIP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement shall be merged into the Plan, and
any benefits due to participants in the Broadcasting EIP Supplement, Broadcasting ERIP Supplement,
McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement, McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, S&P SIP Supplement and S&P ERAP Supplement
shall be paid from the Plan.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Account
means the Matching Contribution Account or Profit Sharing Account
established for each Participant under the Plan.
SECTION 2.02
Appeal Reviewer
has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
SECTION 2.03
Benefit
means the benefit payable to a Participant or his Designated
Beneficiary under Article V of the Plan.
SECTION 2.04
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.05
Broadcasting EIP Supplement
means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc.
Employees Investment Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.06
Broadcasting ERIP Supplement
means The McGraw-Hill Broadcasting Company, Inc.
Employee Retirement Income Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.07
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of
the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of
Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial
ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of
20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the
election of directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
); excluding, however,
the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security
being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any
acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by
the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with
clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as
of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter
referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a
majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 2.07, that
any individual who becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose
election, or nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by
a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent
Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though
such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that
any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either
an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of
Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the
Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(
Corporate Transaction
); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction
pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who
are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and
Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the
outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then
outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such
transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets
either
2
directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same
proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of
the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be,
(B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust)
of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the
outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of
such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to
the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C)
individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a
majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from
such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation
or dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.08
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.09
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.10
Committee
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
SECTION 2.11
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.12
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.13
Designated Beneficiary
has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
SECTION 2.14
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.15
Earnings
means all compensation paid by the Employer to a Participant for
services rendered, including short-term incentive compensation. Earnings shall also include any
reductions in compensation made pursuant to The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Flexible Spending
Account Plan, SPSP, the Transportation Benefit Program and similar plans of the Companys subsidiaries. For purposes
of the Plan,
Earnings
excludes all other executive contingent compensation.
SECTION 2.16
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 8.08 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.17
Election Effective Date
means (i) for each taxable year, January 1 of such
year, and (ii) for the taxable year in which the Participant commences employment with the
Employer, the date that is 30 days following the commencement thereof.
3
SECTION 2.18
Employer
means the Company and its subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.19
Employment Termination Date
means the date of a
Participants separation from service from the Company, as defined in Section409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of
the Code.
SECTION 2.20
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.21
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.22
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.23
Key Executive Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Key Executive
Short-Term Incentive Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor
programs thereto.
SECTION 2.24
Matching Contribution Account
means the matching contribution account
established for each Participant under the Plan.
SECTION 2.25
McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee
Retirement Account Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.26
McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Savings
Incentive Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.27
Participant
means each employee who participates in the Plan, as provided in
Article IV of the Plan, and includes a Severance Plan Participant.
SECTION 2.28
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing
Plan Supplement, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.29
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
SECTION 2.30
Profit Sharing Account
means the profit sharing
account established for each Participant under the Plan.
SECTION 2.31
Severance Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Management Severance Plan,
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Executive Severance Plan or The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior
Executive Severance Plan, as amended from time to time, or successor programs thereto.
SECTION 2.32
Severance Plan Earnings
means the total amount of salary continuation payments
paid to a Severance Plan Participant under a Severance Plan (excluding any amount paid in a lump
sum in lieu of salary continuation).
4
SECTION 2.33
Severance Plan Participant
means a former employee of an Employer who is
entitled to remain an active participant in certain Company-sponsored plans and programs under a
Severance Plan (and who is not paid a single lump sum payment in lieu thereof).
SECTION 2.34
SPSP
means The 401(k) Savings and Profit Sharing Plan of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. and Its Subsidiaries.
SECTION 2.35
SPSP Stable Assets Fund
has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
SECTION 2.36
S&P ERAP Supplement
means the Standard & Poors Employee Retirement Account
Plan Supplement.
SECTION 2.37
S&P SIP Supplement
means the Standard & Poors Savings Incentive Plan
Supplement.
SECTION 2.38
Tax-Deferred Contributions
has the meaning set forth in the SPSP.
SECTION 2.39
Vested Percentage
has the meaning set forth in Section 5.04(b) of the Plan.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Plan Administrator, who
shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules
and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations
in connection with the Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article VI of the
Plan, decisions of the Plan Administrator shall be reviewable by the Appeal Reviewer and the
Committee. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the Appeal Reviewer and the Committee shall also have
the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for
the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions, including
interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article VI of the Plan, the decision or
action of the Appeal Reviewer, Plan Administrator or Committee in
respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration,
interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder
shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Appeal Reviewer, the
Plan Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the
Employer to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company
against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or
conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence,
willful neglect or willful misconduct.
5
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Continuing Participants
. Any individual who was a participant in the McGraw-Hill
SIP Supplement, McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement, S&P SIP Supplement or S&P ERAP Supplement immediately
prior to the Effective Date shall be a Participant on such date, subject to the terms and
provisions of the Plan. Each Participants Matching Contribution Account shall be credited with the
amount earned under the McGraw-Hill SIP Supplement and the S&P SIP Supplement and each
Participants Profit Sharing Account shall be credited with the amount earned under the McGraw-Hill
ERAP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement.
SECTION 4.02
New Participants
. Any employee of the Employer (other than a Participant
described in Section 4.01 of the Plan) who is selected by the Plan Administrator to be eligible to
participate in the Plan shall become a Participant as of the first day of the month coinciding with
or next following his selection.
ARTICLE V
BENEFITS
SECTION 5.01
Credits to Matching Contribution Account
. (a) As of December 31 of the year
beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participants
participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall be credited to the
Participants Matching Contribution Account an amount equal to 4
1
/
2
% of the Participants Earnings
for such year in excess of the limitation on Earnings under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (or any
successor provision). Notwithstanding the foregoing, no credit shall be made to the Matching
Contribution Account of a Participant for any year with respect to whom Tax-Deferred Contributions
were not made in an amount equal to the limitation on elective deferrals for such year under
Section 402(g) of the Code, unless such amount of Tax-Deferred Contributions would have been made
on the Participants behalf in the absence of the limitations of Section 415 of the Code (or any
successor provision thereto) or any provision of SPSP implementing such limitation. In addition, no
credit shall be made to a Participants Matching Contribution Account with respect to (i) the year
in which the Participants Employment Termination Date occurs, unless the Participant is eligible
for early or normal retirement under the
Companys Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer through no fault of his own
or has any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan or (ii) the year after the
year in which the Participants Employment Termination Date occurs for any reason or in which the
Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, if
later.
(b) As of December 31 of the year beginning on or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year
in which the Participants participation in the Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall
be credited to the Participants Matching Contribution Account an amount equal to 4
1
/
2
% of (A) any
short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant under the Companys Key
Executive Plan, and (B) any salary earned for such year that is deferred by the Participant under
any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any salary or short-term incentive compensation that is
deferred by a Participant shall be excluded from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant. No
credit shall be made to a Participants Matching Contribution Account with respect to any year
after the year in which the Participants Employment
6
Termination Date occurs or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation
installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
(c) There shall also be credited to the Participants Matching Contribution Account as of
December 31 of each such year in which Tax-Deferred Contributions on behalf of the Participant are
limited by Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any provision of SPSP
implementing such limitation, an amount equal to the difference between (i) the sum of (A) 200% of
the first 3% of the Tax-Deferred Contributions and (B) 150% of the second 3% of the Tax-Deferred
Contributions which would have been made on behalf of the Participant to SPSP for such year if
Section 415 of the Code (or any successor provision thereto) or any such implementing provision
were disregarded, and (ii) the Tax-Deferred Contributions made on behalf of the Participant to SPSP
for such year. No credit shall be made to a
Participants Matching Contribution Account with respect to (i) the year in which the
Participants Employment Termination Date occurs, unless the Participant is eligible for early or
normal retirement under the Companys Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer
through no fault of his own or has any salary continuation installment under a Severance Plan or
(ii) the year after the year in which the Participants Employment Termination Date occurs for any
reason or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a
Severance Plan, if later.
(d) An amount shall be credited to a Severance Plan Participants Matching Contribution
Account equal to the amount of Employer Matching Contributions that would have been credited to
such Participants Employer Contribution Account under SPSP had the Participant made Tax-Deferred
Contributions under SPSP with respect to the Participants Severance Plan Earnings at the rate in
effect for the period immediately prior to the Participants Employment Termination Date. This
amount shall be credited to the Severance Plan
Participants Matching Contribution Account at such time as it would have been credited under SPSP.
SECTION 5.02
Credits to Profit Sharing Account
. (a) As of December 31 of the year beginning on
or after the later of (i) January 1 of the year in which the Participants participation in the
Plan commenced or (ii) January 1, 2008, there shall be credited to the Participants Profit Sharing
Account an amount equal to 5% of the sum of (A) the Participants Earnings for such year in excess
of the maximum amount of compensation that may be taken into account under Section 5.2 of the SPSP
as a result of the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code for such year and (B) any
short-term incentive compensation for such year deferred by the Participant under the Companys Key
Executive Plan, and (C) any salary earned for such year which is deferred by the Participant under
any plan or arrangement of the Employer. Any salary or short-term incentive compensation that is
deferred by a Participant shall be excluded from Earnings in the year paid to the Participant. No
credit with respect to clause (A) of the preceding sentence shall be made to a Participants Profit
Sharing Account with respect to (i) the year in which the Participants Employment Termination Date
occurs, unless the Participant is eligible for early or normal retirement under the Companys
Employee Retirement Plan, is terminated by an Employer through no fault of his own or has any
salary continuation installment due under a Severance Plan, or (ii) the year after the year in
which the Participants Employment Termination Date occurs for any reason or the Participant ceases
to have any salary continuation installment
7
due under a Severance Plan, if later. No credit with
respect to clause (B) of the first sentence of this Section shall be made to a Participants Profit
Sharing Account with respect to any year after the year in which the Participants Employment
Termination Date occurs or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation
installment due under a Severance Plan, if later.
(b) An amount shall be credited to a Severance Plan Participants Profit Sharing Account equal
to the amount that would have been credited to such Participants account under Section 5.2 of the
SPSP had the Participant been eligible to have an employer contribution be made to the
Participants account under Section 5.2 of the SPSP with respect to such Participants Severance
Plan Earnings. This amount shall be credited to the Severance Plan Participants Profit Sharing
Account at such time as it would have been credited under the SPSP.
SECTION 5.03
Additional Credits to Accounts
. (a) An additional amount shall be credited to the
Participants Accounts as of December 31 of each year beginning on or after the later of (i)
January 1 of the year following the year in which the initial credit is made to the Account or (ii)
January 1, 2009.
(b) With respect to Matching Contribution Accounts only, the additional credit shall equal the
sum of (i) and (ii), where (i) is the product of (A) the balance of the Matching Contribution
Account as of January l of such year, and (B) the annual rate of return of the SPSP Stable Assets
Fund for the year; and (ii) is the amount of interest that would have been credited if 1/12 of the
annual credit for the year under Section 5.01 of the Plan had instead been credited at the end of
each calendar month in the year and each monthly credit earned interest for the remainder of the
year at an annual effective rate of return equal to the SPSP Stable Assets Fund rate for the year.
(c) With respect to Profit Sharing Accounts only, the additional
amount shall be equal to the product of (i) the balance of the Profit Sharing Account as of
January l of such year and (ii) the annual rate of return of the SPSP Stable Assets Funds for such
year. No additional amount shall be credited to the Participants Profit Sharing Account for any
period after December 31 of the year in which the Participants Employment Termination Date occurs
or in which the Participant ceases to have any salary continuation installment due under a
Severance Plan, if later.
SECTION 5.04
Payment of Benefit
. (a) The Benefit provided under the Plan shall consist of the
balance of the Participants Accounts as of each applicable payment date under this Section 5.04.
Subject to Section 5.05 of the Plan, and except as would violate the requirements of Sections
409A(a)(2), (a)(3) and (a)(4) of the Code, payment of the Benefit to a Participant shall be made in
a lump sum, on July 1 of the calendar year following the Participants Employment Termination Date,
and, in addition, in the case of a Severance Plan Participant, on July 1 of the subsequent calendar
year. The Benefit provided under this Article shall be paid in accordance with the preceding
sentence to the Participants Designated Beneficiary in the event of the death of the Participant,
whether prior to or after commencement of benefits under SPSP, if such Designated Beneficiary is
entitled to benefits under the provisions of SPSP.
8
(b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, with respect to Profit Sharing
Accounts only, a Participant who does not have five years of Continuous Service under SPSP when he
ceases to be an employee of the Employer or ceases to have any salary continuation installment due
under a Severance Plan, if later, shall forfeit the balance credited to his Profit Sharing Account
attributable to amounts earned under the McGraw-Hill ERAP Supplement and the S&P ERAP Supplement
and shall be entitled only to the Vested Percentage of the remainder of his Profit Sharing Account
attributable to credits credited to his Profit Sharing Account; provided that the, in each case,
unless his Employment Termination Date occurs after his 65
th
birthday or his death. A
Participants
Vested Percentage
shall be determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Years of Continuous Service
|
|
Vested Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than 2
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
2 but less than 3
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
3 but less than 4
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
4 but less than 5
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
5 or more
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
SECTION 5.05
Payment of Benefits in Event of Change in Control
. In lieu of the Benefits
payable under Section 5.04 of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control that is also a change
in control event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, each Participant who
has not received payment of the Participants Benefit shall receive a lump sum payment immediately
upon such Change in Control equal to the Benefit to which that Participant is entitled under
Section 5.04 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VI
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 6.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan
Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for
his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records
and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the
claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim,
unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process such
claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim.
In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90
days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the
date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination
(the
Extension Notice
)
before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and
the date by which a decision is expected to be made. If the Plan Administrator denies the claim,
the Plan Administrator shall give to the Claimant (i) a
9
written notice setting forth the specific
reason or reasons for the denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of
the Plan, (ii) a description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such
claim along with an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii)
appropriate information as to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in Section 6.02 of the
Plan.
SECTION 6.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and
who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrators decision by
filing a written request with the Appeal Reviewer for such review within 60 days after such claim
is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records
and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Appeal Reviewer to consider, without regard
to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the
Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive free of
charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be appropriate.
Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after
receipt by the Appeal Reviewer of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances which
require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an
additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Appeal Reviewer
denies the claim on review, notice of the Appeal Reviewers decision shall include (i) the specific
reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a
statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and
copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement
of the Claimants right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse
benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the
Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a
decision is made with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 6.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal
action, including, without limitation, a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three
years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on review is issued or
should have been issued under Section 6.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to bring such an action.
If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall be strictly limited to
the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to
the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available to such Claimant under
the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 7.01
Amendment and Termination
. The Board or the Committee or any delegate thereof may
cause the Plan to be amended at any time and from time to time, prospectively or retroactively;
provided
,
however
, that no amendment to the Plan may be made by the Committee that materially
increases benefits to Participants. In addition, the Board may terminate the Plan in its entirety
at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may
10
pay to each Participant or
Designated Beneficiary his Benefits under the Plan, subject to and in accordance with the
requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision
thereto). Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 7.01, subject to the provisions
of Section 7.02 of the Plan, no amendment or termination shall reduce the Benefit or rights of any
Participant except with the written consent of the Participant or other person then receiving such
Benefit.
SECTION 7.02
Section 409A
. The Plan is intended to meet the requirements of Section 409A of
the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with such intent. If, in the good faith
judgment of the Committee, any provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject
to the interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be
modified by the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable,
the original intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under
Section 409A of the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary,
the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to
or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no benefit under the
Plan is subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee
under this Section 7.02 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE VIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 8.01
Unsecured General Creditor
. The Plan is an unfunded
deferred compensation plan for a select group of management or highly compensated employees
within the meaning of ERISA, and shall be construed and administered accordingly. Participants and
their Beneficiaries shall have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or
assets of the Employer. The assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the
benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the
fulfilling of the obligations of the Employer under the Plan. Any and all of the Employers assets
shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Employer. The
Employers obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
the Employer to pay money in the future.
SECTION 8.02
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as
applicable law may otherwise required. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Participant nor any
other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage
or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if
any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly
declared to be nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to
actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments,
alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by
operation of law in the event of a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 8.03
Conditions of Payment of Benefit
. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to
the contrary, the right of a Participant or his Designated Beneficiary to
11
receive the Benefit
otherwise payable hereunder shall cease upon the discharge of the Participant from employment with
the Employer for acts which constitute fraud, embezzlement, or dishonesty, and shall be determined
by the Appeal Reviewer in his sole discretion.
SECTION 8.04
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be
deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Participant, and the Participant (or his
Designated Beneficiary) shall have no rights against the Employer except as specifically provided
herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be
retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the rights of the Employer to
discipline or discharge him at any time.
SECTION 8.05
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Participant or his Designated Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the
Employer.
SECTION 8.06
Withholding
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments are
made, the Employer shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts required
to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
SECTION 8.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining
provisions and portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force
and effect to the fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 8.08
Effective Date
. The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2008 (the
Effective
Date
).
SECTION 8.09
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New
York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 8.10
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference
only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
SECTION 8.11
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
12
Exhibit 10.18
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
SENIOR EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL
DEATH, DISABILITY & RETIREMENT BENEFITS PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The Company desires to retain the services of and provide rewards and incentives to members of
a select group of management employees who contribute to the success of the Company.
In order to achieve this objective, the Company has adopted the Plan to provide disability or
supplemental retirement benefits for certain management employees who become Members of such Plan
and supplemental death benefits for the Beneficiaries of deceased Members.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Actuarial Equivalent
or
Actuarially Determined
means a benefit of equivalent
value when computed on the basis of 7% interest compounded annually and the 1971 group mortality
tables (determined separately by sex).
SECTION 2.02
Attained Age
or
Attaining Age
means the age of a Member as of his last
birthday.
SECTION 2.03
Basic Long-Term Disability Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Long Term
Disability Plan, as amended from time to time (or any successor plan).
SECTION 2.04
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the Member to
receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Members Beneficiary designation shall be made in
a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted
and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.05
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.06
Cause
means the Members misconduct in respect of the Members obligations to
the Company or other acts of misconduct by the Member occurring during the course of the Members
employment, which in either case results in or could reasonably be expected to result in material
damage to the property, business or reputation of the
2
Company;
provided
that in no event shall unsatisfactory job performance alone be deemed to be
Cause
; and,
provided
,
further
, that no termination of employment that is carried out at the
request of a person seeking to accomplish a Change in Control or otherwise in anticipation of a
Change in Control shall be deemed to be for
Cause
.
SECTION 2.07
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the
then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
);
excluding
,
however
, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other
than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security
being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by
the Company; (3) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored
or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any
acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of
subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the
Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this Section 2.07, that any individual who becomes a
Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by
the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those
Directors who were members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso)
shall be considered as though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but,
provided
further
, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a
result of either an actual or threatened election contest (as such terms are used in Rule
14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall
not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other
disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (
Corporate
Transaction
);
excluding
,
however
, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all
or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners,
respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately
prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more
than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting
power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election
of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result
3
of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets either
directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common
Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the
Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly,
20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation
resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding
voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of
directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate
Transaction, and (C) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at
least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from
such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.08
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.09
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.10
Committee
means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
SECTION 2.11
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.12
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.13
Death Benefit
means any benefit paid to a Beneficiary upon the death of a
Member as provided under the terms of the Plan.
SECTION 2.14
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.15
Disability
or
Disabled
means the Member (i) is unable to engage in any
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment
which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
less than 12 months; or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental
impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous
period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less
than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company.
4
SECTION 2.16
Distribution Date
means a Members Retirement Date or, if the Member is a
Specified Employee as of his Employment Termination Date, the six-month anniversary of such date.
SECTION 2.17
Early Retirement
means a Members retirement during the period commencing on
the first day of the month coincident with or immediately following the Members 50
th
birthday and ending on the Members Normal Retirement Date.
SECTION 2.18
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 12.07 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.19
Employment Termination Date
means the date of a Members separation from
service from the Company within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i) of the Code.
SECTION 2.20
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
from time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.21
Excess Benefit Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Employee Retirement
Plan Supplement, Standard & Poors Employee Retirement Plan Supplement and any amendments or
successor plans thereto.
SECTION 2.22
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.23
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.24
Final Monthly Earnings
means:
(i) For purposes of Article V and Article VIII, (1) the sum of (x) a Members highest
rate of annual base salary in effect during the 36-month period immediately preceding
retirement (other than pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan), termination without Cause
pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, or termination following a Change in Control as
provided in Article VIII, and (y) the Members highest 100% target annual short-term
incentive opportunity during that same 36-month period (2) divided by 12; or
(ii) For purposes of Article VII, (1) the greater of (A) 1.5 times a Members annual
base salary in effect immediately preceding the date of the Members Disability or (B) the
sum of (x) the Members highest rate of annual base salary in effect during any portion of
such 36-month period occurring prior to January 1, 2005, and during which the Member
participated in the Plan, and (y) the Members highest 100% target annual short-term
incentive opportunity during that same portion of such 36-month period (2) divided by 12.
5
SECTION 2.25
Good Reason
means voluntary termination based on any of the following: (1)
reduction in the Members base salary, (2) reduction of the Members incentive compensation award
opportunities, (3) transfer of the Member to a principal business location so as to increase the
distance between the principal business location and such Members place of residence at the time
of the Change in Control by more than 35 miles, (4) significant reduction in the Members
responsibilities and status within the Company or a change in the Members title or office without
prior written consent, (5) involuntary discontinuation of the Members participation in any life
insurance, health and accident or disability plan maintained by the Company, (6) involuntary
elimination of the Members paid vacation or (7) for any reason during the 30-day period following
the first anniversary of a Change in Control.
SECTION 2.26
Member
means an employee who is part of a select group of management and has
become a Member as provided in Article IV hereof.
SECTION 2.27
Monthly Disability Income
means a monthly income due a Disabled Member as
provided in Article VII hereof.
SECTION 2.28
Monthly Retirement Income
means a monthly income due a Retired Member which
shall commence as of his Distribution Date and continue for the period provided herein.
SECTION 2.29
Named Fiduciary
means the Executive Vice President, Human Resources of the
Company.
SECTION 2.30
Normal Retirement Date
means the first day of the month coincident with or
immediately following the Members 65
th
birthday.
SECTION 2.31.
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Senior Executive Supplemental
Death, Disability & Retirement Benefits Plan, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.32
Primary Social Security
means the estimated Primary Insurance Amount (payable
monthly) available to a Member at age 62, or his Distribution Date, whichever is later, under the
Social Security Act in effect at that time.
SECTION 2.33
Qualified Plan
means the Employee Retirement Plan of The McGraw-Hill Companies,
Inc. and its Subsidiaries, the Retirement Plan for Employees of Standard & Poors Corporation and
Participating Subsidiaries and any amendments or successor plans thereto.
SECTION 2.34
Retired Member
means any Member of the Plan who has qualified for retirement
and has retired, and who is eligible to receive a Monthly Retirement Income by direction of the
Committee. The term
Retired Member
shall also include any Member terminated without Cause and who
is eligible to receive a Monthly Retirement Income pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, and any
Member for whom the Committee has approved a Monthly Retirement Income under Section 5.02 of the
Plan.
6
SECTION 2.35
Retirement Date
means the first day of the month coincident with or immediately
following the Members Employment Termination Date due to any of the following: (1) retirement
pursuant to Sections 5.01 or 5.03 of the Plan, (2) termination without Cause or retirement if so
approved by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.02 of the Plan, (3) termination without Cause
pursuant to Section 5.03 of the Plan, or (4) termination for any reason described in Sections 8.02
or 8.03 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.36
Specified Employee
means a specified employee within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(b)(i) of the Code.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the
Committee, which shall have full authority to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend
and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all
such determinations in connection with the Plan as it may deem necessary or desirable.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article IX, the decision or action of the
Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration,
interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder
shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Committee and the
Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company and its affiliates to whom
fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated under the Plan, shall be indemnified by the Company
against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or
conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence,
willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
MEMBERSHIP
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Members
. Eligibility for membership in the Plan shall be determined by
the Committee in its sole discretion, on an individual basis;
provided
that each individual who was
a Member immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue
to be a Member on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan.
SECTION 4.02
Removal of Members
. (a) The Committee shall also have the right to remove a
Member from the Plan at any time in its sole discretion if the Member is no longer eligible to
participate in the Plan under the terms of Section 4.04 of the Plan.
7
(b) A Member whose benefits under the Plan have commenced to be paid shall not be removed from
membership in the Plan and such benefits shall not be terminated thereafter for any reason.
(c) If a Member whose benefits under the Plan have not commenced to be paid is removed from
the Plan, all future benefits payable under the Plan to the Member or his Beneficiary shall cease.
(d) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Article VIII shall be
applicable to a Member who is removed from the Plan following the Change in Control.
SECTION 4.03
Continuous Employment Requirement
. Subject to Section 8.02 of the Plan, the
payment of benefits to the Member or his Beneficiary under the Plan is conditioned upon the
continuous employment of the Member by the Company (including periods of disability and authorized
leaves of absence) from the date of the Members participation in the Plan until the Members
Retirement Date, Disability or death, whichever first occurs.
SECTION 4.04
Compensation Requirement
. Employees who are selected to participate in the Plan
shall be chosen from employees who are in Executive Compensation Band 1 and Executive Compensation
Band 2.
ARTICLE V
MONTHLY RETIREMENT INCOME
SECTION 5.01
Normal Retirement.
(a) A Member who retires on his Normal Retirement Date shall
be entitled to receive, commencing on the Members Distribution Date, a Monthly Retirement Income
under the Plan as calculated by the Committee. The amount of a Members Monthly Retirement Income
shall be 55% of Final Monthly Earnings reduced by the amounts set forth in Sections 5.01(b),
5.01(c), 5.01(d) and 5.01(e) of the Plan.
(b) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly Primary Social Security benefit as of the
Members Retirement Date.
(c) One hundred percent (100%) of the monthly income, received from the Qualified Plan and the
Excess Benefit Plan as of the Members Retirement Date. Such amount shall be Actuarially Determined
as of the Members Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments,
regardless of the actual form of payment.
(d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the qualified pension plans of any
previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Members Retirement Date
as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
(e) The annuity value of the hypothetical account balance maintained in accordance with the
Qualified Plan as of as of the Members Retirement Date. This amount shall be determined, in
accordance with the rules of the Qualified Plan for this determination, as a life
8
annuity payable in equal monthly installments. This value will be determined so as to reflect the same reduction
for early commencement as the Qualified Plan benefit in Section 5.01(c) of the Plan.
SECTION 5.02
Early Retirement With Committee Approval
. (a) A Member (i) between the ages of
50-54 who elects Early Retirement or whose employment is terminated by the Company other than for
Cause and who has ten years or more of continuous service with the Company, or (ii) who elects
Early Retirement or whose employment is terminated without Cause subsequent to Attaining Age 55 and
less than ten years of continuous service with the Company, may, with the written approval of the
Committee, receive a Monthly Retirement Income, if any, in such amount and containing such terms
and conditions as may be determined by the Committee. Further, a Member for whom the Committee has
approved a Monthly Retirement Income under this Section 5.02 and who is between the ages of 50-54,
shall begin to receive, upon the later of the Members Distribution Date and the first day of the
month coincident with or immediately following Attaining Age 55, such Monthly Retirement Income as
described in this Section 5.02.
(b) If such Member dies, however, before Attaining Age 55 and the Member had elected a joint
and survivor annuity option at the time of such Members retirement or termination of employment,
then the deceased Members spouse, if such spouse is still surviving, shall receive reduced Monthly
Retirement Income payments hereunder at the time when the deceased Member would have Attained Age
55.
(c) If a Member is approved for a Monthly Retirement Income payment under this Section 5.02,
the Member also may be entitled to receive a post-retirement Death Benefit in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.03 of the Plan,
provided
that at the time the Monthly Retirement Income
payment is approved hereunder for the Member the Committee also approves the payment of the
post-retirement Death Benefit for the Member.
SECTION 5.03
Early Retirement After Age 55
. (a) A Member who has Attained Age 55, has ten
years or more of continuous service with the Company and either elects Early Retirement or is
terminated by the Company other than for Cause, shall receive, commencing on the Members
Distribution Date, a Monthly Retirement Income equal to 55% of Final Monthly Earnings reduced by 4%
for every year that the Members Attained Age on his Retirement Date is less than 65, as set forth
in the following table:
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MONTHLY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RETIREMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME AS A
|
ATTAINED AGE
|
|
BENEFIT FORMULA
|
|
|
|
PERCENT OF
|
AT RETIREMENT
|
|
AS A % OF FINAL
|
|
REDUCTION
|
|
FINAL MONTHLY
|
DATE
|
|
MONTHLY EARNINGS
|
|
FACTOR
|
|
EARNINGS
|
55
|
|
55%
|
|
40%
|
|
33.0%
|
56
|
|
55
|
|
36
|
|
35.2
|
57
|
|
55
|
|
32
|
|
37.4
|
58
|
|
55
|
|
28
|
|
39.6
|
59
|
|
55
|
|
24
|
|
41.8
|
60
|
|
55
|
|
20
|
|
44.0
|
61
|
|
55
|
|
16
|
|
46.2
|
62
|
|
55
|
|
12
|
|
48.4
|
63
|
|
55
|
|
8
|
|
50.6
|
64
|
|
55
|
|
4
|
|
52.8
|
A Members Monthly Retirement Income shall be further reduced by the amounts set forth in
Sections 5.03(b), 5.03(c), 5.03(d) and 5.03(e) of the Plan.
(b) One hundred percent (100%) of his Primary Social Security benefit as of the Members
Retirement Date. A Member who retires prior to Attaining Age 62 shall have his benefits reduced by
his Primary Social Security payable at age 62 regardless of whether it is received.
(c) One hundred percent (100%) of the monthly income, calculated in the form of a straight
life annuity, that he receives from the Qualified Plan and the Excess Benefit Plan as of the
Members Retirement Date. Such amount shall be Actuarially Determined as of the Members Retirement
Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of
payment.
(d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the
qualified pension plans of any previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially
Determined as of the Members Retirement Date as a life annuity payable in equal monthly
installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
(e) The annuity value of the hypothetical account balance maintained in accordance with the
Qualified Plan as of the Members Retirement Date. This amount shall be determined, in accordance
with the rules of the Qualified Plan for this determination, as a life annuity payable in equal
monthly installments. This value will be determined so as to reflect the same reduction for early
commencement as the Qualified Plan benefit in Section 5.03(c) of the Plan.
SECTION 5.04
Minimum Service Requirement
. A Member who has less than ten years of continuous
service with the Company and who elects Early Retirement without the
10
written consent of the
Committee shall not be entitled to receive a Monthly Retirement Income under the terms of the Plan.
SECTION 5.05
Retirement After Age 65
. If a Member remains in the employ of the Company
subsequent to his Normal Retirement Date, no Monthly Retirement Income shall be paid until the
Members Distribution Date. At that time he shall be entitled to receive a Monthly Retirement
Income calculated as though he had retired on his Normal Retirement Date.
SECTION 5.06
Form of Payment
. The basic form of Monthly Retirement Income (to which the
formula indicated in Section 5.01 of the Plan applies) shall be a monthly income commencing on the
Members Distribution Date and continuing for his life.
Alternatively, the Member shall be entitled to receive any Actuarially Equivalent life annuity that
is permitted under the Qualified Plan, subject to the requirements of Section 409A(a)(4)(C) of the
Code. The Members Monthly Retirement Income shall in all circumstances be calculated as of the
Members Retirement Date, as if such benefits commenced on such date. If the Member is a Specified
Employee as of his Employment Termination Date, then the payments that otherwise would have been
paid to the Member prior to his Distribution Date shall be paid to the Member in a lump sum on such
date. Interest at the rate used to determine Actuarially Equivalent benefits under the Plan shall
be credited on such payments for the period, if any, commencing on the Members Normal Retirement
Date (or, if later the Members Retirement Date), and ending on the Members Distribution Date.
ARTICLE VI
DEATH BENEFITS
SECTION 6.01. In the event of the death of a Member or a Disabled Member prior to his
Retirement Date, in lieu of a Monthly Retirement Income or Monthly Disability Benefit, the Members
Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit within 60 days following the
Members date of death. Such pre-retirement Death Benefit shall be equal to 400% of the Members
annual base salary in effect at the time of his death.
SECTION 6.02. In the event of the death of a Retired Member subsequent to Attaining Age 55,
the Members Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit in an amount equal
to 100% of the Members annual base salary in effect at the Members Retirement Date. This Death
Benefit is in addition to any Monthly Retirement Income benefits that may be payable to a Members
Beneficiary.
SECTION 6.03. In the event of the death of a Member who has been approved for a Monthly
Retirement Income payment and for a Death Benefit under Section 5.02 of the Plan, the Members
Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a lump-sum Death Benefit in an amount equal to 100% of the
Members annual base salary in effect at the time of the Members retirement or termination of
employment.
11
ARTICLE VII
DISABILITY BENEFITS
SECTION 7.01. (a) If a Member is determined to be Disabled prior to his Normal Retirement
Date, the Disabled Member shall be entitled to receive a Monthly Disability Income equal to 50% of
the Members Final Monthly Earnings reduced by Sections 7.01(b), 7.01(c) and 7.01(d) of the Plan.
Such income benefit shall be payable to the Member until Attaining Age 65 or death, whichever first
occurs.
(b) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly benefit received from the Basic Long-Term
Disability Plan, payments from Social Security, Workers Compensation and/or other federal, state
or employer group insurance plans.
(c) One hundred percent (100%) of his monthly income paid from the Qualified Plan. Such amount
shall be Actuarially Determined as a life annuity payable in equal monthly installments, regardless
of the actual form of payment.
(d) One hundred percent (100%) of benefits received from the qualified pension plans of any
previous employers. Such amounts shall be Actuarially Determined as a life annuity payable in equal
monthly installments, regardless of the actual form of payment.
SECTION 7.02. Upon Attaining Age 65, the Disabled Member shall be entitled to receive a
Monthly Retirement Income under Section 5.01 of the Plan.
ARTICLE VIII
SPECIAL RULES IN THE EVENT OF A CHANGE IN CONTROL
SECTION 8.01. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any other section of the Plan, in
the event of a Change in Control, neither the Company nor the Board or the Committee shall
thereafter terminate, modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the
Plan.
SECTION 8.02. (a) If the employment of a Member is terminated voluntarily for Good Reason
within 24 months after a Change in Control that is a change in control event within the meaning
of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code or
is involuntarily terminated (except for Cause) at any time after such a Change in Control,
said Member shall receive on the Members Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution computed as of
such date of the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he would have received under the Plan
as if (1) he had continued as an employee of the Company until the later of Attaining Age 50 or his
Retirement Date, and he had then elected to receive payments under the Plan; (2) he had at least 10
years of continuous service with the Company as of the date of the Change in Control; and (3) he
was granted written consent for Early Retirement under the Plan by the Committee. The lump-sum
Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he would have received shall be determined by assuming
that he had continued in the employment of the Company until the later of Attaining Age 50 or his
Retirement Date, and if under age 50 by assuming that he received the Final Monthly Earnings that
he was receiving on his Employment Termination Date until Attaining
12
Age 50. The amount shall be determined by computing the amounts set forth in Sections 8.02(b)
through 8.02(f) of the Plan, and then subtracting the sum of the amounts in Sections 8.02(c),
8.02(d), 8.02(e), and 8.02(f) of the Plan from the amount in Section 8.02(b) of the Plan.
(b) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Members Distribution Date of a
benefit payable monthly for life in the amount of a percentage, as specified in the schedule below,
of the Members Final Monthly Earnings that he was receiving on his Employment Termination Date,
assuming payments commence on the later of the Members Distribution Date or his 55
th
birthday.
|
|
|
|
|
BENEFIT AMOUNT
|
ATTAINED AGE AT
|
|
AS A % OF FINAL
|
RETIREMENT DATE
|
|
MONTHLY EARNINGS
|
Age 60 and below
|
|
44.0%
|
61
|
|
46.2
|
62
|
|
48.4
|
63
|
|
50.6
|
64
|
|
52.8
|
65
|
|
55.0
|
In addition, a Member shall receive on his Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution of the
Actuarial Equivalent of the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and
6.03 of the Plan, with the Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Members Distribution Date, and
for a Member under age 50, assuming that the Death Benefit would be payable only if death occurred
after Attaining Age 50.
The payments pursuant to this Section 8.02 shall be in lieu of payments to be made pursuant to
Articles V and VI hereof.
(c) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Members Distribution Date of 100% of
the monthly Primary Social Security benefit. If, as of his Employment Termination Date, the Member
has not Attained Age 50, then the monthly
Primary Social Security benefit will be calculated by assuming that he had continued in the
employment of the Company until Attaining Age 50 and by assuming that he received the same Final
Monthly Earnings until that date. For all Members, the Primary Social Security benefit will be
computed assuming he received no earnings after the later of Attaining Age 50 or his Employment
Termination Date until Attaining Age 62.
(d) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent computed as of the Members Distribution Date of 100% of
his monthly income calculated in the form of a straight life annuity under the Qualified Plan,
commencing as of the earliest date (but not before the Members Distribution Date) that the Member
would be eligible to begin to receive monthly benefits from the Qualified Plan. If as of his
Employment Termination Date the Member has not Attained Age 50 then the benefit to be received from
the Qualified Plan will be calculated by assuming he had continued in the employment of the Company
until Attaining Age 50, and by assuming that he received the same Final Monthly Earnings that he
was receiving as of his Employment
13
Termination Date until Attaining Age 50, and assuming that he had
continued to accrue a benefit under the Qualified Plan until Attaining Age 50. The benefit from the Qualified Plan
payable as of
the earliest date that the Member could elect to receive a benefit under the Qualified Plan (or the
Members Distribution Date, if later) shall be reduced for early commencement (if any) according to
the provisions of the Qualified Plan in effect as of the date of the Change in Control.
(e) The balance of the hypothetical account maintained in accordance with the Qualified Plan,
reflecting hypothetical Member and Company contributions, and the assumed investment return,
accumulated to the later of the Members Distribution Date or Attaining Age 50.
(f) The lump-sum Actuarial Equivalent of the benefits, if any, the Member is eligible to
receive from qualified plans of any previous employers, determined as of the Members Distribution
Date assumed to be payable as of the earliest date that the Member could elect to have the benefit
payable, or his age as of the Members Distribution Date, if later.
SECTION 8.03. Except as set forth in Section 8.02 of the Plan, if the employment of a Member
is terminated voluntarily for any reason at any time after a Change in Control that is a change in
control event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code has occurred, said Member
shall receive on his Distribution Date a lump-sum distribution computed as of the Members
Retirement Date of the Actuarial Equivalent of the monthly benefit he is entitled to receive under
the Plan pursuant to Article V and adjusted for interest payable in accordance with the last
sentence of Section 5.06 of the Plan. In addition, said Member shall receive on his Distribution
Date a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of the post-retirement lump-sum Death
Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and 6.03 of the Plan, computed as described in the second
paragraph of Section 8.02(b) of the Plan.
SECTION 8.04. In the event of a Change in Control, the Committee shall
elect either to:
(i) if such Change in Control is a change in control event within the meaning of
Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provide each Retired Member with a lump-sum
distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of his Monthly Retirement Income and, in addition,
provide each Retired Member with a lump-sum distribution of the Actuarial Equivalent of the
post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefit described in Sections 6.02 and 6.03 of the Plan, in
each case computed as of the date of such distribution and subject to and in accordance with
the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor
provision); or
(ii) provide sufficient funds to the existing rabbi trust for which The Bank of New
York has been designated as trustee (or to any successor trustee), or in lieu of The Bank of
New York, as trustee, to any similar legal entity selected by the Committee, to protect the
Monthly Retirement Income and the post-retirement lump-sum Death Benefits which shall be
payable to each Retired Member pursuant to Articles V and VI hereof.
14
In the event the Committee does not elect to comply with (i) or (ii) above within 30 days
after a Change in Control has occurred, or such Change in Control is not a change in control
event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, it shall be deemed as if the
Committee had elected to comply with (ii) above, and the funds referred to in (ii) shall be
provided to such trust within 15 days thereafter. Any payments pursuant to Section 8.04(i) of the
Plan shall be in lieu of any further benefits under the Plan.
SECTION 8.05. The provisions of this Article VIII shall supersede and take precedence over the
provisions of any of the other sections of the Plan.
SECTION 8.06. The reasonable legal fees incurred by any Member (or former Member who was a
Member when the Change in Control occurred) or Retired Member to enforce his valid rights under
this Article VIII shall be paid for by the Company to the Member or Retired Member in addition to
sums otherwise due under the Plan, whether or not the Member or Retired Member is successful in
enforcing his rights or whether or not the matter is settled;
provided
that such payment shall be
made not later than the end of the taxable year in which such legal fees are incurred;
provided
,
further
, that no such payment shall be made after the last day of the sixth year following the
Member or Retired Members Employment Termination Date.
ARTICLE IX
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 9.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Named
Fiduciary for the benefits to which he
believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the
opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the
claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of
all documents, records or other information relevant to the claim. The Named Fiduciary shall
consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist
which require an extension of the time needed to process such claim, the Named Fiduciary shall
inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to the claim. In the event of special
circumstances, the response period can be extended for an additional 90 days, as long as the
Claimant receives written notice advising of the special circumstances and the date by which the
Named Fiduciary expects to make a determination (the
Extension Notice
) before the end of the
initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a
decision is expected to be made. If the Named Fiduciary denies the claim, the Named Fiduciary shall
give to the Claimant (i) a written notice setting forth the specific reason or reasons for the
denial of the claim, including references to the applicable provisions of the Plan, (ii) a
description of any additional material or information necessary to perfect such claim along with an
explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (iii) appropriate information as
to the Plans appeals procedures as set forth in Section 9.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 9.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Named Fiduciary and who
wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Named
15
Fiduciarys decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days
after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments,
documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider,
without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the
claim by the Named Fiduciary. In connection with that review, the Claimant may examine, and receive
free of charge, copies of pertinent Plan documents and submit such written comments as may be
appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within 60
days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special circumstances
which require an extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended
for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. If the Committee
denies the claim on review, notice of the Committees decision shall include (i) the specific
reasons for the adverse determination, (ii) references to applicable Plan provisions, (iii) a
statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, free of charge, reasonable access to, and
copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant to the claim and (iv) a statement
of the Claimants right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following an adverse
benefit determination on a review and a description of the applicable limitations period under the
Plan. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made with respect
to the appeal.
SECTION 9.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in
part, must file any suit or legal action, including, without limitation, a civil action under
Section 502(a) of ERISA, within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit
determination on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 9.02 of the Plan or lose
any rights to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence
presented shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Named Fiduciary.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative
remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review
pursuant to Section 502(a) of ERISA.
ARTICLE X
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 10.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Member shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary
as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior
to complete distribution to the Member of the benefits due him under the Plan.
SECTION 10.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Member by the
written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company and shall become effective only
when received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation
form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
16
SECTION 10.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Member fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Member, then any amounts to be
paid to the Members Beneficiary shall be paid to the Members estate.
SECTION 10.04
Effect of Payment
. The payment under this Article X of amounts due to a Member
under the Plan shall completely discharge the Companys obligations in respect of the Member under
the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 11.01
Amendment
. Subject to Section 8.01 and 11.02 of the Plan, the Company reserves
the right at any time and from time to time, by action of the Committee or the Board to terminate,
modify or amend, in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the Plan, including
specifically the right to make any such amendments effective retroactively;
provided
that no such
action shall reduce the benefits or rights of any Disabled or Retired Member or his Beneficiary. In
addition, the Company may amend or modify any provision of the Plan as to any particular Member by
agreement with such Member,
provided
that such agreement is in writing, is executed by both the
Company and the Member, and is filed with the Plan records. The provisions of any amendment or
modification made by agreement between a Member and the Company
shall apply only to the Member so agreeing and no other.
SECTION 11.02
Section 409A
. The Plan is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A
of the Code with respect to amounts subject thereto and shall be interpreted and construed in
accordance with such intent. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of the
Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties imposed under
Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its sole discretion
to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the applicable provision
without violating the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and, notwithstanding any provision
in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have broad authority to amend or to modify the
Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to
ensure that no benefits under the Plan are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any
determinations made by the Committee under this Section 11.02 shall be final, conclusive and
binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01
Unsecured General Creditor
. The Plan is an unfunded deferred compensation plan
for a select group of management or highly compensated employees within the meaning of ERISA, and
shall be construed and administered accordingly. Members and their Beneficiaries shall have no
legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets
of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Members or their Beneficiaries
or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of the Company
under the Plan. Any and all of the Companys assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged,
unrestricted assets of the Company. The
17
Companys obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
the Company to pay money in the future.
SECTION 12.02
Nonassignability
. Each Members right under the Plan shall be nontransferable
except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and except insofar as applicable law may
otherwise require. Subject to the foregoing, neither a Member nor any other person shall have any
right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber,
transfer, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable
hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be
nonassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment,
be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate
maintenance owed by a Member or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the
event of a Members or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 12.03
Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of the Plan shall not be
deemed to constitute a contract of employment with the Member, and the Member (or his Beneficiary)
shall have no rights against the
Company except as specifically provided herein. Moreover, nothing in the Plan shall be deemed
to give a Member the right to be retained in the service of the Company or to interfere with the
rights of the Company to discipline or discharge him at any time. A Retired Member shall not be
considered an employee for any purposes under the law.
SECTION 12.04
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Member or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
SECTION 12.05
Withholding
. To the extent required by the law in effect at the time payments
are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or other amounts
required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other authorized deductions.
SECTION 12.06
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of
the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
SECTION 12.07
Effective Date
. The Plan was initially effective as of January 1, 1986 (the
Effective Date
). This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008.
SECTION 12.08
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New
York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 12.09
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of reference
only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of the Plan.
18
SECTION 12.10
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan.
19
Exhibit 10.22
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The purpose of the Plan is to provide funds for retirement or death for Directors (and their
beneficiaries) of the Company. It is intended that the Plan will aid in retaining and attracting
Directors by providing a means to supplement their standard of living at retirement. The Plan is
intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
AFR
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.02(c) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.02
Alternate Annual Rate
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(b) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.03
Alternate Rate
has the meaning set forth in Section 6.03(a) of the Plan.
SECTION 2.04
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the Participant
to receive any benefits payable under the Plan. Any Participants Beneficiary designation shall be
made in a written instrument filed with the Company and shall become effective only when received,
accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.05
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.06
Board Meeting Fees
means the cash compensation paid
to a Director for attendance at meetings of the Board and Committees thereof, including
without limitation, Board meeting fees, committee meeting fees and fees for serving as chairman of
a committee.
SECTION 2.07
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the
then outstanding shares of Common Stock (the
Outstanding Common
2
Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company
entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the
Outstanding Voting Securities
);
excluding
,
however
, the following: (1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an
acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so
converted was itself acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3)
any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the
Company or any entity controlled by the Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction
which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.07; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the Directors who, as of the effective
date of the Plan, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this Section 2.07, that any individual who becomes a Director subsequent
to the effective date of the Plan, whose election, or nomination for election by the Companys
shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of
the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though
such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but,
provided
,
further
, that any such
individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened
election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A promulgated under the
Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of
a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (
Corporate Transaction
); excluding,
however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the
individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common
Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares
of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled
to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting
from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of
such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets either
directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their
ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Common Stock and
Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any
employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of,
respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such
corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such
ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C) individuals who were
3
members of the
Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of
the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or
dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.08
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.09
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and
the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.10
Committee
means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of the Board.
SECTION 2.11
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the Company.
SECTION 2.12
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized under
the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.13
Deferral Benefit
means the benefit as calculated in Article VI payable to a
Participant commencing at his death, Disability or Projected Retirement Date.
SECTION 2.14
Deferral Election Agreement
means a deferral agreement, on such form as may be
prescribed by the Committee, executed and filed by a Participant prior to the beginning of the
first period for which the Participants Director Compensation is to be deferred pursuant to the
Plan. A new Deferral Election Agreement shall be executed and filed by a Participant for each
Director Compensation deferral election.
SECTION 2.15
Deferral Benefit Account
means a bookkeeping account maintained by the Company
for a Participant representing the Participants interest in the
Director Compensation credited to such account pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.16
Determination Date
means the date on which the amount of a Participants
Deferral Benefit Account is determined as provided in Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan. The last
day of each calendar month shall be a Determination Date.
SECTION 2.17
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.18
Director Compensation
means Retainer and Board Meeting Fees paid by the Company
to a Director.
SECTION 2.19
Disability
means a Participants becoming disabled within the meaning of Section
409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code.
4
SECTION 2.20
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.21
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 9.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.22
(a)
Moodys Bond Index
means the average annual composite yield on Moodys
Seasoned Corporate Bond Yield Index for the preceding five years as determined from Moodys Bond
Record published by Moodys Investors Services, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such yield
is no longer published, a substantially similar average selected by the Committee. For example:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ANNUAL
|
|
1985 MOODYS
|
YEAR
|
|
AVERAGE
|
|
BOND INDEX
|
1984
|
|
|
13.49
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1983
|
|
|
12.78
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1982
|
|
|
14.94
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1981
|
|
|
15.06
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
1980
|
|
|
12.75
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69.02% ÷ 5 =
|
|
|
|
13.80
|
%
|
(b)
Average Annual Moodys Rate
means the average annual composite yield on Moodys Seasoned
Corporate Bond Yield Index for the preceding year as determined from Moodys Bond Record published
by Moodys Investors Services, Inc. (or any successor thereto), or, if such yield is no longer
published, a substantially similar average selected by the Committee.
SECTION 2.23
Participant
means each individual who participates in the Plan, as provided in
Section 4.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.24
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Director
Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.25
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.26
Plan Year
means the calendar year; provided that the last Plan Year with
respect to a Director who ceases to be a Participant during a calendar year, shall begin on the
first day of such calendar year and end on the day such Director ceases to be a Participant.
SECTION 2.27
Projected Retirement Date
means April 1 immediately following the Participant
attaining age 70, or, if permitted by the Committee at the time a Deferral Election Agreement is
filed by a Participant, some other date as specified in the Participants Deferral Election
Agreement.
5
SECTION 2.28
Retainer
means the cash portion of the amount paid to a Director as
compensation for his services in that capacity, including, without limitation, fees for serving as
a committee members and fees for serving as chairman of a committee.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice President,
Human Resources of the Company (the
Plan Administrator
), who shall have full authority to
construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to
the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the Plan
as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, decisions of the Plan
Administrator shall be reviewable by the Committee. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the
Committee shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate
rules and regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all
questions, including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the decision or
action of the Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of or in
connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and
regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons having
any interest in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification.
To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan Administrator,
the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the Company to whom
fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against any
claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or conduct
relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful
neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Participants
. Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan
immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a
Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan. Thereafter,
participation in the Plan shall be limited to such Participants and to other Directors who are not
employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and who elect to participate in the Plan by
filing a Deferral Election Agreement with the Company.
ARTICLE V
DEFERRALS AND ELECTIONS
SECTION 5.01
Initial Deferral Election Agreement
. Each new Participant in the Plan may file an
irrevocable Deferral Election Agreement to defer payment of all or part of his Director
Compensation to be earned during the Plan Year in which the Director becomes a
6
Participant in the Plan and to have the Participants Deferral Benefit Account credited with such
deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Participant must
file an executed Deferral Election Agreement with the Company. This Deferral Election Agreement
must be filed within 30 days of the date on which the Director becomes eligible to participate in
the Plan (or in any other account balance plan described in Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-1(c)(2)(i)(A), or any successor provision thereto) and shall be effective with respect to
compensation earned after the date of filing thereof.
SECTION 5.02
Annual Deferral Election Agreement
. A Participant may file a Deferral Election
Agreement on an annual basis to defer payment of all or part of his Director Compensation to be
earned during the next succeeding Plan Year and to have the Participants Deferral Benefit Account
credited with such deferred amounts. In order to make a deferral pursuant to this Section 5.02, the
Participant must file an executed Deferral Election Agreement with the Company. The Deferral
Election Agreement must be filed not later than, and such Deferral Election Agreement shall become
irrevocable on, the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan Year to which the
Deferral Election Agreement relates. Until a Deferral Election Agreement becomes irrevocable, it
may be superseded by another Deferral Election Agreement or revoked in writing by the Participant.
SECTION 5.03
Applicability of Deferral Election Agreement
. A Deferral Election Agreement that
is not superseded or revoked shall remain effective until the end of the Plan Year.
SECTION 5.04
Elective Deferred Director Compensation
. The amount of Director Compensation
that a Director elects to defer in his Deferral Election Agreement shall be credited by the Company
to the Participants Deferral Benefit Account at such times as the compensation would have been
paid had it not been deferred.
ARTICLE VI
DEFERRAL BENEFIT ACCOUNTS
SECTION 6.01
Accounts
. Each Participants Deferral Benefit Account, as of each Determination
Date, shall consist of the balance of the Participants Deferral Benefit Account as of the
immediately preceding Determination Date. The Deferral Benefit Account of each Participant shall
then be increased by any deferred Director Compensation credited to or reduced by the amount of all
distributions, if any, made from such Deferral Benefit Account since the preceding Determination
Date.
SECTION 6.02
Interest Credit
. (a) For Director Compensation deferred in 1986, as of each
Determination Date, the Participants Deferral Benefit Account shall be increased by the amount of
interest earned since the preceding Determination Date. The Deferral Benefit Account shall be
maintained and increased by the monthly equivalent of Moodys Bond Index plus 6% (up to a maximum
of 150% of Moodys Bond Index) until the Participants Projected Retirement Date. Subsequent to the
Participants Projected Retirement Date, however, Moodys Bond Index shall no longer be determined
annually and shall be deemed to be the Moodys Bond Index rate in effect during the year of the
Participants Projected Retirement Date.
7
In the event that a Participants service with the Board ceases prior to his Projected Retirement
Date, other than for death or Disability, the Moodys Bond Index rate shall no longer be determined
annually and shall be determined to be the Moodys Bond Index rate in effect during the Plan Year
in which such cessation of services occurs.
(b) For Director Compensation deferred in excess of the amount deferred by a Participant in
1986 or Director Compensation deferred by a Participant who began deferring subsequent to 1986 that
has begun to pay out to such Participant whose service with the Board has ceased prior to January
1, 2004, the interest credit rate shall be deemed to be the Average Annual Moodys Rate plus 2% (up
to a maximum of 150% of the Average Annual Moodys Rate) in effect during the year of the
Participants Projected Retirement Date.
(c) For Director Compensation deferred by a Participant whose service with the Board begins or
continues after January 1, 2004, as of each Determination Date, the Participants Deferred Account
shall be increased by the amount of interest earned since the preceding Determination Date.
Interest shall be credited at a rate determined to be in effect for each Plan Year based on 120% of
the Applicable Federal Long-Term Rate (
AFR
) as prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service in
December of the year prior to the year in which the Director Compensation is credited. Subsequent
to the Participants Projected Retirement Date, however, the AFR shall no longer be determined
annually and shall be deemed to be the AFR in effect during the year of the Participants Projected
Retirement Date. In the event that a Participants service with the Board ceases prior to his
Projected Retirement Date, other than for death or Disability, the AFR shall no longer be
determined annually and shall be determined to be the AFR in effect during the Plan Year in which
such cessation of services occurs.
SECTION 6.03
Alternate Rate
. (a) For Director Compensation deferred in 1986, the interest
credit rates in Section 6.02(a) of the Plan may be amended to the rate of Moodys Bond Index as of
the Determination Date (the
Alternate Rate
) in the
Companys sole discretion if marginal corporate tax rates are reduced or if any tax leveraged
investment vehicle being utilized is no longer appropriate. In the event of a Change in Control,
the interest credit rate cannot be changed to the Alternate Rate.
(b) For Director Compensation deferred in excess of the amount deferred by a Participant in
1986, the interest credit rates in Section 6.02(b) of the Plan may be amended to the rate of the
Average Annual Moodys Rate as of the Determination Date (the
Alternate Annual Rate
) in the
Companys sole discretion if marginal corporate tax rates are reduced or if any tax leveraged
investment vehicle being utilized is no longer appropriate. In the event of a Change in Control,
the interest credit rate cannot be changed to the Alternate Annual Rate.
SECTION 6.04
Statement of Accounts
. The Company shall submit to each Participant, within 120
days following the close of each Plan Year, a statement in such form as the Company deems
desirable, setting forth the balance to the credit of such Participant in his Deferral Benefit
Account as of the last day of the preceding Plan Year.
SECTION 6.05
Vesting of Accounts
. A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Deferral Benefit
Account at all times.
8
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 7.01
Retirement Benefit
. A Participant shall be entitled to a Deferral Benefit equal
to the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account, as determined under
Sections 6.01 and 6.02 of the Plan and as payable in accordance with Section 7.04 as of the Plan,
as of Determination Date coincident with or immediately following his Projected Retirement Date.
SECTION 7.02
Death
. If a Participant dies after the commencement of payments of his Deferral
Benefit, or if a Participant dies prior to any payments of the balance of the amounts credited to
his Deferral Benefit Account, his Beneficiary shall receive a lump-sum payment equal to the balance
of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account as of the Determination Date coincident
with or immediately following the date of such Participants death.
SECTION 7.03
Disability
. In the event of a Participants Disability, such Participant shall
receive a lump-sum payment of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account
as of the Determination Date coincident with or immediately following the date of the Participants
Disability.
SECTION 7.04
Payment of Benefit
. Upon, or commencing upon, the first day of the first calendar
month following the happening of the specified date or the occurrence of the event described in
Sections 7.01, 7.02 or 7.03 of the Plan, the Company shall pay to the Participant the applicable
portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account in a lump sum or in
equal annual installments, as elected in the applicable Deferral Election Agreement executed and
filed by the Participant with the Company. If a Participant elects to receive payments in
installments, payment of such portion of the balance of the amounts credited to his Deferral Benefit Account shall be in an
amount which amortizes the Deferral Benefit Account balance thereof in equal annual payments of
principal and interest over a period not to exceed 15 years. For purposes of determining the amount
of the annual payment, the assumed rate of interest shall be the post-retirement rate under the
terms of Section 6.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 7.05
Change in Election
. No change in a Participants payment election shall be valid
unless it is made in a Deferral Election Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company in
accordance with this Section 7.05. Any change in a Participants payment election with respect to
his Deferral Benefit Account may not take effect until at least 12 months after the date on which
the election is made in a Deferral Election Agreement that is executed and filed with the Company.
The first payment with respect to which the election is made must be deferred for a period of not
less than five years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made.
9
ARTICLE VIII
EFFECT OF CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
SECTION 8.01
Change in Control
. (a) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the
contrary, in the event of a Change in Control that is a change in control event within the
meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, the Company shall immediately pay to each
Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferral Benefit Account. The terms of
Sections 11.01 and 11.02 of the Plan shall not be applicable following a Change in Control.
(b) The reasonable legal fees incurred by any Participant to enforce his valid rights under
this Section 8.01 shall be paid for by the Company to the Participant in addition to sums otherwise
due hereunder, whether or not the Participant is successful in enforcing his rights or whether or
not the matter is settled;
provided
that such payment shall be made not later than the end of the
taxable year following the year in which such legal fees are incurred;
provided
, further, that no
such payment shall be made after the last day of the sixth year following the expiration of the
period described in Section 9.03 of the Plan.
ARTICLE IX
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 9.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
)
disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their method of
payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by, the Plan
Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the reason for
his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records
and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge,
reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information relevant to the
claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of receipt of such claim,
unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time needed to process
such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with respect to
the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended for an
additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special
circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a determination (the
"
Extension Notice"
) before the end of the initial 90-day response period indicating the reasons for
the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made.
SECTION 9.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan Administrator and
who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan Administrators decision by
filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60 days after such claim is
denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant comments, documents, records and
additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to consider, without regard to
whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial review of the claim by the Plan
Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may submit such written comments as may
be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall be furnished to the Claimant within
60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review. In the event of special
circumstances which require an
10
extension of the time needed for processing, the response period can be extended for an additional
60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an Extension Notice. The Claimant shall be notified no
later than five days after a decision is made with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 9.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an adverse
benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or legal
action within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination on
review is issued or should have been issued under Section 9.02 of the Plan or lose any rights to
bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented shall
be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding
anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative remedies available
to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review.
ARTICLE X
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 10.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to
designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries (both primary
as well as contingent) to whom payment under the Plan shall be paid in the event of his death prior
to complete distribution to the Participant of the benefits due him under the Plan.
SECTION 10.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant by the
written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary designation
form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
SECTION 10.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as
provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then any amounts to
be paid to the Participants Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participants estate.
SECTION 10.04
Effect of Payment
. The payment under this Article X of the amounts due to a
Participant under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall completely discharge the Companys obligations in
respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE XI
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 11.01
Amendment
. The Board or the Committee may from time to time make such amendments
to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interest of the Company;
provided
,
however
, that,
subject to Section 11.03 of the Plan, no amendment shall be effective to decrease or restrict any
Deferral Benefit Account at the time of such amendment.
SECTION 11.02
Companys Right to Terminate
. The Board or the Committee may terminate the Plan
at any time with respect to future deferrals of Director Compensation if,
11
in its judgment, the
continuance of the Plan, the tax, accounting, or other effects thereof, or potential payments
thereunder would not be in the best interests of the Company. The Board or the Committee may also
terminate the Plan in its entirety at any time, and, upon any such termination, the Company shall
immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the then remaining balance in his Deferral
Benefit Account, subject to and in accordance with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision thereto).
SECTION 11.03
Section 409A
. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any provision of
the Plan or any Deferral Election Agreement could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the
interest and penalties imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by
the Committee in its sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original
intent of the applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of
the Code to apply, and, notwithstanding any provision therein to the contrary, the Committee shall
have broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan or any Deferral Election Agreement, without
advance notice to or consent by any person, to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no
Deferral Benefit Accounts are subject to tax under Section 409A of the Code. Any determinations
made by the Committee under this Section 11.03 shall be final, conclusive and binding on all
persons.
ARTICLE XII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 12.01
Unsecured General Creditor
. Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no
legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The assets
of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their
Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the
fulfilling of the obligations of the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Companys
assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The
Companys obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
the Company to pay money in the future.
SECTION 12.02
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the
foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell,
assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or
convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof,
which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and
non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to
seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance
owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of
a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 12.03
Rights and Obligations
. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create any
obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the Companys
shareholders or to limit the rights of the shareholders to remove any Director.
12
SECTION 12.04
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of
the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the Company.
SECTION 12.05
Protective Provisions
. A Participant will cooperate with the Company by
furnishing any and all information requested by the Company, in order to facilitate the payment of
benefits hereunder, and by taking such other action as may be requested by the Company.
SECTION 12.06
Withholding
. To the extent that the Company is required to withhold any taxes or
other amounts from the Participants deferred compensation pursuant to any state, federal or local
law, such amounts shall first be taken out of the portion of the Participants Director
Compensation that is not deferred under the Plan. To the extent required by the law in effect at
the time payments are made, the Company shall withhold from payments made hereunder any taxes or
other amounts required to be withheld for any federal, state or local government and other
authorized deductions.
SECTION 12.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan shall be
determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and portions of
the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
SECTION 12.08
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State of New
York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 12.09
Headings
. The section headings in this document are for
ease of reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and
interpretation of the Plan.
SECTION 12.10
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be read and
construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read and
construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references to
sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan. The Plan is intended to meet the
requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with
such intent.
13
Exhibit 10.23
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
THE McGRAW-HILL COMPANIES, INC.
DIRECTOR DEFERRED STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(Amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2008)
ARTICLE I
PURPOSE
The purposes of the Plan are to enable the Company to attract and retain qualified persons to
serve as Directors, to enhance the equity interest of Directors in the Company, to solidify the
common interests of its Directors and stockholders, and to encourage the highest level of Director
performance by providing such Directors with a proprietary interest in the Companys performance
and progress, by crediting them annually with shares of Common Stock. The Plan is intended to
satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings:
SECTION 2.01
Applicable Delivery Period
means a period of up to five years, as more
fully described in Section 5.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.02
Beneficiary
means the person, persons or entity designated by the
Participant to receive any shares of Common Stock deliverable in accordance with Section 7.01 of
the Plan. Any Participants Beneficiary designation shall be made in a written instrument filed
with the Company and shall become effective only when received, accepted and acknowledged in
writing by the Company.
SECTION 2.03
Board
means the Board of Directors of the Company.
SECTION 2.04
Change in Control
means the first to occur of any of the following
events:
(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section
13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a
Person
) of beneficial ownership (within the
meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the
Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock
(the
Outstanding Common Stock
) or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding
voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors
(the
Outstanding Voting Securities
);
excluding
,
however
, the following:
(1) any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the
exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself
acquired directly from the Company; (2) any acquisition by the Company; (3) any acquisition
by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or
any entity controlled by the
2
Company; or (4) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction
which complies with clauses (A), (B) and (C) of subsection (iii) of this Section 2.04; or
(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the
Directors who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board
shall be hereinafter referred to as the
Incumbent Board
) cease for any
reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
provided
,
however
, for purposes of this Section 2.04, that any individual who
becomes a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or
nomination for election by the Companys shareholders, was approved by a vote
of at least a majority of those Directors who were members of the Incumbent
Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as
though such Director were a member of the Incumbent Board; but,
provided
,
further
, that any such individual whose initial
assumption of office occurs as a result of either an actual or threatened
election contest (as such terms are used in Rule 14a-11 of Regulation 14A
promulgated under the Exchange Act) or other actual or threatened
solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than
the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or
(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or
other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company
(
Corporate Transaction
); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction
pursuant to which (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and
entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding
Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such
Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more
than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the
combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to
vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the
corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without
limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the
Company or all or substantially all of the Companys assets either directly
or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as
their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the
Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may
be, (B) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or
related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or
more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the
corporation resulting from such
Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the
outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors except to the extent that
such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (C)
individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will
constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate
Transaction; or
(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
SECTION 2.05
Change in Control Consideration
means, with respect to each share of
Common Stock credited to a Deferred Stock Account, (i) the amount of any cash, plus the value of
any securities and other noncash consideration, constituting the most valuable
3
consideration per
share of Common Stock paid to any shareholder in the transaction or series of transactions that
results in a Change in Control or (ii) if no consideration per share of Common Stock is paid to any
shareholder in the transaction or series of transactions that results in a Change in Control, the
highest reported sales price, regular way, of a share of Common Stock in any transaction reported
on the New York Stock Exchange or other national exchange on which such shares of Common Stock are
listed or on NASDAQ during the 60-day period prior to and including the date of a Change in
Control. To the extent that such consideration consists all or in part of securities or other
noncash consideration, the value of such securities or other noncash consideration shall be
determined by the Committee in good faith.
SECTION 2.06
Claimant
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.07
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.08
Committee
means the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of
the Board.
SECTION 2.09
Common Stock
means the common stock, $1.00 par value per share, of the
Company.
SECTION 2.10
Company
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., a corporation organized
under the laws of the State of New York, or any successor corporation.
SECTION 2.11
Deferral Election
means an election pursuant to Article V of the Plan.
SECTION 2.12
Deferred Stock Account
means a bookkeeping account maintained by the
Company for a Participant representing the Participants interest in the shares of Common Stock
credited to such account pursuant to Section 6.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.13
Delivery Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 7.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.14
Director
means an individual who is a member of the Board.
SECTION 2.15
Dividend Equivalent
for a given dividend or distribution means a number
of shares of Common Stock having a Value, as of the date such Dividend Equivalent is credited to a
Deferred Stock Account, equal to the amount of cash, plus the fair market value on the date of
distribution of any property, that is distributed with respect to one share of Common Stock
pursuant to such dividend or distribution; such fair market value to be determined by the Committee
in good faith.
SECTION 2.16
Effective Date
has the meaning set forth in Section 13.06 of the Plan.
4
SECTION 2.17
Election Amount
means for each Participant who has made a Deferral
Election pursuant to Article V of the Plan, with respect to each Plan Year, (i) the percentage that
is set forth in the Deferral Election, multiplied by (ii) the total cash compensation receivable
from the Company during the Plan Year by the Participant in his capacity as a Director, including
without limitation, retainers, fees for serving as committee members, fees for serving as chairman
of a committee, Board meeting fees and committee meeting fees.
SECTION 2.18
Exchange Act
means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from
time to time, and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
SECTION 2.19
Extension Notice
has the meaning set forth in Section 10.01 of the
Plan.
SECTION 2.20
Fraction
with respect to a person who was a Participant during part,
but not all, of a calendar year, means the amount obtained by dividing (i) the number of calendar
months during such calendar year that such person was a Participant by (ii) 12; provided that for
purposes of the foregoing a partial calendar month shall be treated as a whole month.
SECTION 2.21
Installment Delivery Election
means the written election by a
Participant, on such form as may be prescribed by the Committee, to receive delivery of shares of
Common Stock in the Participants Deferred Stock Account in installments over the Applicable
Delivery Period.
SECTION 2.22
Participant
means each individual who participates in the Plan, as
provided in Section 4.01 of the Plan.
SECTION 2.23
Plan
means The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Director Deferred Stock
Ownership Plan, as amended from time to time.
SECTION 2.24
Plan Administrator
has the meaning set forth in Section 3.01 of the
Plan.
SECTION 2.25
Plan Year
means the calendar year;
provided
that the last Plan
Year with respect to a Director who ceases to be a Participant during a calendar year,
shall begin on the first day of such calendar year and end on the day such Director ceases to
be a Participant.
SECTION 2.26
Stock Amount
means, with respect to a Plan Year, the greater of (i)
$30,000 or (ii) the average total cash compensation receivable (disregarding for this purpose
Deferral Elections made by any Participant and deferral elections made under The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Plan or any successor plan) during the Plan Year by
the Participants who were Participants during the entire Plan Year in any capacity as Directors,
including without, limitation retainers, fees for serving as committee members, Board meeting fees
and committee meeting fees,
provided
,
however
, that any retainers for serving as
committee chairs shall not be so included for this purpose.
SECTION 2.27
Value
of a share of Common Stock as of the last day of a given Plan
Year shall mean the average (rounded up to the nearest cent) of the monthly average for
5
each of
the full calendar months during such Plan Year of the means between the reported high and low sale
prices of a share of Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange (or, if the Common Stock is not
listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is
listed) for each trading day during each such calendar month. If the Common Stock is not traded on
any national securities exchange, the Value of the Common Stock shall be determined by the
Committee in good faith.
ARTICLE III
ADMINISTRATION
SECTION 3.01
Administration
. The Plan shall be administered by the Executive Vice
President, Human Resources of the Company (the
Plan Administrator
), who shall have full authority
to construe and interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating
to the Plan, and to take all such actions and make all such determinations in connection with the
Plan as he may deem necessary or desirable. Subject to Article X of the Plan, decisions of the Plan
Administrator shall be reviewable by the Committee. Subject to Article X of the Plan, the Committee
shall also have the full authority to make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and
regulations for the administration of the Plan and decide or resolve any and all questions,
including interpretations of the Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan.
SECTION 3.02
Binding Effect of Decisions
. Subject to Article X of the Plan, the
decision or action of the Plan Administrator or Committee in respect to any question arising out of
or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules
and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons
having any interest in the Plan.
SECTION 3.03
Indemnification
. To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Plan
Administrator, the Committee and the Board (and each member thereof), and any employee of the
Company to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been delegated shall be indemnified by the Company
against any claims, and the expenses of defending against such claims, resulting from any action or
conduct relating to the administration of the Plan, except claims arising from gross negligence, willful neglect or willful misconduct.
ARTICLE IV
PARTICIPATION
SECTION 4.01
Eligible Participants
. Any individual who was a Participant in the Plan
immediately prior to the effective date of this amendment and restatement shall continue to be a
Participant on such date, subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, and each other
individual who becomes a Director thereafter during the term of the Plan, shall be a Participant in
the Plan, in each case during such period as such individual remains a Director and is not an
employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries.
6
ARTICLE V
DEFERRALS AND ELECTIONS
SECTION 5.01
Initial Election
. Each new Participant in the Plan may make an
irrevocable Deferral Election to defer payment of all or part of the total cash compensation for
services as a Director to be earned during the Plan Year in which the Director becomes a
Participant in the Plan and to have the Participants Deferred Stock Account credited with shares
of Common Stock equal in Value to such deferred compensation. In order to make a Deferral Election
pursuant to this Section 5.01, the Participant must deliver to the Company a written notice of the
Deferral Election setting forth the percentage of the Participants total cash compensation to be
deferred. This notice must be delivered within 30 days of the date on which the Participant becomes
a Director and shall be effective with respect to compensation earned after the date of delivery
thereof. The Participant shall be permitted to make an irrevocable Installment Delivery Election at
the time of the Deferral Election.
SECTION 5.02
Annual Elections
. A Participant may make a Deferral Election on an annual
basis to defer payment of all or part of the total cash compensation for services as a Director to
be earned during the next succeeding Plan Year and to have the Participants Deferred Stock Account
credited with shares of Common Stock equal in Value to such deferred compensation. In order to make
a Deferral Election pursuant to this Section 5.02, the Participant must deliver to the Company a
written notice of the Deferral Election setting forth the percentage of the Participants total
cash compensation to be deferred. This notice must be delivered no later than, and such Deferral
Election shall become irrevocable on, the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan
Year to which the Deferral Election relates. Any such written notice of the Deferral Election
pursuant to this Section 5.02 shall remain in effect for subsequent Plan Years unless such
Participant delivers a written notice setting forth a different Deferral Election which shall be
applied to future Plan Years until further written notice is received by the Company pursuant to
this Section 5.02. The Participant shall be permitted to make an
Installment Delivery Election at the time of the Deferral Election. Such Installment Delivery
Election shall become irrevocable on the last business day prior to the commencement of the Plan
Year to which the Installment Delivery Election relates.
ARTICLE VI
DEFERRED ACCOUNTS
SECTION 6.01
Accounts
. The Company shall maintain a Deferred Stock Account for each
Participant. As part of the compensation payable to each Participant for service on the Board, the
Deferred Stock Account of each Participant shall be credited with shares of Common Stock as set
forth in Section 6.02 of the Plan.
SECTION 6.02
Credit of Shares of Common Stock
. (a) On the first business day following
the last day of each Plan Year, the Deferred Stock Account of each Director who was a Participant
at any time during such Plan Year shall be credited with (i) a number of shares of Common Stock
having a Value equal to the sum of (A) the Stock Amount multiplied by the applicable Fraction and
(B) the Election Amount, if any; plus (ii) a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (A) the
number of shares of Common Stock credited as of that date pursuant to clause (i) multiplied by (B)
the Dividend Equivalent for each dividend paid or other distribution
7
made with respect to the
Common Stock, the record date for which occurred during such Plan Year and at a time when such
Participant was a Participant.
(b) In addition, on the first business day following the last day of each Plan Year, each
Deferred Stock Account that has not, as of such date, been delivered in full pursuant to Section
7.01 of the Plan shall be credited with a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) the number
of shares of Common Stock in such Deferred Stock Account as of such date (before taking into
account any amounts that are credited as of such date pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Plan)
multiplied by (ii) the Dividend Equivalent for each dividend paid or other distribution made with
respect to the Common Stock, the record date for which occurred during such Plan Year and at a time
when such Participant was a Participant.
ARTICLE VII
DISTRIBUTIONS
SECTION 7.01
Delivery of Shares of Common Stock
. The shares of Common Stock in a
Participants Deferred Stock Account as of the date the Participant ceases to be a Director for any
reason (the
Delivery Date
) shall be delivered or begin to be delivered in accordance with this
Section 7.01 on or as soon as practicable, but in no event more than 60 days after the Delivery
Date. Such shares of Common Stock shall be delivered at one time;
provided
that if the
number of shares of Common Stock so credited includes a fractional share, such number shall be
rounded up to the nearest whole number of shares; and
provided
,
further
, that if
the Director has in effect a valid Installment Delivery Election pursuant to Article V of the Plan,
then the applicable portion of such shares of Common Stock shall be delivered in equal yearly
installments over the Applicable Delivery Period, with the first such installment being delivered
on the first anniversary of the Delivery Date;
provided
that if in order to equalize such
installments, fractional shares of Common Stock would have to be delivered, such installments shall
be adjusted by rounding up to the nearest whole share. If any such shares of Common Stock are to be
delivered after the Director has become legally incompetent, they shall be delivered to the
Directors legal guardian. If any such shares of Common Stock are to be
delivered after the Director has died, they shall be delivered to the Directors Beneficiary;
provided
that if the Director dies with a valid Installment Delivery Election in effect, the
Committee shall deliver all remaining undelivered shares of Common Stock to the Directors
Beneficiary as soon as practicable. Reference to a Director in the Plan shall be deemed to refer to
the Directors legal guardian or the Beneficiary, where appropriate.
SECTION 7.02
Voting and Other Rights
. Shares of Common Stock delivered to a
Participant pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Plan shall be issued in the name of the Participant,
and the Participant shall be entitled to all rights of a shareholder with respect to Common Stock
for all such shares of Common Stock issued in his name, including the right to vote the shares of
Common Stock, and the Participant shall receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made
with respect thereto.
SECTION 7.03
General Restrictions
. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or
agreements made pursuant thereto, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any shares
of Common Stock under the Plan prior to fulfillment of all of the following conditions:
8
(i) Listing or approval for listing upon official notice of issuance of such
shares on the New York Stock Exchange, or such other securities exchange as may at
the time be a market for the Common Stock;
(ii) Any registration or other qualification of such shares of Common Stock
under any state or federal law or regulation, or the maintaining in effect of any
such registration or other qualification which the Committee shall, in its absolute
discretion upon the advice of counsel, deem necessary or advisable; and
(iii) Obtaining any other consent, approval, or permit from any state or
federal governmental agency which the Committee shall, in its absolute discretion
after receiving the advice of counsel, determine to be necessary or advisable.
ARTICLE VIII
SHARES AVAILABLE
SECTION 8.01
Shares Available
. Subject to Article IX of the Plan, the maximum number
of shares of Common Stock which may be credited to Deferred Stock Accounts pursuant to the Plan is
640,000 in the aggregate. Shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan may be taken from
authorized but unissued or treasury shares of the Company or purchased on the open market.
ARTICLE IX
EFFECT OF CORPORATE TRANSACTIONS
SECTION 9.01
Change in Capital Structure
. In the event that there is, at any time
after the Board adopts the Plan, any change in the Common Stock by reason of any stock dividend,
stock split, combination of shares, exchange of shares, warrants or rights offering to purchase
Common Stock at a price below its fair market value,
reclassification, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other change in
capitalization of the Company, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the number and kind of
shares or other property subject to the Plan and the number and kind of shares or other property
held in the Deferred Stock Accounts, and any other relevant provisions of the Plan by the
Committee, whose determination shall be binding and conclusive on all persons.
SECTION 9.02
Change in Control
. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and
notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, in the event of a Change in Control that is a
change in control event within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Code, the following
shall occur on the date of the Change in Control (the
Change in Control Date
): (i) the last day
of the then-current Plan Year shall be deemed to occur on the Change in Control Date and such Plan
Year shall be the last Plan Year under the Plan; (ii) the Deferred Stock Accounts shall be credited
with shares of Common Stock pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Plan, as if, for this purpose, the
Participants ceased to be Participants on the Change in Control Date; (iii) the Company shall
immediately pay to each Participant in a lump sum the Change in Control Consideration multiplied by
the number of shares of Common Stock held in the Participants Deferred Stock Account immediately
before such Change in Control; and (iv) the Plan shall be terminated with respect to each
Participants Deferred Stock Account.
9
SECTION 9.03
Share Conversion
. If the shares of Common Stock credited to the Deferred
Stock Accounts are converted pursuant to this Section 9.03 into another kind or form of property
(including cash), references in the Plan to the Common Stock shall be deemed, where appropriate, to
refer to such other kind or form of property, with such other modifications as may be required for
the Plan to operate in accordance with its purposes. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, references to delivery of certificates for shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to
refer to delivery of cash and the incidents of ownership of any other property held in the Deferred
Stock Accounts.
ARTICLE X
CLAIMS PROCEDURE
SECTION 10.01
Claims
. In the event any person or his authorized representative (a
Claimant
) disputes the amount of, or his entitlement to, any benefits under the Plan or their
method of payment, such Claimant shall file a claim in writing with, and on the form prescribed by,
the Plan Administrator for the benefits to which he believes he is entitled, setting forth the
reason for his claim. The Claimant shall have the opportunity to submit written comments,
documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request
and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records or other information
relevant to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall consider the claim and within 90 days of
receipt of such claim, unless special circumstances exist which require an extension of the time
needed to process such claim, the Plan Administrator shall inform the Claimant of its decision with
respect to the claim. In the event of special circumstances, the response period can be extended
for an additional 90 days, as long as the Claimant receives written notice advising of the special
circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to make a
determination (the
Extension Notice"
) before the end of the initial 90-day response period
indicating the reasons for the extension and the date by which a decision is expected to be made.
SECTION 10.02
Appeal of Denial
. A Claimant whose claim is denied by the Plan
Administrator and who wishes to appeal such denial must request a review of the Plan
Administrators decision by filing a written request with the Committee for such review within 60
days after such claim is denied. Such written request for review shall contain all relevant
comments, documents, records and additional information that the Claimant wishes the Committee to
consider, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial
review of the claim by the Plan Administrator. In connection with that review, the Claimant may
submit such written comments as may be appropriate. Written notice of the decision on review shall
be furnished to the Claimant within 60 days after receipt by the Committee of a request for review.
In the event of special circumstances which require an extension of the time needed for processing,
the response period can be extended for an additional 60 days, as long as the Claimant receives an
Extension Notice. The Claimant shall be notified no later than five days after a decision is made
with respect to the appeal.
SECTION 10.03
Statute of Limitations
. A Claimant wishing to seek judicial review of an
adverse benefit determination under the Plan, whether in whole or in part, must file any suit or
legal action within three years of the date the final decision on the adverse benefit determination
on review is issued or should have been issued under Section 10.02 of the Plan or
10
lose any rights
to bring such an action. If any such judicial proceeding is undertaken, the evidence presented
shall be strictly limited to the evidence timely presented to the Plan Administrator.
Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, a Claimant must exhaust all administrative
remedies available to such Claimant under the Plan before such Claimant may seek judicial review.
ARTICLE XI
BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION
SECTION 11.01
Beneficiary Designation
. Each Participant shall have the right, at any
time, to designate any person, persons, entity or entities as his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
(both primary as well as contingent) to whom shares of Common Stock shall be delivered in
accordance with Section 7.01 of the Plan from the Participants Deferred Stock Account in the event
of such Participants death prior to complete distribution to the Participant of the shares of
Common Stock due him under the Plan.
SECTION 11.02
Amendments
. Any Beneficiary designation may be changed by a Participant
by the written filing of such change on a form prescribed by the Company. The new Beneficiary
designation form shall cancel all Beneficiary designations previously filed.
SECTION 11.03
No Beneficiary Designation
. If a Participant fails to designate a
Beneficiary as provided above, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant, then
any amounts to be paid to the Participants Beneficiary shall be paid to the Participants estate.
SECTION 11.04
Effect of Payment
. The delivery of shares of Common Stock under this
Article XI due to a Participant to a Beneficiary under the Plan shall completely discharge the
Companys obligations in respect of the Participant under the Plan.
ARTICLE XII
AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN
SECTION 12.01
Amendment
. The Board or the Committee may from time to time make such
amendments to the Plan as it may deem proper and in the best interest of the Company without
further approval of the Companys stockholders, except to the extent required by the Rules of the
New York Stock Exchange (or rules of any other exchange or quotation system on which the Companys
securities are then listed).
SECTION 12.02
Companys Right to Terminate
. The Board or the Committee may terminate
the Plan at any time and, in connection with any such termination, may deliver to each Participant
the shares of Common Stock credited to his Deferred Stock Account, subject to and in accordance
with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) (or any successor provision
thereto). Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, neither the Board nor
the Committee shall be authorized to exercise any discretion with respect to the selection of
persons to receive credits of shares of Common Stock under the Plan or concerning the amount or
timing of such credits under the Plan, and, subject to Section 12.03 of the Plan, no amendment or
termination of the Plan shall adversely affect the interest of any
11
Participant in shares previously
credited to such Participants Deferred Stock Account without that Participants express written
consent.
SECTION 12.03
Section 409A
. If, in the good faith judgment of the Committee, any
provision of the Plan could otherwise cause any person to be subject to the interest and penalties
imposed under Section 409A of the Code, such provision shall be modified by the Committee in its
sole discretion to maintain, to the maximum extent practicable, the original intent of the
applicable provision without causing the interest and penalties under Section 409A of the Code to
apply, and, notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee shall have
broad authority to amend or to modify the Plan, without advance notice to or consent by any person,
to the extent necessary or desirable to ensure that no benefits are subject to tax under Section
409A of the Code. Any determinations made by the Committee under this Section 12.03 shall be final,
conclusive and binding on all persons.
ARTICLE XIII
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 13.01
Unsecured General Creditor.
Participants and their Beneficiaries shall
have no legal or equitable rights, interest or claims in any property or assets of the Company. The
assets of the Company shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of Participants or their
Beneficiaries or held in any way as collateral security for the fulfilling of the obligations of
the Company under the Plan. Any and all of the Companys
assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged, unrestricted assets of the Company. The
Companys obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise of
the Company to pay money in the future.
SECTION 13.02
Nonassignability
. Each Participants rights under the Plan shall be
nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Subject to the
foregoing, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell,
assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate or
convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof,
which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and
non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to
seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance
owed by a Participant or any other person, nor be transferable by operation of law in the event of
a Participants or any other persons bankruptcy or insolvency.
SECTION 13.03
Rights and Obligations
. Nothing in the Plan shall be deemed to create
any obligation on the part of the Board to nominate any Director for reelection by the Companys
shareholders or to limit the rights of the shareholders to remove any Director.
SECTION 13.04
Binding Effect
. The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of the Participant or his Beneficiary, his heirs and legal representatives, and the
Company.
SECTION 13.05
Withholding
. The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the
issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan, that a
12
Participant make
arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for the withholding of any taxes required by law to be
withheld with respect to the issuance or delivery of such shares of Common Stock, including without
limitation, by the withholding of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be so issued or
delivered, by withholding from any other payment due to the Participant, or by a cash payment to
the Company by the Participant.
SECTION 13.06
Effective Date and Term
. The Plan was initially effective as of July 1,
1996. This amendment and restatement is effective as of January 1, 2008. The Plan shall remain in
effect until the earlier of (i) its termination by action of the Board, (ii) its termination as set
forth in Section 12.02 of the Plan, or (iii) no shares of Common Stock remain available under the
Plan.
SECTION 13.07
Severability
. In the event that any provision or portion of the Plan
shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions and
portions of the Plan shall be unaffected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect to the
fullest extent permitted by law.
SECTION 13.08
Governing Law
. The Plan shall be construed under the laws of the State
of New York, to the extent not preempted by federal law.
SECTION 13.09
Headings
. The section headings used in this document are for ease of
reference only and shall not be controlling with respect to the application and interpretation of
the Plan.
SECTION 13.10
Rules of Construction
. Any words herein used in the masculine shall be
read and construed in the feminine where they would so apply. Words in the singular shall be read
and construed as though used in the plural in all cases where they would so apply. All references
to sections are, unless otherwise indicated, to sections of the Plan. The Plan is intended to meet
the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be interpreted and construed consistent with
such intent.
13
3
|
|
|
One Company
One Focus
|
|
|
TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS:
For The McGraw-Hill Companies, 2007 was filled with
significant achievementsand some equally big challenges.
It was a year in which we delivered record results and
impressive growth thanks to the outstanding performance of
our business portfolio. But it was also a year in which the U.S.
housing bubble burst and the market for mortgage-related
securities deteriorated, fueling disruption in the capital markets
and causing a slowdown in our fourth-quarter results.
It was a year in which phrases like subprime mortgage and
credit crunch made headlines and ratings agencies were
thrust into an unfamiliar spotlightwith questions raised about
their performance, policies and practices.
As we reflect on the events of the past year and focus on
our opportunities for 2008 and beyond, there is one imperative
shared by the management team across The McGraw-Hill
Companiesto extend our record of growth while generating
superior shareholder value.
Our senior leadership team is actively managing through the
current environment. We believe that steps we are taking
now will strengthen our operations and position us for
continued growth. And while its difficult to make definitive
predictions, history tells us that our markets will stabilize and
the current turmoil will eventually pass.
The long-term prospects in our markets remain bright.
The need for capital, the need for knowledge and the need for
transparent business information are strong and enduring
global trends that will keep us moving ahead for many years
and we remain intensely focused on anticipating and
meeting these needs.
We are truly one company with one focus:
providing
our customers with the highest-quality data, analytics and
information that they can use to help them succeed.
One Focus for Shareholders
The McGraw-Hill Companies focus on delivering essential
information and insight for our customers, as well as our
strong management of a portfolio of market-leading brands,
has enabled us to produce a long record of consistent and
sustainable earnings growth.
In 2007, we achieved another year of outstanding performance,
despite challenging conditions:
»
Diluted earnings per share increased 22.5% to $2.94 for the year;
»
Revenue grew by 8.3% to $6.8 billion;
»
Net income rose 14.9% to $1 billion.
Demonstrating managements commitment to increasing
shareholder value, we returned $2.5 billion to shareholders in
2007 through a combination of share repurchases and
dividend payments.
» In January 2008, we announced a 7.3% increase in the annual
cash dividend to $0.88, extending our record of raising the
dividend every year since 1974. Over the past 35 years, we
have raised our dividend at a compound annual rate of 10.3%.
» We repurchased 37 million shares during 2007 and finished the
year with 322.4 million shares outstanding, a decrease of
31.6 million shares from year-end 2006.
» We began 2008 with 28 million shares remaining under the
current share repurchase authorization, and have announced
our intention to initially repurchase another 20 million shares,
subject to market conditions.
4
The Corporation celebrated several important milestones in 2007.
Harold McGraw III commemorates the 10th anniversary of the
partnership between Standard & Poors and the Taiwan Ratings
Corporation (left); Dubuque, Iowa Mayor Roy Buol and Mr. McGraw
cut the ribbon to dedicate the Corporations new state-of-the-art
Higher Education facility (center); At an employee forum,
Mr. McGraw celebrates the Corporation's top-10 designation as one of
Working Mother
magazines 100 Best Companies (right).
Since 1996, we have returned $8.4 billion to our shareholders
through stock buybacks and dividends, a long-term record
that underscores our commitment to you.
Focused on Solutions for Critical Issues
The disruption in the worlds credit markets has led to scrutiny
of the actions and capabilities of many market participants,
including credit ratings firms.
Standard & Poors is taking a leadership role in addressing the
issues
that arose in 2007 and has launched a series of important
initiatives to enhance the ratings process in four key areas:
|
|
|
» Governance:
|
|
further ensuring the independence and integrity
of our ratings opinions.
|
|
|
|
» Analytics:
|
|
enhancing the quality of our credit ratings.
|
|
|
|
» Information:
|
|
providing increased transparency to market
participants.
|
|
|
|
» Education:
|
|
improving the publics understanding of the
ratings process and how ratings opinions
should be used.
|
To develop these actions, we conducted a comprehensive
assessment of S&Ps governance and analytical policies
and practices. We also worked with financial market experts and
engaged in dialogue with global market participants,
regulators and legislators. S&P is currently implementing these
enhancements and will continue to develop and introduce
further measures as needed.
Our goal in taking these steps is not only to enhance S&Ps
governance and controls, but also to minimize even the
potential for perceived conflicts of interest, providing a greater
understanding of how S&Ps ratings are determined, what they
mean, and how they are affected by market trends and events.
Credit ratings play a vital role in the capital formation process,
and S&P has a long track record of helping investors assess credit
risk. By strengthening the ratings process and increasing
transparency, we will serve the public interest by building greater
confidence in credit ratings for global markets.
Focusing on Another Year of Growth
Entering 2008, we expect to achieve another year of growth,
although at a slower pace than in 2007. We anticipate that the
economy and conditions in the credit markets will begin to
improve later in the year, and we are ready to capitalize on all
available opportunities.
To prepare us for the year ahead, we restructured certain
business operations in the fourth quarter of 2007, consistent
with our efforts to streamline operations and lower costs.
The steps we took resulted in a 3% reduction in our workforce,
and while the decision to reduce staff is never easy, we
believe these steps will strengthen our efficiency.
Global expansion remains a priority. International revenue
represented 26% of our total revenue in 2007. We expect that
international revenue will continue to increase in the years
ahead, with all three business segments contributing to our
growing diversification.
McGraw-Hill Education had substantial accomplishments in
2007, and is well positioned for further growth in 2008.
In 2007, the School Education Group captured a market-leading
32% share of the state new adoption market. We achieved
strong results across the K-5 and 6-12 markets, increasing
revenue by 6.8% in an industry that grew 2.7%.
5
We are truly one company with one focus: providing
our customers with the highest-quality data, analytics and
information that they can use to help them succeed.
International expansion remains a driver of the Corporations
strategic plans for growth. South Korean Prime Minister Han Duck-soo
hosts Harold McGraw III to discuss the proposed free trade
agreement with the United States (left); Mr. McGraw meets with
Kamal Nath, Indias Minister of Commerce and Industry, to discuss
U.S.-India relations (right).
In 2008, we are prepared to seize key opportunities across
a healthy K-12 state new adoption market,
which we expect will
exceed 2007 by 10% to 15% and reach $900 to $950 million.
We have strong programs in reading, math, art and music,
science, health, business education, and technical and
vocational education, all of which make significant
contributions to our results each year. Additionally, our
continued investments in digital learning products and services
provide a competitive advantage at all levels of education.
The recently enacted federal education budget will keep all
of No Child Left Behinds major programs in place in 2008,
including state accountability testing. Accountability is the driver
behind the growth of our new formative assessment program
called
Acuity
, which recently won an $80 million, five-year
contract with New York City, as well as statewide contracts
with Indiana and West Virginia.
Revenue in our Higher Education, Professional and International
Group grew by 7.6% in 2007. We expect sales in the U.S.
college market to grow by 3% to 4% in 2008 and believe we
will outperform the market this year.
Digital products and services will be one of the keys.
In higher
education, where the demand for technology-based products
continues to grow, we are capitalizing on the opportunities
by finding new ways to connect our content with iPods, MP3
players and laptops. Not surprisingly, the demand for digital
products is greatest among professionals, where our online
subscription revenue continues to grow faster than conventional
product sales as we expand our offerings in science, medicine
and engineering.
The diversity and breadth of Standard & Poors offerings and a
strong performance overseas helped produce solid growth
in 2007, despite the decline in the U.S. structured finance market.
In 2008, notwithstanding challenges in the credit markets,
we expect to produce another year of growth by continuing to
take advantage of opportunities inherent in the diversified
portfolio we have built.
More than 40% of S&Ps ratings revenue came from international
sources in 2007, and we are continuing to expand
our global
ratings business. S&P has recently extended its international
ratings coverage in Central and Eastern Europe, the Persian
Gulf, South Africa and Turkey. In 2008, S&P has already opened
new offices in Dubai, Johannesburg and Tel Aviv.
In 2007, we continued to make solid progress in building ratings
revenue from nontransaction sources, including surveillance
fees, annual contracts and subscriptions. We also benefited from
ratings that are not directly linked to the issuance of new public
debt. These nontraditional ratings, including infrastructure
financing, counterparty risk ratings and bank loan ratings, have
grown to represent more than 25% of our ratings revenue.
As we look ahead, we remain confident about our prospects
in the U.S. corporate and public finance markets in 2008,
while expecting a more conservative approach to financing in
the structured markets and reduced investor appetite for
complex products.
We also expect continued strong growth in S&Ps data and
information products and index services,
which are unrelated
to ratings and accounted for 26% of our Financial Services
revenue in 2007.
6
The need for capital, the need for knowledge and the need
for transparent business information will continue to drive our
business for many years to come.
The ongoing success of the Corporation is a result of its employees dedication to
meeting the needs of customers, markets and communities. Harold McGraw III presents
a CEO Most Valuable Partner award to J.D. Power and Associates Tokyo office for
outstanding community service (left); Mr. McGraw also recognizes recipients of the
2007 Excellence in Leadership Award for their contributions to the Corporations growth
(center); Mr. McGraw welcomes employees children for the Corporations annual
Bring Your Child to Work Day (right).
We introduced 52 new indices last year, and are expanding
our index business with the goal of providing an index for
every investment category. At the end of 2007, assets under
management in exchange-traded funds based on S&P indices
had grown to a record $235.3 billion, a 46% increase over 2006.
Capital IQ continues to attract new customers and expand
its services in providing online data, tools and analytics. It had
more than 2,200 customers at the end of 2007, up from 700
since the acquisition in 2004. Capital IQs expanded database
now covers virtually all of the worlds public companies as
well as the vast majority of private equity firms.
In Information & Media, we continue to make progress
in
providing our customers with higher-value information products
and services that are directly integrated into their workflow
and infrastructure. By providing industry-leading intelligence,
benchmarks, analytics and solutions from strong, trusted
brands, we continue to turn industry performance measures
into information that enables business professionals and
other consumers to make better decisions.
The demand for J.D. Power and Associates customer satisfaction
measurements is strong
and poised for further global expansion,
not only within the automotive market, but also into new sectors
like financial services. Pricing information from Platts, traditionally
associated with oil markets, is increasingly the benchmark for
other energy and commodities markets including gas, power
and steel. We also continue to strengthen the McGraw-Hill
Construction Network by enhancing analytics and providing
forecasts to help firms anticipate emerging trends.
Finally, we expect our Broadcasting Group to get a boost in
2008 from political advertising. We also anticipate
continued growth in online advertising revenue, primarily at
BusinessWeek.com.
One Company Moving Forward
Looking ahead, the diversity and resilience of our portfolio
of leading brands will continue to serve us well in 2008.
Our portfolio is constructed to generate consistent revenue and
earnings growth while reducing the volatility associated with
capital market cycles. We believe our results demonstrated this in
2007 and we expect to continue this growth in the year ahead.
I am confident that the long-term prospects in our markets
remain very strong.
The need for capital, the need for knowledge
and the need for transparent business information will continue
to drive our business for many years to come.
It is my privilege to work with the talented men and women
of The McGraw-Hill Companies, who, as one company with one
focus, successfully carry out our mission each and every day.
Our accomplishments in 2007 and the realization of our potential
would not be possible without their hard work and dedication.
I also want to thank our Board of Directors for its guidance,
support and comittment to meeting the highest standards of
shareholder responsibility.
Thank you for your continued support.
Sincerely,
Harold McGraw III
February 22, 2008
20
The McGraw-Hill Companies At-a-Glance
The McGraw-Hill Companies is an acknowledged leader in providing essential information and
expertise to financial markets, educational institutions, businesses and consumers around the
globe. The Corporation offers an array of market-leading brands in three core areasfinancial
services, education and business informationall sharing the same focus: to provide individuals,
markets and societies with the resources they need to grow and prosper in a rapidly changing world.
www.mcgraw-hill.com
McGraw-Hill Financial Services
Standard & Poors
(S&P) is the worlds premier provider of investment research, market indices and
credit ratings. With offices and affiliates in more than two dozen countriesand with revenue
generated across 118 nations and territoriesS&P is highly valued by investors and financial
decision-makers everywhere for its analytical independence, its market expertise and its incisive
thought leadership.
The global
leader in credit ratings, in 2007, S&P Ratings Services published more than 510,000 new
and revised ratings, and has issued ratings on debt securities in more than 100 countries. The
total amount of new debt S&P rated in 2007 was approximately $5.5 trillion.
S&P is also known for its world-famous benchmark portfolio indicesthe S&P 500 in the United
States and, globally, the S&P 1200. More than $1.5 trillion in
assets around the world are directly
tied to S&P indices, and more than $5.0 trillion in assets are benchmarked to them.
As one of the worlds largest producers of independent research, S&P licenses its research to over
1,000 institutions, including 19 of the top securities firms, 13 of the top banks, and 11 of the
top life insurance companies.
S&P has grown over the past several decades to become an integral part of the global economic
infrastructure, with operations that provide essential information to nearly every segment of the
global financial community. This ensures a strong demand for S&Ps indices, ratings and research,
as capital markets around the world continue to grow and become even more interconnected.
www.standardandpoors.com
McGraw-Hill Education
McGraw-Hill Education
(MHE) is one of the worlds leading and most respected providers of
educational information, with offices in 33 countries and learning materials published in more than
40 languages. MHE resources are delivered across a range of platforms to aid students at all levels
of learning from pre-K to postgraduate and professional studies.
The
School Education Group
combines traditional print materials with digital resources and
multimedia options that engage and empower students while providing teachers with the tools they
need to measure individual student progress and optimize classroom time. Key brands include
Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, SRA/McGraw-Hill and Wright Group/McGraw-Hill.
Our
Assessment and Reporting Group
, a recognized leader in summative and formative assessments, is
advancing the transformation from paper-and-pencil to digital modes of testing. Its leading brands
are CTB/McGraw-Hill and The Grow Network/McGraw-Hill.
The
Higher Education Group
is also a leading high-tech innovator, providing its trusted educational
content to college students and professionals around the globe in a growing range of media
including more than 1,000 e-books, individualized Web tutorials, traditional print and custom
publishing materials, and downloads to MP3 players and other hand-held wireless devices.
The
Professional Group
provides essential information and expert guidance over digital and wireless
platforms to help
medical staff, engineers, business-people and other professionals stay current with advances in
their fields.
www.mheducation.com
|
McGraw-Hill Information & Media
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Information & Media
(I&M) consists of two groups that offer the latest news and
information.
|
|
|
The
Business-to-Business Group
provides market intelligence and solutions to professionals in
industries where staying competitive means staying current.
|
|
»
|
Platts
, a leading energy information provider, supplies news, pricing benchmarks and
value-added services to the global oil, natural gas, electricity and commodity markets.
www.platts.com
|
|
»
|
J.D. Power and Associates
is a recognized leader in independent marketing and consumer
information. J.D. Powers trusted customer satisfaction surveys are valued by companies around
the world.
www.jdpower.com
|
|
»
|
BusinessWeek
distributes news and valuable insights to the global business community via its
flagship
BusinessWeek
magazine and the TV program
BusinessWeek Weekend,
through its Web portal
BusinessWeek.com, and via digital downloads to mobile devices.
www.businessweek.com
|
|
»
|
McGraw-Hill Construction
connects people, projects and products across the $4.6 trillion
global construction industry.
www.construction.com
|
|
»
|
Aviation Week
provides the latest news and workflow tools to the $2 trillion global aviation,
aerospace and defense industries through multimedia products.
www.aviationweek.com
|
|
|
The
Broadcasting Group
operates four ABC-affiliated television stations in the markets of
Bakersfield (KERO), Denver (KMGH), Indianapolis (WRTV) and San Diego (KGTV); and five
Spanish-language stations affiliated with Azteca America in California and Colorado.
|
22
One Company
One Commitment
As part of Global Volunteer Day, employees of The Grow Network/McGraw-Hill helped revitalize a New
York City school library with a local organization, Partnership with Children (left). The 2007
Harold W. McGraw, Jr. Prize in Education winners celebrated its 20th anniversary with Chairman,
President and CEO Harold McGraw III and Chairman Emeritus Harold W. McGraw, Jr. From left,
standing: Vivien Stewart, Asia Society Vice President for Education; Reynauld Smith, Eastern Senior
High School (Washington, D.C.) history teacher; Harold McGraw III; and Lois B. DeFleur, Binghamton
University, State University of New York President. Seated: Harold W. McGraw, Jr. (center). As part
of the Corporations work with Junior Achievement International-China, high school students in
Beijing joined with our employees for an upclose look at how their education can translate into
successful business careers (right).
A focus on corporate citizenship that helps individuals and communities reach their potential
At The McGraw-Hill Companies, we are committed to serving the needs of the communities in which we
live and work by offering our time and our financial and intellectual capital. Much of our support
focuses on economic empowerment. Our funding established the Financial Literacy for the 21st
Century, a professional development online resource, to inform and encourage
teachers to incorporate financial literacy into their curriculum. Through our partnership with the
Grameen Foundation, we sponsored a forum in Bolivia that provided best practices for microfinance
lenders, who provide impoverished people around the world with small business loans. In addition,
we donated more than $2.1 million in 2007 to nonprofit organizations through the Corporations
Employee Giving Campaign.
Our Global Volunteer Day inspired 3,000 employees in 15 countries and 48 cities to spend a day
serving their communities. Activities included preparing meals for people with HIV/AIDS in
California, creating environmental awareness campaigns for school children in India, and assisting
immigrants in New York with their search for jobs.
We also
launched green teams, a grass roots employee effort, to establish and promote environmentally friendly,
energy-efficient initiatives at our facilities. Currently there are 11 active green teams with
more on the way.
In recognition of our employee volunteer efforts, The McGraw-Hill Companies was honored with the
prestigious Award for Excellence in Workplace Volunteer Programs by the Points of Light Foundation.
In July, former President George H. W. Bush presented the award to our Chairman, President and CEO
Harold McGraw III.
We also remain focused on public policy issues that advance and support the Corporations
interests, including helping officials in the United States and Europe understand how our credit
ratings and price indices promote transparency in the worlds financial markets. As part of our
advocacy for global education, in 2007 we supported extension of the No Child Left Behind Act, and
worked with officials to advance the Bologna Process for making academic degree standards more
consistent and compatible across the European university system. We also continued our work to
build global consensus in favor of the economic benefits of trade liberalization, and we supported
efforts to promote privacy and protect intellectual property rights of copyrighted works on the
Internet.
Financial Contents 24 Managements Discussion and Analysis 53 Consolidated Statement of
Income 54 Consolidated Balance Sheet 56 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 57 Consolidated
Statement of Shareholders Equity 58 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 76 Report of
Management 77 Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 79 Supplemental Financial
Information 80 Eleven-Year Financial Review 82 Shareholder Information 83 Directors and Principal
Executives Financial Charts Operating Profit by Segment Revenue by Segment (dollars in millions)
(dollars in millions) $64 $1,020 $1,359 $985 $50 $931 $3,046 $61 $1,202 $1,019 $2,746 $2,401 $2,672
$2,706 $2,524 $410 $400 $329 05 06 07 05 06 07 2007 operating profit includes the effect of 2006
revenue includes the negative impact of restructuring charges at all segments and the the Sweets
transformation, favorable developments divestiture of a mutual fund data business at with respect
to certain disputed billings and the Financial Services. first quarter revenue related to the
acquisition of J.D.Power and Associates (JDPA) of Information 2006 operating profit includes the
effect & Media, with no comparable revenue in the first of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the
elimination of quarter of 2005. the Companys restoration stock option program for all segments
and restructuring charges at McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media. Information & Medias
2006 operating profit also includes the negative impact of the Sweets transformation and favorable
developments with respect to certain disputed billings. Capital Expenditures by Segment Information
& Media (dollars in millions) Financial Services $30 McGraw-Hill Education $69 $440 $24 $30 $48
$27 $350 $333 05 06 07 Includes investments in prepublication costs, purchases of property and
equipment and additions to technology projects.
|
Managements Discussion and Analysis
This discussion and analysis of financial condition and
results of operations should be read in conjunction
with the Companys consolidated financial statements
and notes thereto included elsewhere in this annual
report on
Form 10-K.
Certain of the statements below are forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, any
projections of future results of operations and cash
flows are subject to substantial uncertainty. See Safe
Harbor Statements Under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995 on page 52.
Overview
The Consolidated and Segment Review that follows is
incorporated herein by reference.
The McGraw-Hill Companies is a leading global information
services provider serving the financial services,
education and business information markets with
information products and services. Other markets include
energy; construction; aerospace and defense;
broadcasting; and marketing information services. The
operations consist of three business segments:
McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and Information
& Media.
The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the
premier global educational publishers. This segment
consists of two operating groups: the School Education
Group (SEG), serving the elementary and high school
(el-hi) markets, and the Higher Education, Professional
and International (HPI) Group, serving the college,
professional, international and adult education markets.
The School Education Group and the industry it
serves are influenced strongly by the size and timing of
state adoption opportunities and the availability of
funds. The total state new adoption market increased from
approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820
million in 2007. According to the Association of American
Publishers (AAP) statistics through December 2007,
strong basal sales in the adoption states coupled with
minimal growth in open territory basal sales was
partially offset by a decline in supplemental sales
across the industry.
Revenue at the HPI Group is affected by enrollments,
higher education funding and the number of courses
available to students. The current U.S. college
enrollment is projected to rise by 17% to 20.4 million
between 2005 and 2016, according to the National Center
for Educational Statistics (NCES). On-line education
enrollments continue to grow faster than traditional
enrollments, although at a slower rate than in prior
years. It is estimated that there are currently 1.5
million students, or approximately 8% of all U.S. college
students, whose attendance is via fully online programs.
Foreign student enrollment at American graduate schools
increased for the second year in a row. This 7% increase
is the largest since 2002. State appropriations for
higher education increased again in 2007, growing by 7.1%
nationwide to $72.2 billion in 2007, according to the
Center for Higher Education at Illinois State University.
Internationally, enrollments in postsecondary schools are
also increasing significantly, particularly in India and
China.
The Financial Services segment operates under the
Standard & Poors (S&P) brand. This segment provides
services to investors, corporations, governments,
financial institutions, investment managers and advisors
globally. The segment and the markets it serves are
impacted by interest rates, the state of global
economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The
Financial Services segment consists of two operating
groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services.
Credit Market Services, which provides independent
global credit ratings and risk evaluations, was favorably
impacted during 2007 by the current trend of the
disintermediation of banks and the increased use of
securitization as a source of funding. During the first
half of 2007, Credit Market Services was favorably
impacted by the continued low interest rate environment,
increased globalization of the capital markets and
increased merger and acquisition activity. As a result,
corporate debt issuance in 2007 was robust. Issuance of
structured finance securities (i.e., collateralized debt
obligations, and mortgage-backed securities for
commercial and residential mortgages) were strong during
the first half of 2007, but weakened significantly during
the second half of the year. The outlook for 2008 is
adversely impacted by the current conditions in the
credit markets. The significant weakening of structured
finance issuance experienced during the second half of
2007, particularly in the United States, is expected to
continue into 2008. In addition, the slowing of merger
and acquisition activity during the second half of 2007
may continue into 2008 and could adversely impact
corporate bond issuance.
Investment Services provides comprehensive
value-added financial data, information, investment
indices and research. During 2007, Investment Services
was favorably impacted by increased customer demand for
both company data and securities data. A record level of
assets under management in exchange-traded funds based on
S&P indices and heavy trading volume of derivative
contracts based on S&P indices for which S&P is paid fees
were strong contributors to growth in Investment
Services. Investment Services is well positioned heading
into 2008, as these favorable trends are expected to
continue.
The Information & Media segment includes business,
professional and broadcast media, offering information,
insight and analysis; and consists of two operating
groups: the Business-to-Business Group (including such
brands as
BusinessWeek
, J.D. Power and Associates,
McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and
Aviation Week
) and
the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television
stations (four ABC affiliates and five Azteca America
affiliated stations). The segments business is driven by
the need for information and transparency in a variety of
industries, and to a lesser extent, by advertising
revenue, which is dependent on continued economic
strength in the United States.
Management analyzes the performance of the segments
by using operating profit as a key measure, which is
defined as income from operations before taxes on income,
interest expense and corporate expense.
24
The following is a summary of significant
financial items during 2007, which are discussed in
more detail throughout this Managements Discussion and
Analysis:
|
|
Revenue and income from operations increased 8.3%
and 17.2%, respectively, in 2007. Results from
operations improved on the strength of the Financial
Services segment, primarily due to the performance
of corporate (corporate finance and financial
services) and government ratings, and data and
information services, as well as the McGraw-Hill
Education segment, driven by an increase in the
state new adoption market and growth in U.S. and
international sales of higher education titles,
growth in professional and reference products and
expansion internationally. Foreign exchange rates
had a $78.3 million favorable impact on revenue but
an immaterial impact on operating profit.
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per share increased 22.5% to
$2.94 from $2.40 in 2006. Diluted earnings per
share in 2007 include the impact of restructuring
charges, a gain on the sale of the Companys
mutual fund data business, as well as the impact
of the Sweets transformation.
|
|
|
In 2007, the Company began implementing a
restructuring plan related to a limited number of
business operations to enhance the Companys
long-term growth prospects and incurred a
restructuring charge of $43.7 million pre-tax ($27.3
million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share). In
2006, the Company restructured a limited number of
business operations to enhance the Companys
long-term growth prospects, incurring a 2006
restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8
million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share).
|
|
|
On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its mutual
fund data business, which was part of the Financial
Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3
million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or
$0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other income
and had an immaterial impact on the comparison of
the segments operating profit.
|
|
|
During 2006, the Sweets building products
transitioned from a primarily print catalog offering
to an integrated online service. In 2006, revenue
and operating profit of $23.8 million and $21.1
million, respectively, of the bundled product were
deferred and recognized ratably over the service
period, primarily 2007.
|
|
|
As a result of the Financial Accounting Standards
Board (FASB) Statement No. 123(R), Share-Based
Payment, (SFAS No. 123(R)) in 2006, the Company
incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2
million ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per
diluted share), including a one-time charge of $23.8
million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per
diluted share) from the elimination of the Companys
restoration stock option program. The Companys
Board of Directors voted to terminate the
restoration feature of its stock option program
effective March 30, 2006.
|
|
|
Cash flow provided from operations was $1.7 billion
for 2007. Cash levels increased 12.1% from the prior
period to $396.1 million. During 2007, the Company
repurchased 37 million shares of common stock for
$2.2 billion under its share repurchase program,
paid dividends of $277.7 million and made capital
|
|
|
expenditures of $545.2 million. Capital expenditures
include prepublication costs, property and equipment
and additions to technology projects.
|
Outlook
In 2008, the McGraw-Hill Education segment revenue will
be fueled by a robust state new adoption market which is
expected to grow 10% to 15% to between $900 million and
$950 million. Open territory sales, which have remained
flat over the past two years, are expected to increase
modestly owing to pent-up demand for new instructional
materials. In the testing market, the Company expects
continued growth driven by state-specific custom
assessments as mandated by the No Child Left Behind Act
which will continue intact. In the 2007-2008 school year,
science joined reading and math as a tested subject. In
addition, the Company expects continued growth in higher
education both in the U.S. and abroad. The higher
education space will continue to be influenced by the
growth in online course programs. The McGraw-Hill
Education segment will experience increased expense as
additional investments are made in order to take
advantage of the increased opportunities, particularly in
the el-hi marketplace in 2008 and beyond, and to take
advantage of the increased digital opportunities in the
higher education space. In 2008, prepublication
amortization expense is expected to increase as the
Company makes investments to take advantage of the
significant adoption and open territory opportunities in
key states for 2008 and beyond. The McGraw-Hill Education
segment will also realize efficiencies from the 2007 and
2006 restructuring initiatives to help mitigate the
impact of these increased investments.
The Financial Services segment faces challenging
comparisons in the first half of 2008 as a result of the
segments strong performance during the first half of
2007. Credit Market Services will be unfavorably impacted
by the continued weakness in structured finance issuance
that is expected to continue at least through the first
half of 2008. Mitigating these impacts are the benefits
from continued global expansion and product
diversification as well as a favorable interest rate
environment and increased capital spending. The growth in
Investment Services revenue should continue in 2008.
In 2008, the Information & Media segment will
continue to transform itself, placing greater emphasis on
Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which
offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. J.D.
Power and Associates will continue to expand its global
automotive business into the rapidly growing Asia-Pacific
markets. In the construction market, transformation of
digital and Web-based products will continue in order to
better serve customers in the commercial construction
markets. The ongoing volatility of the oil and natural
gas markets is expected to increase customer demand for
news and pricing products. The segment will also continue
to invest in
BusinessWeek.com
during 2008. The
Broadcasting Group will continue to pursue digital
revenue opportunities as well as growth in the Hispanic
markets that it serves through its Azteca America
affiliated stations. Higher political advertising
revenues are expected from the presidential election
year.
25
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Outlook
(continued)
In 2008, the Company plans to continue its focus on
the following strategies:
|
|
Leveraging existing capabilities to create new services.
|
|
|
Continuing to make selective acquisitions that
complement the Companys existing business
capabilities.
|
|
|
Expanding and refining the use of technology in all segments to improve performance, market
penetration and productivity.
|
There can be no assurance that the Company will achieve success in
implementing any one or more of these strategies. The following factors could unfavorably impact
operating results in 2008:
|
|
Lower educational funding as a result of budget concerns.
|
|
|
Prolonged difficulties in the credit markets or a
significant economic recession.
|
|
|
A change in the regulatory environment affecting the
Companys businesses, including educational spending
or the ratings process.
|
Disclosure Controls
The Company maintains disclosure controls and procedures
that are designed to ensure that information required to
be disclosed in the Companys reports filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that
such information is accumulated and communicated to the
Companys management, including its Chief Executive
Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO), as
appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure.
As of December 31, 2007, an evaluation was performed
under the supervision and with the participation of the
Companys management, including the CEO and CFO, of the
effectiveness of the design and operation of the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures (as defined
in Rules 13a-15(e) under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act
of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Companys
management, including the CEO and CFO, concluded that the
Companys disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2007.
Managements Annual Report on
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (Section 404) and as defined in Rules 13a-15(f)
under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
management is required to provide the following report
on the Companys internal control over financial
reporting:
1.
|
|
The Companys management is responsible for
establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting for the Company.
|
|
2.
|
|
The Companys management has evaluated the system
of internal control using the Committee of
Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO) framework. Management has selected the COSO
framework for its evaluation as it is a control
framework, recognized by the SEC and the Public
Company Accounting Oversight Board, that is free
from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative
and quantitative measurement of the Companys
internal controls, is sufficiently
|
|
|
complete so that relevant controls are not omitted and
is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over
financial reporting.
|
|
3.
|
|
Based on managements evaluation under this
framework, management has concluded that the
Companys internal controls over financial reporting
were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no
material weaknesses in the Companys internal
control over financial reporting that have been
identified by management.
|
|
4.
|
|
The Companys independent registered public
accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, has audited the
consolidated financial statements of the Company for
the year ended December 31, 2007, and has issued its
reports on the financial statements and the
effectiveness of internal controls over financial
reporting. These reports are located on pages 77 and
78 of the 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders.
|
Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Companys internal
control over financial reporting during the most recent
quarter that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, the Companys
internal control over financial reporting.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The Companys discussion and analysis of its financial
condition and results of operations is based upon the
Companys consolidated financial statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States. The preparation
of these financial statements requires the Company to
make estimates and judgments that affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and
related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities.
On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its
estimates and assumptions, including those related to
revenue recognition, allowance for doubtful accounts and
sales returns, prepublication costs, valuation of
inventories, valuation of long-lived assets, goodwill and
other intangible assets, pension plans, income taxes and
stock-based compensation. The Company bases its estimates
on historical experience, current developments and on
various other assumptions that it believes to be
reasonable under these circumstances, the results of
which form the basis for making judgments about carrying
values of assets and liabilities that cannot readily be
determined from other sources. There can be no assurance
that actual results will not differ from those estimates.
Management considers an accounting estimate to be
critical if it required assumptions to be made that were
uncertain at the time the estimate was made and changes
in the estimate or different estimates could have a
material effect on the Companys results of operations.
Management has discussed the development and
selection of the Companys critical accounting estimates
with the Audit Committee of the Companys Board of
Directors. The Audit Committee has reviewed the Companys
disclosure relating to them in this Managements
Discussion and Analysis.
26
The Company believes the following critical accounting policies require it to make significant
judgments and estimates in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements:
Revenue
recognition.
Revenue is recognized when goods are shipped to customers or services are rendered.
Units whose revenue is
principally from service contracts record revenue as earned. The Company considers amounts to
be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are performed, fees are fixed
or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue relating to products that provide
for more than one deliverable is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of
each deliverable as each deliverable is provided. Revenue relating to agreements that provide for
more than one service is recognized based upon the relative fair value to the customer of each
service component and as each component is earned. If the fair value to the customer for each
service is not objectively determinable, revenue is recorded as unearned and recognized ratably
over the service period. Fair value is determined for each service component through a bifurcation
analysis that relies upon the pricing of similar cash arrangements that are not part of the
multi-element arrangement. Advertising revenue is recognized when the page is run or the spot is
aired. Subscription income is recognized over the related subscription period.
Product revenue consists of the revenue from the
McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments,
and represents educational products, primarily books,
magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study
products. Service revenue represents the revenue from
the Financial Services segment; the remaining revenue of
the Information & Media segment, primarily related to
information-related services and advertising; and
service assessment contracts for the McGraw-Hill
Education segment.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, no significant changes have been made to the
underlying assumptions related to estimates of revenue or
the methodologies applied. These assumptions are not
expected to significantly change in 2008.
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns.
The accounts receivable reserve methodology is based on
historical trends and a review of outstanding balances.
The impact on operating profit for a one percentage point
change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is $14.6
million. A significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill
Education segment, and particularly within the Higher
Education, Professional and International Group (HPI),
is the allowance for sales returns, which is based on the
historical rate of return and current market conditions.
Should the estimate for the HPI Group vary by one
percentage point, it would have an approximate $11.3
million impact on operating profit.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, management made no material changes in its
assumptions regarding the determination of the allowance
for doubtful accounts and sales returns. These
assumptions are not expected to significantly change in
2008.
Prepublication costs.
Prepublication costs,
principally outside preparation costs, are amortized
from the year of publication over their estimated useful
lives, one to five years, using either an
accelerated or straight-line method. The majority of the
programs are amortized using an accelerated methodology.
The Company periodically evaluates the amortization
methods, rates, remaining lives and recoverability of
such costs, which are sometimes dependent upon program
acceptance by state adoption authorities, based on
expected undiscounted cash flows.
For the year ended December 31, 2007,
prepublication amortization expense was $240.2 million,
representing 9.5% of consolidated operating-related
expenses and 10.4% of the McGraw-Hill Education
segments total expenses. If the annual prepublication
amortization varied by one percentage point, the
consolidated amortization expense would have changed by
approximately $2.4 million.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, no significant changes have been made to the
amortization rates applied to prepublication costs, the
underlying assumptions related to estimates of
amortization or the methodology applied. These
assumptions are not expected to significantly change in
2008.
Valuation of inventories.
Inventories are stated at
the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. A
significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment
is the reserve for inventory obsolescence. The reserve is
based upon managements assessment of the marketplace of
products in demand as compared to the number of units
currently on hand. Should the estimate for inventory
obsolescence for the Company vary by one percentage
point, it would have an approximate $4.6 million impact
on operating profit.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, management made no material changes in its
assumptions regarding the determination of the valuation
of inventories. These assumptions are not expected to
significantly change in 2008.
Intangibles, goodwill and other long-lived assets.
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including
intangible assets, and goodwill for impairment annually,
or sooner whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate the carrying amounts of such assets may not be
recoverable. Upon such an occurrence, recoverability of
these assets is determined as follows: Intangibles with
indefinite lives are tested by comparing their carrying
amounts to fair value. Impairment within goodwill is
tested using a two-step method. The first step is to
compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its book
value, including goodwill. If the fair value of the unit
is less than its book value, the second step is applied.
The second step requires the Company to determine the
implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair
value of the reporting units net assets from the fair
value of the reporting unit. If the book value of
goodwill is greater than its implied fair value, the
Company writes down goodwill to its implied fair value.
For long-lived assets that are held for use, the Company
compares the forecasted undiscounted net cash flows to
the carrying amount. If the long-lived asset is
determined to be unable to recover the carrying amount,
then it is written down to fair value. For long-lived
assets held for sale, assets are written down to fair
value less costs to sell.
27
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
(continued)
Fair value is determined based on discounted cash
flows, appraised values or managements estimates,
depending upon the nature of the assets. In estimating
future cash flows for the Companys businesses, internal
budgets are used. The budgets are based on recent sales
data for existing products, planned timing of new
product launches or capital projects and customer
commitments related to new and existing products. These
budgets also include assumptions of future production
volumes and pricing of products.
The Company performed its impairment assessment on
long-lived assets, including intangible assets and
goodwill, in accordance with the methods prescribed
above. The Company concluded that no impairment existed
in 2007.
Retirement plans and postretirement healthcare and
other benefits.
The Companys pension plans and
postretirement benefit plans are accounted for using
actuarial valuations required by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 87, Employers
Accounting for Pensions, and SFAS No. 106, Employers
Accounting for Postretirement Benefits Other Than
Pensions. The Company also applies the recognition and
disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other
Postretirement Plans, an amendment of SFAS No. 87, 88,
106 and 132(R), (SFAS No. 158), which requires the
Company to recognize the funded status of its pension and
other postretirement benefit plans in the consolidated
balance sheet.
The Companys employee pension and other
postretirement benefit costs and obligations are
dependent on assumptions concerning the outcome of future
events and circumstances, including compensation
increases, long-term return on pension plan assets,
healthcare cost trends, discount rates and other factors.
In determining such assumptions, the Company consults
with outside actuaries and other advisors where deemed
appropriate. In accordance with relevant accounting
standards, if actual results differ from the Companys
assumptions, such differences are deferred and amortized
over the estimated future working life of the plan
participants. While the Company believes that the
assumptions used in these calculations are reasonable,
differences in actual experience or changes in
assumptions could affect the expense and liabilities
related to the Companys pension and other postretirement
benefits.
The following is a discussion of some significant
assumptions that the Company makes in determining costs
and obligations for pension and other postretirement
benefits:
|
|
Discount rate assumptions are based on current
yields on high-grade corporate long-term bonds.
|
|
|
Salary growth assumptions are based on the
Companys long-term actual experience and future
outlook.
|
|
|
Healthcare cost trend assumptions are based on
historical market data, the near-term outlook and an
assessment of likely long-term trends.
|
|
|
Long-term return on pension plan assets is based on
a calculated market-related value of assets, which
recognizes changes in market value over five years.
|
The Companys discount rate and return on asset
assumptions used to determine the net periodic pension
cost on its U.S. retirement plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.90
|
%
|
|
|
5.65
|
%
|
Return on asset assumption
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
Pension expense for 2007 decreased $2.2 million
pre-tax primarily due to changes in assumptions and
return on plan assets for both domestic and foreign
pension plans. Effective January 1, 2008, the Company
changed the discount rate for its qualified retirement
plans. The effect of these changes on 2008 earnings per
share is expected to be immaterial.
The Companys discount rate and initial health
care cost trend rate used to determine the net periodic
postretirement benefit cost on its U.S. retirement
plans are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Healthcare cost trend rate
|
|
|
8.50
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
Income taxes.
The Company accounts for income taxes
in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income
Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable
to differences between financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled.
Managements judgment is required in determining the
Companys provision for income taxes and deferred tax
assets and liabilities. In determining the need for a
valuation allowance, the historical and projected
financial performance of the operation that is recording
a net deferred tax asset is considered along with any
other pertinent information.
During 2007, the Companys annual effective tax rate
increased from 37.2% to 37.5% due to minor increases in
state taxes.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income
tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various
states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is
routinely under audit by many different tax authorities.
Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities
is adequate for all open audit years based on its
assessment of many factors including past experience and
interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on
estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of
complex judgments about future events. It is possible
that examinations will be settled prior to December 31,
2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur
within that period the Company would make any necessary
adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits.
Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company
and the tax authorities, the
28
determination of a possible audit settlement range with
respect to the impact on unrecognized tax benefits is not
practicable. On the basis of present information, it is
the opinion of the Companys management that any
assessments resulting from the current audits will not
have a material effect on the Companys consolidated
financial statements.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the
provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB
Statement No. 109, (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income
taxes and prescribes a comprehensive model for the
financial statement recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions
taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. As a
result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company
recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized
tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was
accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007
balance of retained income. The total amount of federal,
state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as
of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8
million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of
interest and penalties. Included in the balance at
December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million
and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for
which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but
for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such
deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax
accounting, other than interest and penalties, the
disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would
not affect the annual effective tax rate but would
accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to
an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits in interest expense and operating expense,
respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax
benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007,
the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties
associated with uncertain tax positions.
For the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and
2005, management made no material changes in its
assumptions regarding the determination of the
provision for income taxes. However, certain events
could occur that would materially affect the Companys
estimates and assumptions regarding deferred taxes.
Changes in current tax laws and applicable enacted tax
rates could affect the valuation of deferred tax assets
and liabilities, thereby impacting the Companys income
tax provision.
Stock-based Compensation.
Effective January 1, 2006,
the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), applying the
modified prospective method, under which prior periods
are not revised for comparative purposes. Under the fair
value recognition provisions of this statement,
stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant
date based on the fair value of the award and is
recognized as expense over the requisite service period,
which is the vesting period. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions of
the Accounting Principles Board Opinion
No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, in
accounting for its stock-based awards and accordingly,
recognized no compensation cost for its stock plans other
than
for its restricted stock performance and non-performance
awards.
Under the modified prospective method, SFAS No.
123(R) applies to new awards and to the unvested portion
of awards that were outstanding as of December 31, 2005
as well as awards that were outstanding as of December
31, 2005 that are subsequently modified, repurchased or
canceled. Compensation expense recognized during the
years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006 includes the
expense for all share-based payments granted prior to,
but not yet vested as of December 31, 2005, based on the
grant-date fair value estimated in accordance with the
original provisions of SFAS No. 123, Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS No. 123), and the
expense for all share-based payments granted subsequent
to December 31, 2005, based on the grant-date fair value
estimated in accordance with the provisions of SFAS
No.123(R).
Stock-based compensation expense for the years
ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 was $124.7
million, $136.2 million and $51.1 million,
respectively.
In 2006, the Company incurred a one-time charge of
$23.8 million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per
diluted share) from the elimination of the Companys
restoration stock option program. The Companys Board of
Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of
its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. Also
included in stock-based compensation expense is
restricted performance stock expense of $94.2 million
($58.8 million after-tax, or $0.17 per diluted share) in
2007, $66.0 million ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11
per diluted share) in 2006 and $51.1 million
($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share)
in 2005. The Company has reshaped its long-term
incentive compensation program to emphasize the use of
restricted performance stock over employee stock
options (see Note 8 to the consolidated financial
statements).
The Company uses a lattice-based option-pricing
model to estimate the fair value of options granted in
2007, 2006 and 2005. Options granted prior to January 1,
2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes model. The
following assumptions were used in valuing the options
granted during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006
and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Risk-free average
interest rate
|
|
|
3.606.28
|
%
|
|
|
4.146.07
|
%
|
|
|
1.994.64
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
1.21.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.11.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Volatility
|
|
|
1422
|
%
|
|
|
1222
|
%
|
|
|
1624
|
%
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
7.07.2
|
|
|
|
6.77.1
|
|
|
|
0.56.8
|
|
Weighted-average grant-
date fair value
|
|
$
|
15.80
|
|
|
$
|
14.15
|
|
|
$
|
8.90
|
|
|
Because lattice-based option-pricing models
incorporate ranges of assumptions, those ranges are
disclosed. These assumptions are based on multiple
factors, including historical exercise patterns,
29
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
(continued)
post-vesting termination rates, expected future exercise patterns and the expected volatility of
the Companys stock price. The risk-free interest rate is the imputed forward rate based on the
U.S. Treasury yield at the date of grant. The Company uses the historical volatility of the
Companys stock price over the expected term of the options to estimate the expected volatility.
The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the lattice model and represents
the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.
Results of Operations Consolidated Review
Revenue and Operating Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
(a)
|
|
2006
(b)
|
|
2005
(c)
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
6,772.3
|
|
|
$
|
6,255.1
|
|
|
$
|
6,003.6
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
Operating profit*
|
|
$
|
1,822.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,581.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,490.0
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
15.3
|
%
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
% operating margin
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Operating profit is income from operations before taxes on income, interest expense and corporate
expense.
|
|
(a)
|
|
2007 operating profit includes pre-tax gains relating to divestitures and a pre-tax charge
related to restructuring.
|
|
(b)
|
|
2006 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to the effect of adopting SFAS No.
123(R), the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge
related to restructuring.
|
|
(c)
|
|
2005 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to restructuring.
|
The Segment Review that follows is incorporated herein by reference.
2007 Compared with 2006
In 2007 the Company achieved growth in revenue and operating profit of 8.3% and 15.3%,
respectively. The increase in revenue is primarily attributable to growth in the Financial Services
and McGraw-Hill Education segments. In 2007, foreign exchange rate fluctuations positively impacted
revenue growth by $78.3 million but had an immaterial impact on operating profit growth. The
Company generally has naturally hedged positions in most countries. However, in 2007, the Company
generated a portion of its revenue in foreign countries in U.S. dollars, where most of the expenses
are denominated in local currencies, which generally strengthened against the dollar. In 2006,
foreign exchange contributed $12.7 million to revenue and had an immaterial impact on operating
profit.
Product revenue increased 6.6% in 2007, due primarily to a stronger state adoption year in
K-12 for the McGraw-Hill Education segment as well as growth in U.S. and international higher
education sales. The product margin increased to 17.6% in 2007 from 16.5% in 2006. Product revenue
consists of revenue from the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments and represents
educational products, primarily books, magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study product
revenue.
Service revenue increased 9.3% in 2007, due primarily to a 10.9% increase in the Financial
Services segment despite challenging
market conditions in the second half of 2007 in the credit
markets which adversely impacted structured finance. Service revenue consists of revenue of the
Financial Services segment and the remaining revenue in Information & Media and McGraw-Hill
Educations service contracts for assessments. The revenue represents information-related services,
advertising and service contracts for assessments. The Financial Services segments increase in
revenue was driven by corporate (industrial and financial services) and government finance ratings
and investment services. Strength in Investment Services was driven by demand for both the Capital
IQ and index products. The service margin increased to 32.4% in 2007 from 30.9% in 2006. In
Financial Services, issuance levels deteriorated across all asset classes and regions during the
latter part of the year because of the current credit market conditions. The impact on U.S.
residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and U.S. collateralized debt obligations (CDOs)
had the greatest impact on structured finance ratings. The Company expects the current market
conditions and global issuance levels to persist through the first half of 2008 versus the prior
year, primarily in structured finance. The outlook for U.S. RMBS and CDOs as well as other asset
classes is dependent upon many factors including the general condition of the economy, interest
rates, credit quality and spreads, and the level of liquidity in the financial markets.
During 2007, no significant acquisitions were made.
On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its
mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a
$17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other
income. The divestiture of the mutual fund data business is consistent with the Financial Services
segments strategy of directing resources to those businesses that have the best opportunities to
achieve both significant financial growth and market leadership. The divestiture will enable the
Financial Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research,
ratings, data, indices and portfolio services. The impact of this divestiture on comparability of
results is immaterial.
During 2006, no significant acquisitions or divestitures were made.
During 2006, the Sweets
building products database was integrated into the McGraw-Hill Construction Network, providing
architects, engineers and contractors a powerful new search function for finding, comparing,
selecting and purchasing products. Although it was anticipated that Sweets would move from a
primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to purchase a bundled print and
integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales were recognized in the fourth
quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to our customers. Online service revenue is
recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the bundled product ratably
over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million and operating profit by
$21.1 million, with the deferral recognized in 2007.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company restructured a limited number of business
operations to enhance the Companys
30
long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2007 restructuring charge of $43.7 million
pre-tax ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share), which consisted mostly of severance
costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 600 positions across the Company.
In the third and fourth quarters of 2006, the Company also restructured a limited number of
business operations to enhance the Companys long-term growth prospects and incurred a 2006
restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted
share), which consisted primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the
reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media
segment and Corporate.
In 2006, the Company incurred a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9 million
after-tax or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock
option program. The Companys Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature of its
stock option program effective March 30, 2006.
2006 Compared with 2005
In 2006, the Company achieved growth in revenue and income from operations. The results are
primarily attributable to growth in the Financial Services segment and the impact of the April 1,
2005 acquisition of J.D. Power and Associates, which contributed $43.8 million in revenue in the
first quarter of 2006 and had no material impact on operating profit. In 2006, foreign exchange
rates contributed $12.7 million to revenue and had no material impact on operating profit. In 2005,
foreign exchange rates contributed $6.0 million to revenue and had no material impact on operating
profit.
During 2006, the Sweets building products database was integrated into the McGraw-Hill
Construction Network, providing architects, engineers and contractors a powerful new search
function for finding, comparing, selecting and purchasing products. Although it was anticipated
that Sweets would move from a primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to
purchase a bundled print and integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales
were recognized in the fourth quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to its customers.
Online service revenue is recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the
bundled product ratably over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million
and operating profit by $21.1 million with the deferred revenue and corresponding operating profit
recognized in 2007.
Effective January 2006, the Company adopted the provisions of, and accounts for stock-based
compensation in accordance with, SFAS No. 123(R). The Company has applied the modified-prospective
method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparability purposes. Under the fair value
recognition provisions of this statement, stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant
date based on the fair value of the award and is recognized as expense over the requisite service
period, which is the vesting period. The valuation provisions of SFAS No. 123(R)
apply to new
grants and to the non-vested portions of grants that were outstanding as of the effective date as
well as grants that were outstanding as of the effective date that are subsequently modified.
Estimated compensation for grants that were outstanding as of the effective date are recognized
over the remaining service period using the compensation cost estimated for the SFAS No. 123 pro
forma disclosures. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions
prescribed by Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, in accounting for its stock-based awards and, accordingly, recognized no
compensation cost for its stock option plans other than for its restricted stock performance and
non-performance awards.
For the year ended 2006, the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2
million pre-tax ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share), which is primarily related
to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) and includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9
million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) from the elimination of the Companys restoration
stock option program. The Companys Board of Directors voted to terminate the restoration feature
of its stock option program effective March 30, 2006. Also included in 2006 stock-based
compensation expense is restricted performance stock expense of $66.0 million pre-tax ($41.5
million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) compared with $51.1 million pre-tax ($32.1 million
after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in the same period of 2005. Additionally, the Company has
reshaped its long-term incentive compensation program to emphasize the use of restricted
performance stock over employee stock options.
In the third and fourth quarters of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of
business operations to enhance the Companys long-term growth prospects. The restructuring will
strengthen key capabilities, lower costs and allow the Company to direct resources to areas with
the greatest potential for continued growth in the years ahead. The Company incurred a 2006
restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted
share), which consisted primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the
reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media
segment and Corporate.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2
million pre-tax, which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of
positions across the Company.
During 2006 no significant acquisitions or divestitures were made.
During 2005, the Company made
several acquisitions as follows:
|
|
CRISIL Limited: The Company acquired majority ownership of CRISIL Limited (CRISIL), a
leading provider of credit ratings, financial news and risk and policy advisory services in
India on June 1, 2005. CRISIL is now part of the Financial Services segment.
|
31
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations Consolidated Review
(continued)
|
|
Vista Research, Inc: The Company acquired Vista Research, Inc., a leading provider of primary
research on April 1, 2005. Vista Research, Inc. is now part of the Financial Services segment.
|
|
|
|
J.D. Power and Associates (JDPA): The Company acquired JDPA, a leading provider of
marketing information services for the global automotive industry that has established a
strong and growing presence in several other important industries, including finance and
insurance, healthcare, home building, telecommunications and energy, on April 1, 2005. JDPA is
now part of the Information & Media segment.
|
In 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media
segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of several
magazines including:
The Physician and Sportsmedicine
,
Postgraduate Medicine
and
Healthcare Informatics
, as well as a variety of healthcare information programs that serve the
medical market. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million after-tax, or
less than 1 cent per diluted share).
In 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (CVC) business, the valuation
services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it
no longer fit with the Companys strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial
Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data
indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million
after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share).
Revenue from McGraw-Hill Educations service contracts for assessments of $214.4 million and
$246.1 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, have been reclassified from product to service as a
result of the service component becoming more significant and inseparable from the deliverable.
Product revenue decreased 3.7% in 2006, due to a weaker state new adoption market for the
McGraw-Hill Education segment. Product revenue consists of the revenue from the McGraw-Hill
Education and Information & Media segments and represents educational products, primarily books,
magazine circulation revenue and syndicated study product revenue.
Service revenue increased 10.0% in 2006, primarily due to increased revenue in the Financial
Services segment, which increased 14.4% or $345.6 million. Financial Services revenue increased due
to the strong performance of structured finance and corporate (industrial and financial services)
and government ratings. The full year impact of the 2005 CRISIL Limited and Vista Research, Inc.
acquisitions represented approximately 14.0% of the growth in the service revenue. Also
contributing to growth was the acquisition of JDPA, which represented 10.6% of the growth in
service revenue. Service revenue represents the revenue from the Financial Services segment; the
remaining revenue of the Information & Media segment, primarily related to information-related
services and advertising; and service assessment contracts for the McGraw-Hill Education segment.
Operating Profit and Margin
The following table sets forth information about the Companys operating profit and operating
margin by segment:
2007 Compared with 2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
%
|
|
|
%
|
|
Operating
|
|
%
|
|
|
%
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Profit
(a)
|
|
Total
|
|
Margin
|
|
Profit
(b)
|
|
Total
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill
Education
|
|
$
|
400.0
|
|
|
|
22
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
$
|
329.1
|
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
Financial
Services
|
|
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
|
75
|
%
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
1,202.3
|
|
|
|
76
|
%
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
Information
& Media
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
49.9
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,822.9
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
27
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,581.3
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
2007 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge related to restructuring and a pre-tax gain on
the sale of the Companys mutual fund data business.
|
|
(b)
|
|
2006 operating profit includes a charge primarily related to the effect of adopting SFAS No.
123(R), the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge
related to restructuring.
|
As demonstrated by the preceding table, operating margin percentages vary by operating segment
and the percentage contribution to operating profit by each operating segment varies from year to
year.
The 2007 operating profit and operating margin percentages increased across all segments
reflecting growing revenues and efficiency improvements.
The McGraw-Hill Education (MHE) segments 2007 operating profit and margin increased by
21.5% and improved 1.7 percentage points, respectively, over 2006. These results were primarily due
to the following items:
|
|
Strong performance at the School Education Group (SEG) was driven by an increase in the
total state new adoption market from approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820
million in 2007. In 2007, SEG outperformed the industry in the state new adoption market with
an estimated share of 32% in grades K-12.
|
|
|
|
Growth at the Higher Education, Professional and International (HPI) Group was fueled by
U.S. and international sales of higher education titles, growth in professional and reference
products and expansion internationally.
|
|
|
|
SEGs testing revenue increased over the prior year due to custom contracts in Georgia,
Indiana, Florida and Wisconsin and higher shelf revenue driven chiefly by sales of
Acuity
formative assessments. SEG continued to invest in technology to improve efficiencies in
developing, delivering, and scoring custom assessments.
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges of $16.3 million and $16.0 million pre-tax affected the MHE segment
operating profit for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
|
32
The
Financial Services (FS) segments
2007 operating profit and margin grew by 13.1% and improved 1.0 percentage point,
respectively, from 2006. These results were primarily due to the
following items:
|
|
Acquisition-related financing and share repurchasing activity drove growth in corporate
issuance (industrial and
financial institutions) in both the U.S. and globally.
|
|
|
|
Robust public finance issuance was driven by requirements to raise new money to fund
municipal projects and to refund existing debt.
|
|
|
|
Strong demand for investment services products such as Capital IQ and securities information
products such as RatingsXpress and RatingsDirect.
|
|
|
|
Continued expansion in Standard & Poors indices, due to growth in assets under management
for exchange traded funds.
|
|
|
|
Positive returns earned by CRISIL Limited, Indias leading provider of credit ratings,
financial news and risk and policy advisory services.
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges of $18.8 million pre-tax impacted the Financial Services segments
operating profit for 2007.
|
|
|
|
The sale of the segments mutual fund data business contributed $17.3 million pre-tax to
operating profit for 2007 but did not materially impact the comparability of results.
|
The
Information & Media (I&M) segments 2007 operating profit and margin grew by 27.2% and
improved 1.2 percentage points, respectively, from 2006. These results were primarily due to the following
items:
|
|
In the Business-to-Business Group, oil, natural gas and power news and pricing products
experienced growth as a result of the increased demand for market information due to
volatility in the price of crude oil and other commodities.
|
|
|
|
Expansion of international research studies, growth domestically from new research studies
and increased revenue from corporate communications positively influenced 2007
Business-to-Business Group results.
|
|
|
|
The Sweets transformation in the Business-to-Business Group resulted in deferral of revenues
of $23.8 million and operating profit of $21.1 million in 2006, with a corresponding benefit
in 2007.
|
|
|
|
Declines in
BusinessWeek
s advertising pages in the global edition for 2007 had an adverse
impact on 2007 Business-to-Business Group results.
|
|
|
|
In Broadcasting, comparisons to 2006 were adversely impacted by declines in political
advertising as well as local and national advertising, particularly in the automotive and
services sectors.
|
|
|
|
Restructuring charges of $6.7 million and $8.7 million pre-tax impacted the I&M segments
operating profit for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
|
|
|
|
I&Ms 2006 operating profit includes a one-time stock-based compensation expense pre-tax
charge of $2.7 million from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program.
|
2006 Compared with 2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
%
|
|
%
|
(in millions)
|
|
Profit
(a)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Margin
|
|
Profit
(b)
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Margin
|
|
McGraw-Hill
Education
|
|
$
|
329.1
|
|
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
$
|
410.2
|
|
|
|
28
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
1,202.3
|
|
|
|
76
|
%
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
1,019.2
|
|
|
|
68
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
49.9
|
|
|
|
3
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
60.6
|
|
|
|
4
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,581.3
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,490.0
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
2006 operating profit includes a charge primarily related to the effect of adopting SFAS No.
123(R), the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program and a pre-tax charge
related to restructuring.
|
|
(b)
|
|
2005 operating profit includes a pre-tax charge relating to restructuring.
|
As demonstrated by the preceding table, operating margins vary by operating segment and the
percentage contribution to operating profit by each operating segment fluctuates from year to year.
In 2006, operating profit increased as a result of the Financial Services segment. Impacting
these results is stock-based compensation expense of $136.2 million pre-tax ($85.5 million
after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share) primarily related to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R). This
charge includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million pre-tax ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per
diluted share) from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program. Also
included in 2006 stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock expense of $66.0
million pre-tax ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) compared with $51.1 million pre-tax
($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in 2005. During the third and fourth quarters
of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to enhance the Companys
long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2006 restructuring charge of $31.5 million
pre-tax, which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the headcount reduction
of approximately 700 in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and
Corporate. The total 2006 restructuring charge after-tax was $19.8 million and impacted diluted
earnings per share by $0.06. The impact of the Sweets transformation within the Information & Media
segment resulted in a decrease in operating profit of $21.1 million.
The McGraw-Hill Education (MHE) segments 2006 operating profit and margin declined by 19.8%
and a 2.3 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the
following items:
|
|
A weak performance at School Education Group (SEG) due to the decline in the state new
adoption market from $950 million in 2005 to $685 million in 2006.
|
|
|
|
Less successful performances than initially expected by SEGs elementary programs in key
adoptions in Florida and California for 2006.
|
|
|
|
A decrease in volume and scope of custom assessments due in part to the non-renewal of low
margin contracts.
|
33
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations Consolidated Review
(continued)
|
|
Decreases in shelf assessment products as the states continue to migrate away from these
products due to the impact of No Child Left Behind.
|
|
|
|
Growth in the Higher Education, Professional and International Group driven by its strong
science, engineering and mathematics lists.
|
|
|
|
The stock-based compensation impact to MHE, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $31.6
million, which includes a charge of $4.2 million from the elimination of the Companys
restoration stock option program and $16.8 million of restricted performance stock expense.
MHEs restricted performance stock expense for 2005 was $12.0 million.
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax restructuring charges of $16.0 million and $9.0 million affected the MHE segments
operating profit for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
|
The Financial Services (FS) segments 2006 operating profit and margin grew by 18.0% and a
1.3 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the
following items:
|
|
Growth in structured finance related to the continued strength in issuance of U.S. commercial
mortgage-backed securities and collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) in 2006, primarily
driven by strong investor demand for both asset classes, strong commercial real estate
origination trends and new CDO structures and arbitraging opportunities.
|
|
|
|
Growth in corporate finance ratings, which is attributable to increases in industrial
issuance, driven primarily by the markets favorable financing conditions, robust capital
spending and healthy merger and acquisition activity.
|
|
|
|
Strong demand for ratings and research products such as RatingsDirect and RatingsXpress.
|
|
|
|
Continued expansion in Standard & Poors indices, due to growth in assets under management
for exchange-traded funds and higher trading levels for futures and options based on S&P
indices.
|
|
|
|
The impact of stock-based compensation, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $38.3 million,
which includes a charge to FS of $2.1 million from the elimination of the Companys
restoration stock option program and $20.2 million of restricted performance stock expense.
FSs restricted performance stock expense for 2005 was $8.4 million.
|
|
|
|
The disposition of the Corporate Value Consulting business, which contributed $13.7 million
to 2005 operating profit.
|
|
|
|
A pre-tax restructuring charge of $1.2 million included in the FS segments operating profit
for 2005.
|
The Information & Media (I&M) segments 2006 operating profit and margin declined by 17.6%
and a 1.4 percentage point change, respectively, from 2005. These results were primarily due to the
following items:
|
|
The Sweets transformation, which resulted in lower than anticipated revenues of $23.8 million
and operating profit of $21.1 million.
|
|
|
|
The impact of stock-based compensation, in accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), of $22.9 million,
which includes a charge to
|
|
|
I&M of $2.7 million from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program and
$12.1 million of restricted performance stock expense. I&Ms restricted performance stock expense
for 2005 was $8.8 million.
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax restructuring charges of $8.7 million and $10.2 million in the I&M segments
operating profit for 2006 and 2005, respectively.
|
|
|
|
The decline was partially offset by strength in oil pricing and information products.
|
Operating Costs and Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Operating-related expenses
|
|
$
|
2,527.6
|
|
|
$
|
2,387.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,316.3
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
3.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
Selling and general expenses
|
|
|
2,437.9
|
|
|
|
2,287.9
|
|
|
|
2,172.4
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
6.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
Other operating costs
and expenses
|
|
|
161.0
|
|
|
|
161.6
|
|
|
|
151.0
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
7.0
|
%
|
|
|
21.1
|
%
|
|
Total expense
|
|
$
|
5,126.5
|
|
|
$
|
4,836.7
|
|
|
$
|
4,639.7
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.2
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
2007 Compared with 2006
Total expenses in 2007 increased 6.0% while total revenue in 2007 increased 8.3%. The growth in
total expenses is attributed primarily to the growth in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill
Education segments.
The Company implemented SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, on January 1, 2006. Included
in the 2006 stock-based compensation expense is a one-time charge of $23.8 million from the
elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program.
Total product-related expenses increased 5.3% while product revenue increased 6.6%. Product
operating-related expenses, which includes amortization of prepublication costs, increased $37.2
million or 3.4%, primarily due to the growth in expenses at McGraw-Hill Education. The growth in
expenses is primarily due to increases in direct expenses relating to product development,
partially offset by cost containment efforts. Amortization of pre-publication costs increased by
$11.8 million or 5.2%, as compared with same period in 2006, as a result of product mix and
adoption cycles. For 2007, combined printing, paper and distribution prices for manufacturing
remained flat versus 2006. Printing prices decreased slightly versus 2006 due to successful
negotiations with suppliers globally. Paper prices were limited to a slight increase due to
successful negotiations and long-term agreements in place limiting increases for a majority of the
Companys paper purchases. Overall distribution prices increased 2.6% due to U.S. Postal Service,
international postage and air-freight rate increases, offset by savings resulting from changes in
distribution delivery methods and negotiations with ground carriers. In 2007, combined paper,
printing and distribution expenses represented 23.2% of total operating-related expenses.
Product-related selling and general expenses increased 7.4%, primarily due
to increased
34
sales opportunities at McGraw-Hill Education. The product margin improved 1.0% mainly due to the
increased state new adoption opportunities at McGraw-Hill Education and the effect of previous
restructuring initiatives.
Total service-related expenses increased 6.9%, while service revenue increased 9.3%. Service
operating-related expenses increased 8.0% and service selling and general expenses increased 5.9%,
while the service margin improved 1.5%, primarily due to revenue growth across all segments led by
Financial Services.
During 2007 and 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business operations to
enhance the Companys long-term growth prospects. Included in selling and general expenses for 2007
are restructuring charges of $43.7 million pre-tax ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted
share), which consisted primarily of severance costs related to a workforce reduction of
approximately 600 positions across the Company. Included in selling and general expenses for 2006
are restructuring charges of $31.5 million pre-tax ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted
share), which consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of
approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media segment and
Corporate.
Other operating costs and expenses, which include depreciation and amortization of
intangibles, were essentially flat.
Expense Outlook
Product-related expense growth is anticipated to accelerate in 2008 as the McGraw-Hill Education
segment prepares for increased opportunities offered by the state adoption cycle in 2008 and
beyond, with prepublication spending expected to increase to between $300 million to $310 million.
It is anticipated that this level of spending will continue over the next few years. This increased
investment will result in an increase in the amortization of pre-publication costs of approximately
$45 million or 19% in 2008.
Combined printing, paper, and distribution prices for product-related manufacturing, which
typically represent 20% of total operating-related expenses, are expected to remain flat in 2008.
The Company continues to take advantage of opportunities to lower manufacturing costs that will
positively impact 2008 and beyond. This includes increased focus on more effective product
assignments to lower-cost suppliers worldwide. Printing prices are expected to remain roughly flat
in 2008. The Companys overall paper price increase will be limited to approximately 4.0% due to
negotiated price reductions, long-term agreements and short-term price caps. Overall distribution
prices are expected to rise approximately 4.0% due to increases in U.S. Postal Service,
international postage rates, and air-freight and trucking.
In 2008, the Company will continue its efforts relating to its global resource management
initiatives and business process improvements to further enhance operating efficiencies and
leverage its buying power. The Company expects to generate expense savings from the restructurings
implemented over the last few years.
Merit increases for 2008 will be approximately 3.5%, unchanged from prior year. Minimal staff
increases are expected at the McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments.
Financial Services will increase positions in India to support growth at its CRISIL and Capital IQ
divisions.
In 2008, depreciation is expected to increase as a result of projected capital spending of
approximately $170 million in 2008 and a full year of depreciation from 2007 capital expenditures,
primarily related to investments in the Companys information technology data centers and
technology-related equipment. Intangible amortization is expected to remain flat in 2008.
2006 Compared with 2005
In 2006, total expenses increased 4.2% over the prior year, which is slightly higher than revenue
growth.
A significant portion of both operating-related and selling and general expenses is
compensation expense, which increased approximately 9.4% in 2006, primarily as a result of
stock-based compensation and an increase in the employee base, primarily as a result of
international expansion. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), applying
the modified prospective method, under which prior periods are not revised for comparative
purposes. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied the provisions of the
Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, in
accounting for its stock-based awards and, accordingly, recognized no compensation cost for its
stock plans other than for its restricted stock performance and non-performance awards.
The Companys 2006 operating-related and selling and general expenses include a stock-based
compensation pre-tax charge of $32.0 million and $104.2 million, respectively, primarily as a
result of the implementation of SFAS No.
123(R). This charge includes a one-time charge of $23.8 million in selling and general
expenses from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program. Also included in
the 2006 stock-based compensation expense is restricted performance stock of $12.7 million in
operating-related expenses and $53.3 million in selling and general expenses as compared with $51.1
million in selling and general expenses, respectively, in 2005.
Also contributing to the increase in compensation expense is the increase in pension expense
from the Companys U.S. and U.K. qualified retirement plans. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company
changed certain assumptions on its pension plans. The effect of these changes resulted in an
increase in pension expense for 2006 of $12.7 million pre-tax.
Beginning in the third quarter of 2006, the Company restructured a limited number of business
operations to enhance the Companys long-term growth prospects. The Company incurred a 2006
restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax, all of which was charged to selling and general
expenses. The restructuring consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the
reduction of approximately 700 positions in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, Information & Media
segment and Corporate.
During the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2
million pre-tax, all of which was charged to selling and general expenses. The restructuring
consisted primarily of employee severance costs related to the reduction of positions across the
Company.
35
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations Consolidated Review
(continued)
During 2005, the Company made several acquisitions, which are further discussed in Note 2 to
the Companys consolidated financial statements, as follows:
|
|
CRISIL Limited: The Company acquired majority ownership of CRISIL Limited (CRISIL), a
leading provider of credit ratings, financial news and risk and policy advisory services in
India on June 1, 2005. CRISIL is now part of the Financial Services segment.
|
|
|
|
Vista Research, Inc: The Company acquired Vista Research, Inc., a leading provider of primary
research on April 1, 2005. Vista Research, Inc. is now part of the Financial Services segment.
|
|
|
|
J.D. Power and Associates (JDPA): The Company acquired JDPA, a leading provider of
marketing information services for the global automotive industry that has established a
strong and growing presence in several other important industries, including finance and
insurance, healthcare, home building, telecommunications and energy, on April 1, 2005. JDPA is
now part of the Information & Media segment.
|
In 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media
segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of several magazines including:
The Physician and Sportsmedicine
,
Postgraduate Medicine
and
Healthcare Informatics
, as well as a variety of healthcare information programs that serve the
medical market. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million after-tax, or
less than 1 cent per diluted share), which is included in other income.
In 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (CVC) business, the valuation
services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it
no longer fit with the Companys strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial
Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data
indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million
after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share), which is included in other income.
Operating-related and selling and general expenses from McGraw-Hill Educations service
contracts for assessments of $239.4 million and $246.5 million in 2006 and 2005, respectively, have
been reclassified from product to service as a result of the service component becoming more
significant and inseparable from the deliverable.
Total product-related expenses declined by 1.8% in 2006 while product-related revenue declined
by 3.7%. Product operating-related expenses, which include the amortization of prepublication
costs, were flat as compared with the prior year, primarily due to the reduced volume from the
weaker adoption calendar and cost saving measures at McGraw-Hill Education, offset by stock-based compensation charges and the impact of first quarter
2006 for JDPA. Amortization of prepublication costs decreased $5.9 million as compared with 2005,
as a result of product mix and the adoption cycle. For 2006, combined printing, paper and
distribution
prices for product-related manufacturing increased by approximately 1.3% or $6.3 million. Printing
prices were held to a slight increase versus 2005 due to successful negotiations with suppliers
globally. Paper prices were limited to a 2.4% increase due to successful negotiations and long-term
agreements in place limiting increases for a majority of the Companys paper purchases. Overall
distribution prices increased by 4.9% due to the U.S. Postal Service rate increase combined with
air-freight and trucking rate increases averaging 4.0%. In 2006, combined paper, printing and
distribution expenses represented 20.8% of total operating-related expenses. Product-related
selling and general expenses decreased 3.8% as a result of McGraw-Hill Educations cost-saving
measures offset by stock-based compensation charges and restructuring charges. Product selling and
general expenses in 2006 included restructuring charges of $9.3 million and 2005 restructuring
charges of $9.0 million. The product margin for 2006 decreased 1.6%.
Total service-related expenses for 2006 increased 9.3% while service revenue increased 10.0%.
The Financial Services segment expenses increased only 11.8% on a revenue growth of 14.4%. Service
operating-related expenses increased by 5.8% due to growth in Financial Services, the impact of
stock-based compensation including the impact of reloads and the impact of the first quarter of
2006 for JDPA. Service selling and general expenses for 2006 increased 12.9% due to stock-based
compensation, restructuring and the impact of the first quarter of 2006 for JDPA. Service selling
and general expense included $22.3 million related to 2006 restructuring and $14.2 million related
to the 2005 restructuring. The service margin grew 0.4%.
In 2006, depreciation expense increased 6.0% to $113.2 million as a result of 2005
acquisitions and increased depreciation of technology-related equipment. Amortization of
intangibles increased 9.4% to $48.4 million as of December 31, 2006 due to 2005 acquisitions.
Other Income net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Other income net
|
|
$
|
17.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.2
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
n/m
|
|
|
|
n/m
|
|
|
|
n/m
|
|
|
In 2007, other income includes a gain on the sale of the Companys mutual fund data business,
which was part of the Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain
($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share). In 2006, the Company did not have other
income. In 2005, other income includes a $6.8 million pre-tax gain from the disposition of
Corporate Value Consulting, which was mostly offset by a $5.5 million pre-tax loss on the
disposition of the Healthcare Information Group.
36
Interest Expense net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
$
|
40.6
|
|
|
$
|
13.6
|
|
|
$
|
5.2
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
n/m
|
|
|
|
n/m
|
|
|
|
(10.1
|
)%
|
|
Interest expense increased to $40.6 million in 2007, compared with $13.6 million in 2006. This
increase is due to higher average debt borrowings and higher interest rates in 2007. The higher
level of borrowings was driven by cash requirements above our operating cash flow to execute our
share repurchase program. In 2007, the Company repurchased 37 million shares at an average price of
$59.80, as compared with 2006 repurchases of 28.4 million shares at an average price of $54.23.
In November 2007, the Company issued $1.2 billion of senior notes as follows: $400 million of
5.375% senior notes due in 2012; $400 million of 5.900% senior notes due in 2017; and $400 million
of 6.550% senior notes due in 2037. Included in 2007 is $11.7 million of interest and debt discount
amortization related to the senior notes.
Average total short-term borrowings consisted of commercial paper, extendible commercial notes
(ECNs), and promissory note borrowings. Average short-term borrowings outstanding in 2007 were
$674.8 million at an average interest rate of 5.4%. This compares with average total short-term
borrowings consisting of commercial paper outstanding in 2006 of $223.1 million at an average
interest rate of 5.2%. There were no ECNs or promissory note borrowings outstanding during 2006,
and there were no commercial paper borrowings outstanding at December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Interest expense in 2005 was $5.2 million. Average commercial paper outstanding during 2005
was $129.3 million and average interest rate on commercial paper borrowings in 2005 was 3.1 %. The
increase in interest expense in 2006 compared with 2005 resulted from an increase in both average
commercial paper borrowings and higher interest rates. Lower interest income earned on lower
investment balances represents the remaining variance. The increase in average borrowings was
required to help fund share repurchases of 28.4 million shares in 2006 compared with 14.3 million
shares in 2005.
Included in 2007, 2006 and 2005 was approximately $8.5 million, $8.9 million and $9.3 million,
respectively, of non-cash interest expense related to the accounting for the sale-leaseback of the
Companys headquarters building in New York City.
In 2008, interest expense is projected to increase as a result of the full year impact of
increased borrowings to fund 2007 share repurchases as well as anticipated 2008 share repurchases
under the current program, which has 28 million shares remaining.
Provision for Income Taxes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Provision for income taxes as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
% of income from operations
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
37.2
|
%
|
|
|
37.9
|
%
|
|
During 2007, the Companys annual effective tax rate increased from 37.2% to 37.5% due to
minor increases in state taxes.
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. As a result of the
implementation of FIN 48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized tax
benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1,
2007 balance of retained income. The total amount of federal, state and local, and foreign
unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1
million, respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties. Included in the balance at December 31,
2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for
which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the
timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest
and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual
effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier
period. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits
in interest expense and operating expense, respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax
benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4
million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions.
In 2007, the Company completed the U.S. federal tax audits for the years ended December 31,
2004, 2005 and 2006 and consequently has no open U.S. federal income tax examinations for years
prior to 2007. In 2007, the Company completed various state and foreign tax audits and, with few
exceptions, is no longer subject to state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax
authorities for the years before 2002. See Note 5 to the Companys consolidated financial
statements for reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits.
During 2006, the Company completed various federal, state and local, and foreign tax audits
and accordingly removed approximately $17 million from its accrued income tax liability accounts.
This amount was offset by additional requirements for taxes related to foreign subsidiaries. The
effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2006 was 37.2%.
During 2005, the Company repatriated $209.3 million of earnings from its foreign subsidiaries.
The repatriation took advantage of the one-time incentive offered under the American Jobs Creation
Act of 2004 and resulted in an incremental income tax of $10.0 million. The effective tax rate for
the year ended December 31, 2005 was 37.9%.
37
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Results of Operations - Consolidated Review
(continued)
The Company expects the 2008 effective tax rate to be approximately 37.5% absent the impact of
numerous factors including intervening audit settlements, changes in federal, state or foreign law
and changes in the locational mix of the Companys income.
Net Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,013.6
|
|
|
$
|
882.2
|
|
|
$
|
844.3
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
4.5
|
%
|
|
|
11.7
|
%
|
|
Net income for 2007 increased 14.9% as compared with 2006 as a result of the strong
performance in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill Education segments. Included in net income is
an after-tax charge of $27.3 million relating to restructuring and an after-tax gain of $10.3
million on the divestiture of the Companys mutual fund data business.
Net income for 2006 increased 4.5% as compared with 2005 primarily as a result of performance
in the Financial Services segment. Included in net income is an after-tax charge of $19.8 million
relating to restructuring and an after-tax charge of $85.5 million relating to stock-based
compensation expense. The Sweets transformation from a primarily print catalog to an integrated
online service resulted in an after-tax deferral of $13.3 million in the 2006 net income with a
corresponding increase in 2007.
Diluted Earnings per Common Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Diluted earnings per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2.94
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
% growth
|
|
|
22.5
|
%
|
|
|
8.6
|
%
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
Diluted earnings per share were $2.94 in 2007 as compared with $2.40 in 2006. Included in 2007
is a $0.03 after-tax benefit of the divestiture of the Financial Services mutual fund data
business and a $0.08 after-tax restructuring charge.
Included in the 2006 diluted earnings per share is a one-time charge of $0.04 after-tax from
the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program, a $0.06 after-tax restructuring
charge and $0.04 deferral of revenue relating to the Sweets transformation, which was recognized in
2007.
In 2005, diluted earnings per share includes a restructuring charge of $0.04 and dilution from
the increase in the income taxes on the repatriation of foreign earnings of $0.03.
The increase in diluted earnings per share in 2007 as compared with 2006 and in 2006 as
compared with 2005 was due to increases in net income, enhanced by share repurchases of 37 million,
28.4 million and 14.3 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.
The effect of repurchases of common stock resulted in an increase in diluted earnings per
share of $0.04 in 2007, $0.03 in 2006 and $0.02 in 2005.
Segment Review
McGraw-Hill
Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
(
a
)
|
|
|
2006(
b
)
|
|
|
2005(
a
)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,705.9
|
|
|
$
|
2,524.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,671.7
|
|
% increase/(decrease)
|
|
|
7.2
|
%
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)%
|
|
|
11.5
|
%
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
$
|
400.0
|
|
|
$
|
329.1
|
|
|
$
|
410.2
|
|
% increase/(decrease)
|
|
|
21.5
|
%
|
|
|
(19.8
|
)%
|
|
|
20.6
|
%
|
|
% operating margin
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
13
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Operating profit includes a pre-tax charge relating to restructuring.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R), the
elimination
of the Companys restoration stock option program and a restructuring charge.
|
The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers and is
the largest U.S.-owned educational publisher serving the elementary and high school (el-hi),
college and university, professional and international markets. The segment consists of two
operating groups: the School Education Group (SEG) and the Higher Education, Professional and
International (HPI) Group.
In 2007, revenue for the McGraw-Hill Education segment increased 7.2% from the prior year.
The increase in SEGs revenue of 6.8% was driven by an increase in the total state new adoption
market from approximately $685 million in 2006 to approximately $820 million in 2007. In 2007, SEG
outperformed the industry in the state new adoption market with an estimated share of 32% in
grades K-12. HPIs revenue increased by 7.6% reflecting growth in U.S. and international sales of
higher education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion
internationally.
In 2007, operating profit for the McGraw-Hill Education segment increased by $70.9
million or 21.5% as compared with 2006 driven by increased state new adoption opportunities in SEG
and expansion across HPI, as well as cost containment efforts. The operating margin grew as a
result of an increase in the total state new adoption market in 2007 and cost savings from various
process efficiency initiatives, including the 2006 reorganization of the School Solutions Group.
Foreign exchange rates benefited revenue by $23.6 million and did not have a material impact on
operating profit.
In 2007, the McGraw-Hill Education segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $16.3
million pre-tax. The pre-tax charge consists of employee severance costs related to a workforce
reduction of approximately 300 positions across the segment and is included in selling and general
expenses. These restructuring activities related primarily to reallocation of certain resources to
support continued digital evolution and productivity initiatives at HPI and SEG.
In 2006, the McGraw-Hill Education segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $16.0
million pre-tax. The restructuring included the integration of the Companys elementary and
secondary basal publishing businesses. The pre-tax charge consisted
38
of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 450 positions
primarily at SEG and vacant facilities costs at SEG. The vacant facilities costs primarily relate
to the shutdown of the Companys Salinas, California facility.
McGraw-Hill
Educations 2006 operating profit includes a one-time stock-based compensation
expense pre-tax charge of $4.2 million from the elimination of the Companys restoration stock
option program.
In 2008, overall industry growth in the el-hi market is projected to be 4% to 5%, again driven
by a strong state adoption cycle. The state new adoption market will improve to between $900
million and $950 million, depending on the available state funding, versus approximately $820
million for 2007. The key adoption opportunities in 2008 are California K-8 Math, Florida K-5
Reading and Texas K-5 Math. Open territory sales, which have remained flat over the past two years,
are projected to increase modestly owing to pent-up demand for new instructional materials. In
2008, open territory purchasing may be affected by limited increases in federal funding and
pressures on local and state budgets as problems in the housing sector cause tax revenues to
decline. In 2008, SEG expects growth in revenue for off the shelf tests, notably
Acuity,
TerraNova3
and TABE. SEG will continue to focus on winning additional custom testing contracts in
key states during 2008 while also investing in the technology necessary for the ongoing development
of summative and formative assessment products that can be offered online.
HPI expects 2008 to be a good year in higher education in the United States and
internationally. Growth is expected at all four imprints: Science, Engineering and Mathematics
(SEM); Business and Economics (B&E); Humanities, Social Science and Languages (HSSL); and
Career Education. The professional market revenue should be driven by the core print business with
strong growth in the medical product line partially offset by a decline in sales of technical
titles. Digital licensing and digital subscriptions should also contribute to revenue growth.
Operating margins for 2008 are expected to decrease due to increased prepublication spending
and ensuing amortization as well as technology investments required by the digital transformation
in the education markets and costs related to the migration to our new data center. These increased
costs will be partially mitigated by process efficiencies.
In 2006, revenue for the McGraw-Hill Education segment decreased 5.5% as compared with 2005.
The decrease in SEGs revenue of 12.4% resulted from the total state new adoption market decreasing
from approximately $950 million in 2005 to approximately $685 million in 2006. Additionally, open
territory opportunities declined slightly in 2006 according to statistics reported by the
Association of American Publishers (AAP). Also affecting SEGs results was a reduction from 2005
levels in volume and scope of custom assessment contracts and the volume of norm-referenced tests.
HPIs revenue increased by 3.5%, reflecting growth in U.S. and international sales of higher
education titles, growth in professional and reference products and expansion internationally.
In 2006, operating profit decreased by $81.1 million as compared with 2005 due in part to the
$31.6 million of stock-based compensation charges due to the initial adoption of SFAS No. 123(R)
and $16.0 million in restructuring charges. The operating margin declined because of a decrease in
the total state new adoption market in 2006 and the product mix, offset by improved margins at HPI.
Foreign exchange rates benefited revenue by $6.6 million and positively affected operating results
by $2.3 million.
School
Education Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,416.8
|
|
|
$
|
1 ,326.6
|
|
|
$
|
1,515.0
|
|
% increase/(decrease)
|
|
|
6.8
|
%
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
|
The SEG consists of several key brands, including SRA/ McGraw-Hill, specialized niche basal
programs such as
Open Court Reading
for the elementary market; Wright Group/McGraw-Hill, innovative
supplementary products for the early childhood, elementary and remedial markets;
Macmillan/McGraw-Hill, core basal instructional programs for the elementary market;
Glencoe/McGraw-Hill, basal and supplementary products for the secondary market; CTB/McGraw-Hill,
customized and standardized testing materials and scoring services, online diagnostics and
formative assessment products; and The Grow Network/ McGraw-Hill, assessment reporting and
customized content.
In 2007, revenue for SEG increased by $90.2 million or 6.8% as compared with 2006. SEG revenue
reflects the total state new adoption market in 2007 of approximately $820 million as compared with
approximately $685 million in 2006.
Total U.S. PreK-12 enrollment for 2006-2007 is estimated at 55.0 million students, up 0.5%
from 2005-2006, according to the National Center for Education Statistics (NCES). The total
available state new adoption market in 2008 is estimated at between $900 million to $950 million.
In the adoption market, revenue increases were driven by strong basal sales performance
including K-8 science in California and South Carolina, 6-12 math in Texas and K-5 reading in
Tennessee, Indiana and Oregon.
Everyday Mathematics,
SEGs reform-based program, led the K-5 market
in New Mexico.
Growth in the open territory was limited by overall softness in the market, but SEG achieved
strong sales in New York City with K-8 math and 6-8 science. The new, third edition of
Everyday
Mathematics
also performed well throughout the open territory.
Market conditions also limited growth in the supplementary market, although SEG experienced
success with its reading and math intervention programs, particularly
Number Worlds.
According to statistics compiled by the AAP, total net basal and supplementary sales of
elementary and secondary instructional materials were up by 2.7% for the year ended December 2007
compared to the prior year.
39
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review
(
continued)
SEGs testing revenue increased over the prior year driven by custom contracts in
Georgia, Indiana, Florida and Wisconsin and higher shelf revenue driven chiefly by sales of
Acuity
formative assessments. SEG continued to invest in technology to improve efficiencies in developing,
delivering, and scoring custom assessments.
New products that will contribute to growth in 2008 include:
|
|
California Mathematics
K-8 and
Texas Mathematics K-5:
Programs tailored for the adoptions in those states.
|
|
|
Treasures:
A balanced basal program for the largest segment of
the reading market.
|
|
|
Imagine It!:
A revision of the highly successful skills-based program
Open Court Reading.
|
|
|
Everyday Mathematics, 3rd Edition:
A revision of the leading
program in the reform-based segment of the market.
|
Balancing budgets for fiscal 2008-2009 will be challenging for
many states due to declining tax revenues related to the problems in the housing market in 2007 and
overall economic conditions. As a result, the outlook for funding of discretionary educational
spending on items such as instructional materials may be constrained in some areas, particularly in
open territory states where school districts rely heavily on local tax revenues. However, based on
a very strong state adoption schedule through the end of the decade, SEG continues to project good
growth in 2008 and beyond. In order to capitalize on these state adoption opportunities, in 2008,
SEG will accordingly make substantial investments in new program development and major program
revisions primarily in reading, math and science.
The No Child Left Behind Act (NCLB) mandates annual statewide testing in reading and math in
grades three through eight, and science testing at three grade levels is required beginning in the
2007-2008 school year. The law also requires statewide testing once in grades 10 through 12, as
well as specialized assessments for English Language Learner (ELL) students. Because the NCLB
tests must be aligned with the learning standards adopted by each state, customized
criterion-referenced tests are replacing norm-referenced tests, or shelf tests, in the summative
testing market. SEG holds strong positions in both the custom and the shelf testing markets. In
general, customized, state-specific tests have lower margins than shelf tests.
In 2008, SEG expects growth in customized test revenue, notably
Acuity, TerraNova3
and TABE.
SEG will continue to focus on winning additional custom contracts in key states during 2008 and
will invest in the technology necessary for the ongoing development of summative and formative
assessment products that can be offered online. Summative tests are high-stakes tests administered
to measure achievement, such as NCLB accountability assessments. Formative tests are low-stakes
tests administered to predict performance on summative tests, diagnose student learning needs, and
inform future instruction.
In 2006, revenue for SEG decreased by $188.4 million or 12.4% as compared with 2005. SEG
revenue reflects the total state new adoption market in 2006 of $685 million compared with
approximately $950 million in 2005, a decline that limited sales for the
K-12 publishing industry. In large part, SEGs results reflected the negative comparisons to the
large market share captured in 2005. 2006 key adoptions were in Florida and California, which
purchased science and social studies, respectively. In Florida, SEG led the secondary portion of
the market, which offered the highest dollar volume, but its K-5 program was less successful. In
California, SEGs performance in the elementary social studies market fell short of expectations.
However, SEG captured the leading share of available secondary business with strong performances at
both the middle school and high school levels. Californias high schools purchase on an open
territory basis but tend to follow the adoption cycle as to subject area. In other state adoptions,
SEG was very successful with secondary science in New Mexico, Oklahoma, and West Virginia, and with
elementary music in Indiana and Oregon.
For the 2006 open territory selling season, SEG introduced a new elementary basal reading
program,
Treasures,
which was very well received and won the two largest open territory reading
adoptions in 2006, in Wichita and Pittsburgh. SEG also achieved good year-over-year growth of its
alternative basal program
Everyday Mathematics.
However, the volume of available open territory
business was not sufficient to offset the reduction in the state new adoption markets. In fact,
open territory opportunities declined slightly in 2006 according to the AAP According to statistics
compiled by the AAP, the industrys total net basal and supplementary sales of elementary and
secondary instructional materials declined by 5.8% compared with the same period in 2005.
Higher Education, Professional and International Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,289.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,197.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,156.8
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
7.6
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
|
3.5
|
%
|
|
The Higher Education, Professional and International (HPI) Group serves the college,
professional, international and adult education markets.
HPI revenue increased $91.6 million or 7.6% compared to the prior year.
Revenues increased for the principal higher education imprints, Science, Engineering and
Mathematics (SEM), Humanities, Social Science and Languages (HSSL) and Business and Economics
(B&E) with growth largely driven by B&Es frontlist and backlist titles along with key titles
from the other imprints. New copyright titles contributing to growth included:
|
|
McConnell,
Economics,
17/e;
|
|
|
Nickels,
Understanding Business,
8/e;
|
|
|
Garrison,
Managerial Accounting,
12/e;
|
|
|
Kamien,
Music: An Appreciation, Brief Edition,
6/e;
|
|
|
Bentley,
Traditions and Encounters,
4/e;
|
|
|
Getlein,
Living with Art,
8/e; and
|
|
|
Wild,
Fundamental Accounting Principles,
18/e.
|
40
Contributing to the performance of professional titles were
McGraw-Hill Encyclopedia of
Science & Technology,
10/e;
Harrison s Principles of Internal Medicine,
16/e;
Harrison s Manual
of Medicine, Crucial Conversations;
and
Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment.
Internationally, strong performance was driven by increased professional sales in Australia,
strong adoptions in India and increased higher education volume in Korea and China. HPI also
benefited from increased higher education funding in Brazil and strong school sales in Spain.
The HPI Group expects 2008 to be another good year in higher education both in the United
States and internationally. In 2008, growth is expected to occur at SEM, B&E and HSSL, the three
major higher education imprints, and at the newly organized Career imprint. Career expects growth
fueled by its allied health and computer applications product lines. B&E is expected to grow with
strength in the marketing and management categories. HSSL anticipates growth with strong titles in
psychology and Spanish. SEM will grow based on increases in math and chemistry titles. Improving
sales in India, Asia and Latin America are expected across the higher education imprints in 2008.
Custom textbooks and online products should also have a positive impact in 2008.
The U.S. college new textbook market is approximately $3.7 billion and is expected to grow
about 3% to 4% annually through 2009. In 2008, the Company anticipates that its college product
sales will outperform the industry. As technology continues to be the key trend in higher education
for course management and content delivery, the HPI Group will aggressively pursue a variety of
e-initiatives, including e-books, homework support for students and online faculty training and
support.
U.S. college enrollments are projected to rise by 17% to 20.4 million between 2005 and 2016,
according to the National Center for Educational Statistics (NCES). On-line education enrollments
continue to grow faster than traditional enrollments, although at a slower rate than in prior
years. For-profit colleges and distance-learning institutions continue to report strong enrollment
growth, with annual gains of 7.5% expected through 2010. Internationally, enrollments are also
expected to increase significantly in India and China.
2008 will see increased federal funding due to the U.S. governments removal of the 50%
rule. Colleges will no longer be required to deliver at least half of their courses on campus,
instead of online, to qualify for federal student aid. The fully online education market is
expected to be split evenly between for-profit and not-for-profit schools in 2008. Negatively
affecting the higher education market is the purchase of used books, which has grown as a
percentage of total book sales from 27% in 2002 to 29% in 2005, according to Monument Information
Resource. Piracy and textbook leakage also continue to plague the industry. Foreign governments are
aiding in combating this trend, especially in China.
In 2008, in the professional market, McGraw-Hill Education expects growth in revenue
driven by its core printing business with strong growth in its medical product line partially
offset by a decline in sales of technical titles. Digital licensing and digital subscriptions
will also contribute to revenue growth.
In 2006, HPI products performed well in both the United States and international markets, with
increased revenue of $40.7 million or 3.5% compared to prior year. The Science, Engineering and
Mathematics (SEM) higher education imprint achieved solid growth in 2006. However, sales results
for Business and Economics (B&E), whose list was between major revision cycles, and Humanities,
Social Science and Languages (HSSL) were flat with prior year. Key higher education titles
contributing to 2006 performance included:
|
|
Ober,
Keyboarding,
10/e;
|
|
|
Garrison,
Managerial Accounting,
11/e;
|
|
|
Terrell, Dos
Mundos,
6/e;
|
|
|
Lucas,
The Art of Public Speaking,
9/e;
|
|
|
Saladin,
Anatomy and Physiology,
4/e; and
|
|
|
Shier,
Holes Human A&P,
11/e.
|
The U.S. college new textbook market grew by 2.8% in 2006 compared to 2005, according to the
AAP. In 2006, the higher education market was favorable as appropriations for higher education
increased 7.0%, according to the Center for the Study of Education Policy at Illinois State
University. Per the AAP, 90% of faculty required or recommended a textbook in 2006, a decrease from
94% in 2004.
In the professional marketplace during 2006, both backlist and frontlist titles in the
business category performed well, with five new titles appearing on national best-seller lists.
Some softness was experienced in the medical market owing to the natural drop-off in sales of
Harrisons Principles of Internal Medicine,
16/e, which was published in 2004. The digital
subscription-based program
AccessMedicine
experienced continued growth and surpassed 10 million
content retrievals for the year.
Special school funding in British Columbia and Ontario, Canada, benefited the HPI Groups
international growth, as did improved opportunities for school products in Latin America and higher
education products in India.
HPI experienced growth from products serving the business and medical professional markets and
from college and school products internationally. HPIs revenue also grew from the sale of U.S.
college products, although at a slower rate.
Financial Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
(a)
|
|
|
2006
(b)
|
|
|
2005
(c)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,046.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,746.4
|
|
|
$
|
2,400.8
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
|
|
16.8
|
%
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
$
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
$
|
1,202.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,019.2
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
18.0
|
%
|
|
|
21.4
|
%
|
|
% operating margin
|
|
|
45
|
%
|
|
|
44
|
%
|
|
|
42
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Operating profit includes a $17.3 million pre-tax gain on the sale of a mutual fund
data business and a $18.8 million pre-tax restructuring charge.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No. 123(R) and includes the
elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program.
|
(c)
|
|
Operating profit includes $6.8 million pre-tax gain on the sale of the Corporate
Value Consulting business.
|
41
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review
(continued)
The Financial Services segment operates under the Standard & Poors brand. This segment
provides services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment
managers and advisors globally. The segment consists of two operating groups: Credit Market
Services and Investment Services. Credit Market Services includes independent global credit
ratings, credit risk evaluations, and ratings-related information and products. Investment Services
includes comprehensive value-added financial data, information, indices and research. The segment
and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state of global economies, credit
quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment continues to be favorably impacted
by the global growth of financial markets, the disintermediation of banks and the increased use of
securitization as a source of funding and managing risk. In 2007, Financial Services also benefited
from the continued low interest rate environment, increased globalization of the capital markets
and robust merger and acquisition activity during the first half of the year, which was partially
offset by decreased new dollar volume issuance in the United States structured finance market in
the second half of the year.
Issuance volumes noted within the discussion that follows are based on the domicile of the
issuer. Issuance volumes can be reported in two ways: by domicile, which is based on where an
issuer is located or where the assets associated with an issue are located, or based on
marketplace, which is where the bonds are sold.
In 2007, Financial Services revenue and operating profit increased 10.9% and 13.1 %,
respectively, over prior year results despite challenging market conditions in the second half of
2007 in the credit markets which adversely impacted structured finance. The Financial Services
segments increase in revenue and operating profit was driven by the performance of corporate
(industrial and financial institutions) and government ratings as well as data, information and
index products. Acquisition-related financing, general refinancing and share repurchasing activity
drove growth in corporate issuance in both industrial and financial institutions in the United
States and globally. Public finance issuance was driven by requirements to raise new money to fund
municipal projects and to refund existing debt. A flat yield curve and low long-term yields also
encouraged municipal issuance. Strength in Investment Services was driven by demand for both the
Capital IQ and index products. Foreign exchange positively impacted revenue growth by $53.0 million
but did not materially impact operating profit growth.
In 2007, the Financial Services segment incurred restructuring charges totaling $18.8 million
pre-tax. The pre-tax charge consists of employee severance costs related to a workforce reduction
of approximately 170 positions across the segment. The current business environment and the
consolidation of several support functions drove these restructuring activities across the
segments global operations. The segments restructuring actions affected both its Credit Market
Services and Investment Services businesses.
On March 16, 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the
Financial Services segment. The sale resulted in a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million
after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share), recorded as other income, and had an immaterial impact on
the comparison of the segments operating profit. The divestiture of the mutual fund data business
is consistent with the Financial Services segments strategy of directing resources to those
businesses that have the best opportunities to achieve both significant financial growth and market
leadership. The divestiture will enable the Financial Services segment to focus on its core
business of providing independent research, ratings, data, indices and portfolio services.
In 2006, the Financial Services segment experienced double-digit growth in revenue and
operating profit, increasing 14.4% and 18.0%, respectively, over 2005 results. The increases in
revenue and operating profit were due to the performance of structured finance and corporate
(industrial and financial institutions) and government ratings, which represented approximately
55.4% and 33.7%, respectively, of the growth in revenue. The five months of incremental revenue
from the CRISIL acquisition also positively contributed to revenue growth in 2006. The growth in
revenue was reduced by 29.3% from the divestiture of CVC in 2005. Including the impact of adopting
SFAS No. 123(R) and expensing stock-based compensation and the divestiture of CVC, the Financial
Services segment expanded its 2006 operating profit margins. Foreign exchange rates benefited
revenue by $5.6 million and did not materially impact operating results.
During 2005, the segment acquired Vista Research, Inc. and a majority interest in CRISIL
Limited. On September 30, 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (CVC) business,
the valuation services unit of the segment. The sale resulted in a $6.8 million pre-tax gain in
2005.
The financial services industry is subject to the potential for increased regulation in the
United States and abroad. The businesses conducted by the Financial Services segment are in certain
cases regulated under the Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006, U.S. Investment Advisers Act of
1940, the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the National Association of Securities Dealers
and/or the laws of the states or other jurisdictions in which they conduct business.
Standard & Poors is a credit rating agency that is registered with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) as one of eight Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organizations,
or NRSROs. The SEC first began designating NRSROs in 1975 for use of their credit ratings in the
determination of capital charges for registered brokers and dealers under the SECs Net Capital
Rule.
Credit rating agency legislation entitled Credit Rating Agency Reform Act of 2006 (the
Act) was signed into law on September 29, 2006. The Act created a new SEC registration system for
rating agencies that want to be recognized as NRSROs. Registrants, including existing NRSROs, are
required to submit policies, methodologies, performance data and other materials.
42
Registered NRSROs are required to certify annually as to the accuracy of application
materials and list material changes. Under the Act, the SEC is given authority and oversight of
NRSROs and can censure NRSROs, revoke their registration or limit or suspend their registration in
certain cases. The SEC is not authorized to review the analytical process, ratings criteria or
methodology of the NRSROs. An agencys decision to register and comply with the Act will not
constitute a waiver of or diminish any right, defense or privilege available under applicable law.
Pre-emption language is included in the Act consistent with other legal precedent. The Company does
not believe the Act will have a material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
The SEC issued rules to implement the Act, effective June 2007. Standard & Poors submitted
its application on Form NRSRO on June 25, 2007. On September 24, 2007, the SEC granted Standard &
Poors registration as an NRSRO under the Act.
In the third quarter of 2007, rating agencies became subject to scrutiny for their ratings on
structured finance transactions that involve the packaging of subprime residential mortgages,
including residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) and collateralized debt obligations
(CDOs).
On August 29, 2007, Standard & Poors received a subpoena from the New York Attorney Generals
Office requesting information and documents relating to Standard & Poors ratings of securities
backed by residential real estate mortgages. Standard & Poors is responding to this request.
In September 2007, the SEC commenced an examination of rating agencies policies and
procedures regarding conflicts of interest and the application of those policies and procedures to
ratings on RMBS and related CDOs. Standard & Poors is cooperating with the SEC staff in connection
with this examination.
On October 16, 2007, Standard & Poors received a subpoena from the Connecticut Attorney
Generals Office requesting information and documents relating to the conduct of Standard & Poors
credit ratings business. The subpoena appears to relate to an investigation by the Connecticut
Attorney General into whether Standard & Poors, in the conduct of its credit ratings business,
violated the Connecticut Antitrust Act. Subsequently, a second subpoena dated December 6, 2007,
seeking information and documents relating to the rating of securities backed by residential real
estate mortgages, and a third subpoena dated January 14, 2008, seeking information and documents
relating to the rating of municipal and corporate debt, were served. The Company is responding to
the subpoenas.
On November 8, 2007, Standard & Poors received a civil investigative demand from the
Massachusetts Attorney Generals Office requesting information and documents relating to Standard &
Poors ratings of securities backed by residential real estate mortgages. Standard & Poors is
responding to this request.
The legal status of rating agencies has also been addressed by courts in the United States in
various decisions and is likely to be considered and addressed in legal proceedings from time to
time in the future.
Outside the United States, particularly in Europe, regulators and government officials have
reviewed whether credit rating agencies should be subject to formal oversight. In the past several
years, the European Commission, the Committee of European Securities Regulators (CESR) and the
International Organization of Securities Commissions (IOSCO) have issued reports, consultations
and questionnaires concerning the role of credit agencies and
potential regulation. IOSCOs review
culminated in December 2004 with its Code of Conduct Fundamentals for rating agencies. Standard &
Poors worked closely with IOSCO in drafting the Code and, in October 2005, Standard & Poors
issued a new Credit Market Services Code of Conduct, which was updated in June 2007 that is
consistent with the IOSCO Code.
CESR has been charged by the European Commission with monitoring and reporting to the
Commission on rating agencies compliance with their IOSCO-based codes of conduct. CESR held its
first annual compliance review in 2006 and, in December 2006, issued its first annual report. CESR
concluded that the four agencies it reviewed (including Standard & Poors, Moodys, Fitch and
Dominion Bond Rating Service) are largely compliant with the IOSCO Code. CESR noted areas for
improvement and in June 2007, CESR published a questionnaire for public comment concerning
structured finance ratings and processes and asked the rating agencies for additional information
in the fall. Standard & Poors participated in this process. CESR plans to issue its 2007 report in
mid-2008. CESR stated it will also assess in its next report the impact of the new U.S. law and SEC
rules on the ratings industry in Europe.
In
2006, IOSCO conducted a similar review of rating agencies implementation of IOSCOs model
Code of Conduct and issued a report for public consultation in
February 2007. IOSCOs draft
conclusions concerning implementation by the major rating agencies are positive overall. As part of
its ongoing review and in response to developments in the U.S. housing market, in September 2007,
IOSCO convened a meeting of rating agency task force members and representatives from the then
seven NRSROs to discuss structured finance rating issues. IOSCO may modify its model Code of
Conduct following its review of agencies structured finance
rating processes. IOSCOs work is
expected to conclude in mid-2008.
New legislation, regulations or judicial determinations applicable to credit rating agencies
in the United States and abroad could affect the competitive position of Standard & Poors Credit
Market Services; however, the Company does not believe that any new or currently proposed
legislation, regulations or judicial determinations would have a materially adverse effect on its
financial condition or results of operations.
The market for credit ratings as well as research, investment advisory and broker-dealer
services is very competitive. The Financial Services segment competes domestically and
internationally on the basis of a number of factors, including quality of
43
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review
(continued)
ratings, research and investment advice, client service,
reputation, price, geographic scope, range of products
and technological innovation. In addition, in some of the
countries in which Standard & Poors competes,
governments may provide financial or other support to
locally-based rating agencies and may from time to time
establish official credit rating agencies, credit ratings
criteria or procedures for evaluating local issuers.
A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill
Companies, SRL and on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SA (both
indirect subsidiaries of the Company) (collectively,
Standard & Poors) on September 29, 2005 and October 7,
2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal
of Milan, Italy by Enrico Bondi (Bondi), the
Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat Finanziaria S.p.A.
and Parmalat S.p.A. (collectively, Parmalat). Bondi has
brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the
United States against entities and individuals who had
dealings with Parmalat. In this suit, Bondi claims that
Standard & Poors, which had issued investment grade
ratings on Parmalat until shortly before Parmalats
collapse in December 2003, breached its duty to issue an
independent and professional rating and negligently and
knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to retain
Parmalats business. Alleging joint and several
liability, Bondi claims damages of euros 4,073,984,120
(representing the value of bonds issued by Parmalat and
the rating fees paid by Parmalat) with interest, plus
damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poors alleged
complicity in aggravating Parmalats financial
difficulties and/or for having contributed in bringing
about Parmalats indebtedness towards its bondholders,
and legal fees. The Company believes that Bondis
allegations and claims for damages lack legal or factual
merit. Standard & Poors filed its answer, counterclaim
and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will
continue to vigorously contest the action.
In a separate proceeding, the prosecutors office in
Parma, Italy is conducting an investigation into the
bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006, the prosecutors
office issued a Note of Completion of an Investigation
(Note of Completion) concerning allegations, based on
Standard & Poors investment grade ratings of Parmalat,
that individual Standard & Poors rating analysts
conspired with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to
fraudulently or negligently cause the Parmalat
bankruptcy. The Note of Completion was served on eight
Standard & Poors rating analysts. While not a formal
charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutors
intention that the named rating analysts should appear
before a judge in Parma for a preliminary hearing, at
which hearing the judge will determine whether there is
sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to
proceed to trial. No date has been set for the
preliminary hearing. On July 7, 2006, a defense brief was
filed with the Parma prosecutors office on behalf of the
rating analysts. The Company believes that there is no
basis in fact or law to support the allegations against
the rating analysts, and they will be vigorously defended
by the subsidiaries involved.
The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro
se action titled
Blomquist v. Washington Mutual, et al.
,
was filed in the
District Court for the Northern District of
California against numerous financial institutions,
government agencies and individuals, including the
Company and Mr. Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the
Company, alleging various state and federal claims. The
claims against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern
Standard & Poors ratings of subprime mortgage-backed
securities. An amended Complaint was filed in the
Blomquist
action on September 10, 2007 which added two
other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008
the Company was served with the Complaint. In addition,
the Company has learned that on August 28, 2007 a
putative shareholder class action titled
Reese v. Bahash
,
was filed in the District Court for the District of
Columbia against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the
Company, alleging claims under the federal securities
laws and state tort law concerning Standard & Poors
ratings, particularly its ratings of sub-prime
mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Bahash has not been
served with the Complaint. On February 11, 2008, the
District Court in the
Reese
matter entered an order
appointing a lead plaintiff in that action and permitting
plaintiffs to amend the Complaint on or before April 16,
2008 to add additional defendants. The Company believes
both Complaints to be without merit and intends to
vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
In addition, in the normal course of business both
in the United States and abroad, the Company and its
subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal proceedings
and are involved, from time to time, in governmental and
self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in
adverse judgments, damages, fines or penalties. Also,
various governmental and self-regulatory agencies
regularly make inquiries and conduct investigations
concerning compliance with applicable laws and
regulations. Based on information currently known by the
Companys management, the Company does not believe that
any pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory
proceedings or investigations will result in a material
adverse effect on its financial condition or results of
operations.
Credit Market Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,264.1
|
|
|
$
|
2,073.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,737.6
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
Credit Market Services provides independent credit
ratings, covering corporate and government entities,
infrastructure projects and structured finance
transactions. This operating group also provides ratings
related information through its RatingsXpress and
RatingsDirect products, in addition to credit risk
evaluation services. Credit Market Services revenue
increased 9.2% in 2007 over the prior year despite the
challenging credit market conditions experienced during
the second half of the year. Information products such as
RatingsXpress and RatingsDirect performed well as
customer demand for ratings data increased.
According to Thomson Financial, U.S. corporate
issuance by dollar volume for the year 2007 increased
21.7%, with investment
44
grade issuance up 25.3% and high yield issuance up 0.6%,
driven by strong merger and acquisition activity during
the first half of the year as well as opportunistic
financing as issuers, primarily investment grade, took
advantage of favorable market conditions. Issuance of
U.S. municipals grew 13.9%, with new money up 7% driven
by pension funding requirements and the need to fund
infrastructure investment associated with an increasing
population, particularly in the southeast and southwest.
Bank loan ratings, counterparty credit ratings as well as
rating evaluation services all showed strong growth
during the year. In 2007, total U.S. structured finance
new issue dollar volume decreased 22.2% versus prior year
due primarily to a decline of 40.4% in U.S. residential
mortgage-backed securities (RMBS) issuance attributable
to reductions in mortgage originations in the subprime
and affordability products and home equity sectors.
Although U.S. collateralized debt obligation (CDO)
issuance was strong during the first half of 2007, it
slowed significantly during the second half due to
deteriorating market conditions and was up only 1.4% for
the full year 2007 as compared with 2006 according to
Harrison Scott Publications and Standard & Poors
internal estimates (Harrison Scott Publications/S&P).
U.S. commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS)
issuance increased 6.8% over the prior year due to higher
mortgage originations driven by the low interest rate
environment and strong commercial real estate
fundamentals as well as rising property values and
refinancing of maturing deals experienced over the first
three quarters of the year offset by sharp declines in
issuance in the fourth quarter of 2007.
In Europe, structured finance issuance grew 33.3%
as all structured finance asset classes, with the
exception of CMBS, experienced growth despite
challenging market conditions in the latter part of the
year. RMBS issuance led all asset classes with an
increase of 53.2% over the prior year. European
corporate issuance was down 6.8% as the result of the
diminished investor appetite for lower credit quality
bonds.
Financial market concerns regarding the credit
quality of sub-prime mortgages adversely impacted debt
issuance of RMBS and CDOs backed by subprime RMBS in the
United States. The Company had been anticipating a
decline in residential mortgage originations as well as a
slowdown in the rate of growth of CDO issuance versus the
significant rates of growth experienced in the past. U.S.
RMBS declined by 70.5% in the second half of the year, as
compared with the same period in 2006, which resulted in
a 40.4% decline in issuance for the year. U.S. CDO
issuance declined 48.5% in the second half of the year,
as compared to the same period in 2006, and was up a
slight 1.4% for the year.
Because of the current credit market conditions,
issuance levels deteriorated across all asset classes and
all regions with the exception of Europe, which was up a
slight 1.8% during the second half of the year. The
impact on U.S. RMBS and U.S. CDOs has been the greatest.
The Company expects the current market conditions and
global issuance levels to persist through the first half
of 2008, primarily in structured finance. The outlook for
U.S. RMBS and U.S. CDOs asset classes as well as other
asset classes is dependent upon many factors, including
the general
condition of the economy, interest rates, credit
quality and spreads, and the level of liquidity in
the financial markets.
Growth rates in 2008 for Credit Market Services will
be unfavorably impacted for at least the first half of
the year due to expected lower issuance levels for most
U.S. structured finance and challenging comparisons to
the same period of the prior year. The Mortgage Bankers
Association is forecasting approximately a 16% decline in
mortgage originations due to continued weakness in the
housing market, which is expected to adversely impact the
U.S. RMBS sector. International growth and product
diversification may help mitigate the anticipated decline
in most U.S. structured finance issuance volumes.
The U.S. CMBS market in 2008 is expected to decline
significantly due to lower commercial origination levels
and investor aversion to risk. U.S. CDO issuance will be
impacted by an anticipated decrease in investor demand
for complex securities in favor of those that are less
complex as well as a decline in the availability of
underlying collateral. Issuance in the U.S. asset-backed
securities market is anticipated to grow moderately in
2008 as auto manufacturers continue to rely on
securitization as a source of funding. The resiliency of
the consumer should also lead to growth in the credit
card and student loan sectors.
In 2008, U.S. corporate issuance is anticipated to
grow, led by more strategic debt-financed merger and
acquisition activity, refinancing of maturing debt,
issuance tied to hybrid security innovation, higher
financing needs resulting from slower growth in corporate
profits and opportunistic financing due to a low interest
rate environment. However, each of these factors is
dependent upon economic conditions. These growth
opportunities will be partially offset by slower capital
equipment spending. The 2008 U.S. municipal market is
expected to show modest issuance growth coming off a
record year in 2007. Most expect state spending to
surpass money collected in 2007, driving funding needs.
Spending pressures in areas such as healthcare,
education, pensions, and transportation infrastructure
are expected to rise.
International market growth in 2008 could be
positive as the favorable trends of securitization,
disintermediation and privatization are expected to
continue. The Company anticipates that European
structured finance issuance may not be as adversely
impacted as the U.S. structured finance market.
Corporate issuance in Europe is expected to increase due
to anticipated merger and acquisition activity, capital
spending, an active Gulf and Emerging Europe region and
broader acceptance of covered bonds through expanded
regulation.
The 2008 outlook in Asia is favorable due to strong
regional GDP growth, stable interest rates, an active
merger and acquisition market and a broader investor
base. As Asias capital markets continue to grow, the
Financial Services segment expects to see increased
activity in Small Market Enterprise (SME) ratings,
mortgage-backed securities, bank loan ratings, rating
evaluation services and infrastructure.
In 2008, RatingsDirect and RatingsXpress products
are expected to perform well as customer demand for
credit ratings-related data and information is expected
to increase.
45
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review
(continued)
In the United States, in 2006, strong growth was
experienced in the issuance of CMBS and CDOs. CDO
issuance was driven by strong investor demand in both the
cash flow and synthetic sectors, fueled by more
innovative structures, arbitraging opportunities and
growth of the collateralized loan obligations (CLOs)
sector, which benefited from increases in leveraged loans
related to merger and acquisition activity. CMBS issuance
was driven by strong investor demand and strong
commercial real estate origination trends. The RMBS
market was up slightly year-over-year, as increases in
mortgage rates, a slowing of the rate of home price
appreciation, and the tightening of lending standards by
subprime lenders for affordability products adversely
impacted RMBS issuance. The growth in U.S. corporate
issuance was attributable to increases in industrial and
financial services issuance, driven primarily by the
markets favorable financing conditions and healthy
merger and acquisition activity. Bank loan ratings showed
strong growth in 2006 over 2005.
In Europe, RMBS was the largest sector of issuance
in 2006, representing 58.9% of total European structured
finance issuance. Overall, the European structured
finance market, led by growth in RMBS, CMBS and CDO
markets, grew by 35.4%. CDO issuance was driven by cash
CDO deals and a robust market for CLOs. European
corporate issuance was up 25.0% in 2006 due to solid
merger and acquisition activity and opportunistic
issuance.
Investment Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
782.1
|
|
|
$
|
672.6
|
|
|
$
|
663.2
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
16.3
|
%
|
|
|
1.4
|
%
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
Investment Services is a leading provider of data,
analysis, independent investment advice, equity research,
investment indices and investment fund management
ratings. The growth of this area was driven by our data
and information products as well as our S&P indices.
Revenue for this operating group increased 16.3% in 2007
as compared with 2006 as a result of strong uptake of the
Capital IQ products with the number of clients increasing
26.1% versus prior year. In addition, revenue related to
S&P indices increased as assets under management for
exchange-traded funds (ETFs) rose 46.0% to $235.3
billion in 2007 from $161.2 billion in 2006.
In 2008, data and information products, such as
Capital IQ, will continue to expand their customer bases
due to a strong customer demand. The Standard & Poors
indices are expected to continue their growth with the
increase in demand for new investable products and
investment strategies driven by trends such as wealth
transfer, a growing global investor culture and the
expansion of cross-border investing. Equity research will
continue to experience a challenging and competitive
market environment in 2008.
In 2006, Capital IQ products grew with the number
of clients increasing 36.7% over 2005.
Revenue related to S&P indices increased as assets
under management for ETFs rose 19.3% from 2005 to $161.2
billion as
of December 31, 2006. ETF assets under management
on December 31, 2005 were $135.1 billion.
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
(a)
|
|
|
2006
(b)
|
|
|
2005
(c)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,020.2
|
|
|
$
|
984.5
|
|
|
$
|
931.1
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
3.6
|
%
|
|
|
5.7
|
%
|
|
|
16.4
|
%
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
$
|
63.5
|
|
|
$
|
49.9
|
|
|
$
|
60.6
|
|
% increase/(decrease)
|
|
|
27.2
|
%
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(49.2
|
)%
|
|
% operating margin
|
|
|
6
|
%
|
|
|
5
|
%
|
|
|
7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
Revenue and operating profit include the impact of
the Sweets transformation. Operating profit includes a
pre-tax restructuring charge.
|
|
(b)
|
|
Revenue and operating profit include the revenue
deferral resulting from the Sweets transformation.
Operating profit includes the effect of adopting SFAS No.
123(R), the elimination of the Companys restoration
stock option program and a restructuring charge.
|
|
(c)
|
|
Operating profit includes a $5.5 million pre-tax
loss on the sale of the Healthcare Information Group and
a pre-tax restructuring charge.
|
The Information & Media segment includes business,
professional and broadcast media, offering information,
insight and analysis, and consists of two operating
groups: the Business-to-Business Group (including such
brands as
BusinessWeek
, J.D. Power and Associates
(JDPA), McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and
Aviation
Week
) and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine
television stations (four ABC affiliates and five Azteca
America affiliated stations). The segments growth is
driven by the need for information and transparency in a
variety of industries and, to a lesser extent,
advertising growth, which is dependent on the strength of
the economy in the U.S.
In 2007, revenue grew by 3.6% or $35.7 million over
the prior year while operating profit increased $13.6
million. The growth generated by Platts, a leading global
provider of energy and metal information, and JDPA was
partially offset by decreased advertising revenue at
Broadcasting and
BusinessWeek
. Also contributing to
growth was a deferral of revenue of $23.8 million from
2006 to 2007 upon the transformation of the Sweets
product. Foreign exchange rates had an immaterial impact
on revenue growth and a negative impact of $4.6 million
on segment operating profit growth.
In 2007, the Information & Media segment incurred a
restructuring charge of $6.7 million pre-tax consisting
primarily of employee severance costs related to the
reduction of approximately 100 positions across the
segment. These restructuring activities related primarily
to the reallocation of certain resources to support
continued digital evolution and productivity initiatives.
In 2006, the Information & Media segment incurred
a restructuring charge of $8.7 million pre-tax
consisting primarily of employee severance costs
related to the reduction of approximately 150 positions
across the segment. These restructuring activities
related to operating efficiency improvements.
46
Information & Medias 2006 stock-based compensation
expense includes a one-time charge of $2.7 million from
the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option
program.
In 2008, the Information & Media segment will
continue to transition, placing greater emphasis on
Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which
offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. JDPA
will continue to expand its online syndicated studies and
its global automotive business into the rapidly growing
Asia-Pacific markets. In the construction market,
transformation of digital and Web-based products will
continue, in order to better serve customers in the
commercial construction markets. The ongoing volatility
of the oil and natural gas markets is expected to
increase customer demand for news and pricing products.
The segment will also continue to invest in
BusinessWeek.com
during 2008. The Broadcasting stations
will benefit from strong political market spending in
2008, as well as revenue growth from digital products and
the Azteca Spanish language television stations.
In 2006, revenue increased by 5.7%, or $53.4 million,
and operating profit decreased $10.7 million or 17.6%
compared to 2005. The increase in revenue primarily
related to the impact of the JDPA acquisition as of April
1, 2005. In the first quarter 2006, JDPA contributed $43.8
million in revenue to the Business-to-Business Group but
had a negative impact of $5.3 million on operating profit.
Additionally, in 2006, operating profit includes the
impact of the Sweets transformation, which resulted in a
deferral of $21.1 million of operating profit from 2006 to
2007, favorable developments with respect to certain
disputed billings of $8.3 million, a restructuring charge
of $8.7 million and stock-based compensation expense of
$22.9 million as a result of the initial adoption of SFAS
No. 123(R). In 2005, operating profit includes the impact
of the loss on the sale of the Healthcare Information
Group of $5.5 million as well as a $10.2 million
restructuring charge. The Broadcasting Groups benefits
from political advertising were offset by investments in
Azteca America affiliated stations, the Groups decision
not to renew the syndicated
Oprah Winfrey Show
and the ABC
Networks loss of
Monday Night Football
.
Business-to-Business Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
917.2
|
|
|
$
|
864.0
|
|
|
$
|
818.9
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
6.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.5
|
%
|
|
|
19.4
|
%
|
|
At the Business-to-Business Group, revenue in 2007
increased 6.2% as compared with 2006 driven by growth in
subscription-based news and pricing products in the oil,
natural gas and power markets, the Sweets transformation
which deferred $23.8 million of revenue from 2006 to
2007, improved market penetration of studies and
proprietary services from JDPA as well as growth in the
Asia-Pacific market. This growth was partially offset by
a decline in traditional print advertising at
BusinessWeek
. Revenue from
BusinessWeek.com
grew compared
with 2006. The Company continues to make investments in
the
BusinessWeek.com
brand.
According to the Publishers Information Bureau (PIB),
BusinessWeek
s advertising pages in the global edition
for 2007 were down 18.2% in 2007 versus 2006, with
comparable number of issues in each year for PIB
purposes.
In 2007, U.S. construction starts decreased 11%
compared with 2006, as the housing correction outweighed
growth for non-residential building and public works.
Nonresidential building increased 3% relative to 2006
while residential building decreased 24% compared with
2006, as the demand for single-family housing has been
curtailed by tighter lending standards. Nonbuilding
construction grew slightly (up 2%) reflecting gains for
highways, bridges, sewers and supply systems, offset by
electrical utilities.
In 2008, the Business-to-Business Group will
continue to transition, placing greater emphasis on
Web-based delivery and digital asset management, which
offer new opportunities to deliver premium services. JDPA
will continue to expand its online syndicated studies and
its global automotive business into the rapidly growing
Asia-Pacific markets. In the construction market,
transformation of digital and Web-based products will
continue, in order to better serve customers in the
commercial construction markets. The ongoing volatility
of the oil and natural gas markets is expected to
increase customer demand for news and pricing products.
The segment will also continue to invest in
BusinessWeek.com
during 2008.
In 2006, revenues increased compared with 2005 for
the Business-to-Business Group primarily due to the
impact of the acquisition of JDPA, which was acquired on
April 1, 2005. In the first quarter of 2006, JDPA
contributed $43.8 million in first quarter incremental
revenue. JDPAs revenues during 2006 grew due to growth
in automotive products, both domestically and
internationally as well as from finance and insurance
product offerings. Softness in the advertising market
negatively impacted the Business-to-Business Group.
The discontinuation of the
BusinessWeek
Europe and
Asia print editions had a negative impact on the
Business-to-Business Groups comparisons in 2006 versus
2005. Total 2005 revenue for these editions was
approximately $26.4 million with no comparable revenue in
2006. According to the PIB,
BusinessWeek
s advertising
pages in the Global edition were down 0.6%, with the same
number of issues for PIB purposes. There was the same
number of issues for revenue recognition purposes as for
PIB purposes in 2006. In an effort to focus more sharply
on delivering high-quality advertiser value,
BusinessWeek
circulation was reduced and the advertising rate card
pricing was also lowered in 2006.
BusinessWeek.com
performed well with increased
advertising and average monthly unique visitors.
Favorable developments with respect to certain disputed
billings benefited the Business-to-Business Groups
year-over-year comparisons by $8.3 million. The oil news
and pricing products continued to experience growth as a
result of the increased need for market information
driven by volatility in the price of crude oil.
During 2006, the Sweets building products database
was enhanced to provide architects, engineers and
contractors a powerful new search function for finding,
comparing, selecting and purchasing products. Although it
was anticipated that Sweets
47
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Segment Review
(continued)
would move from a primarily print catalog to an online service, customers contracted to purchase a
bundled print catalog and integrated online product. Historically, Sweets print catalog sales were
recognized in the fourth quarter of each year, when catalogs were delivered to its customers.
Online service revenue is recognized as service is provided. The impact of recognizing sales of the
bundled product ratably over the service period negatively impacted 2006 revenue by $23.8 million
as compared with 2005.
U.S. construction starts in 2006 were comparable to 2005. Nonresidential
building climbed relative to its subdued performance at the outset of 2005. Residential building
was down 12% compared with 2005, due to the market correction for single-family housing.
Nonbuilding construction grew (up 19%) reflecting strong gains for highways and electrical
utilities. McGraw-Hill Construction Network Project News continued to grow and
In Demand
, a custom
publishing project for the U.S. Department of Labor, was issued in the third quarter of 2006.
Broadcasting Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
103.0
|
|
|
$
|
120.6
|
|
|
$
|
112.2
|
|
% (decrease)/increase
|
|
|
(14.6
|
)%
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
|
|
(1.7
|
)%
|
|
The Broadcasting Group operates nine television
stations, of which four are ABC affiliates located in
Denver, Indianapolis, San Diego, and Bakersfield,
California and five are Azteca America affiliated
stations in Denver (two stations), Colorado Springs, San
Diego and Bakersfield, California.
All Azteca America affiliated stations were acquired
in 2005, with the exception of the Bakersfield,
California station, which was acquired in July 2006. The
impact of these acquisitions was not material to revenue.
In 2007, Broadcasting revenue declined by 14.6% as
compared with 2006. Broadcasting experienced some
political revenue primarily associated with proposition
advertising and a mayoral race; however, political
revenue was significantly lower than the prior year,
which included governors races, house races and
proposition advertising. Time sales, excluding political
advertising, declined due to the full year impact of the
Groups decision not to renew the
Oprah Winfrey Show
for
the San Diego and Denver markets and the airing of the
2006 Super Bowl on ABC. Local and national advertising
declines were primarily driven by the automotive and
services sectors.
In 2008, political advertising is expected to be
robust due to the presidential election and races for
various state and local political offices, as well as
proposition advertising.
In 2006, Broadcasting revenue increased 7.5% driven
by strong political advertising from midterm elections
and propositions in California, Indiana and Colorado, as
well as increases in local time sales at all stations
except San Diego. Time sales, excluding political
advertising, declined due to the ABC Networks loss of
Monday Night Football
and the Groups decision not to
renew the
Oprah Winfrey Show
for the San Diego and Denver ABC
affiliates. Service and leisure advertising categories
drove the growth in local time sales.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
(323.8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(210.1
|
)
|
|
Total debt
|
|
$
|
1,197.4
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
Gross accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
1,456.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,499.2
|
|
% (decrease)/increase
|
|
|
(2.8
|
)%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
Inventories net
|
|
$
|
350.7
|
|
|
$
|
322.2
|
|
% increase/(decrease)
|
|
|
8.8
|
%
|
|
|
(3.9
|
)%
|
|
Investment in prepublication costs
|
|
$
|
299.0
|
|
|
$
|
276.8
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
8.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.4
|
%
|
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
$
|
229.6
|
|
|
$
|
126.6
|
|
% increase
|
|
|
81.4
|
%
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
The Company continues to maintain a strong financial
position. The Companys primary source of funds for
operations is cash generated by operating activities. The
Companys core businesses have been strong cash
generators. Income and, consequently, cash provided from
operations during the year are significantly impacted by
the seasonality of businesses, particularly educational
publishing. The first quarter is the smallest, accounting
for 19.1% of revenue and only 14.2% of net income in
2007. The third quarter is the largest, accounting for
32.3% of revenue and generating 44.6% of 2007 annual net
income. This seasonality also impacts cash flow and
related borrowing patterns. The Companys cash flow is
typically negative to neutral in the first half of the
year and turns positive during the third and fourth
quarters. Debt financing is used as necessary for
acquisitions, share repurchases and for seasonal
fluctuations in working capital. Cash and cash
equivalents were $396.1 million on December 31, 2007, an
increase of $42.6 million as compared with December 31,
2006 and consist primarily of cash held abroad.
Typically, cash held outside the United States is
anticipated to be utilized to fund international
operations or to be reinvested outside of the United
States, as a significant portion of the Companys
opportunities for growth in the coming years are expected
to be abroad.
The major items affecting the increased cash flow
were the growth in operating results and the issuance of
senior notes, partially offset by the repurchase of 37
million shares, the payment of dividends, and the
increased investments in prepublication and property and
equipment.
Cash flow from operations was sufficient to cover
all of the investing and financing requirements,
excluding stock repurchases, of the Company. During 2007,
the Company successfully issued senior notes totaling
$1.2 billion, combining the proceeds from that issuance
with the remaining cash flow from operations, permitting
the Company to repurchase 37 million shares. In 2008,
cash on hand, cash flow from operations and the existing
credit
48
facility are expected to be sufficient to meet any
additional operating and recurring cash needs (dividends,
investment in publishing programs, capital expenditures
and planned stock repurchases) into the foreseeable
future.
The Company had negative working capital of $323.8
million at December 31, 2007, compared to negative
working capital of $210.1 million at the end of 2006. The
change primarily reflects an increase in unearned
revenue, primarily from the growth in the Financial
Services segment.
Cash Flow
Operating activities:
Cash provided by operations increased $207.6 million to $1.7 billion in 2007
mainly due to an increase in operating results for the year and a year-end decrease in accounts
receivable.
The year-end decrease in accounts receivable is attributable to a decrease in fourth
quarter revenues as compared to 2006 as well as the impact of foreign exchange. Days sales
outstanding (DSO) in 2007 remained consistent with 2006. In 2006, accounts receivable increased
due to sales growth.
Total inventories increased $11.6 million in 2007 as
compared to 2006 due to a stronger 2007 state new
adoption year partially offset by improved inventory
management controls. Total inventories decreased $21.6
million in 2006 as compared to a $9.5 million increase in
2005, as the Company maintained its inventory management.
Increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses
was primarily due to the timing of contributions to
retirement plans as compared with 2006 as well as changes
in the actuarial projected increase in future retirement
plan liabilities, partly offset by the reduction in
accounts payable.
Income taxes payable decreased $73.5 million during
the year due to the timing of estimated tax payments and
the Companys adoption of FIN 48 which resulted in the
reclassification of $44.9 million in unrecognized tax
benefits from income taxes currently payable to other
non-current liabilities. In 2006, income taxes payable
increased $52.0 million from the prior year-end,
primarily due to the timing of estimated tax payments and
was in line with the 2005 taxes payable increase of $48.0
million.
Net deferred income taxes increased $46.6 million
due to deferred income taxes associated with equity based
compensation expense being recorded in accordance with
SFAS No.123(R), as well as the reclassification of
unrecognized income tax benefits to other non-current
liabilities from the Companys adoption of FIN 48. In
2006, the net increase in deferred income taxes of $86.6
million was primarily the result of the Companys 2006
implementation of SFAS No.123(R).
Investing activities:
Cash used for investing
activities was $569.7 million and $427.5 million for 2007
and 2006, respectively. The increase of $142.2 million is
due primarily to increased purchases of property and
equipment and acquisitions, partly offset by proceeds
from the divestiture of a mutual fund data business.
Purchases of property and equipment totaled $229.6
million in 2007 as compared with $126.6 million in 2006.
The increase in 2007 is primarily related to increased
investment in the Companys
information technology data centers and other technology
initiatives, as well as a new McGraw-Hill Education
facility in Iowa. The 2006 spending related to the
Companys investment in distribution centers and
facilities. In 2008, capital expenditures are expected to
be approximately $170 million and primarily related to
increased investment in the Companys
information technology data centers and other technology
initiatives.
In 2007, net prepublication costs increased $65.3
million to $573.2 million from December 31, 2006, as
spending outpaced amortization. Prepublication
investment in the current year totaled $299.0 million,
$22.2 million more than the same period in 2006.
Prepublication investment for 2008 is expected to be
approximately $300 million to $310 million, reflecting
new product development in light of the significant
adoption opportunities in key states in 2008 and beyond.
Financing activities:
Cash used for financing
activities was $1.1 billion in 2007 compared with $1.5
billion in 2006. The difference is primarily attributable
to an increase in the repurchase of shares and dividend
payments as well as reduced proceeds from stock option
exercises and was partially offset by the issuance of
$1.2 billion in senior notes.
Cash was utilized to repurchase 37 million treasury
shares for $2.2 billion in 2007. In 2006, cash was
utilized to repurchase approximately 28.4 million
treasury shares for $1.5 billion on a settlement date
basis. Shares repurchased under the repurchase programs
are held in treasury and used for general corporate
purposes, including the issuance of shares for stock
compensation plans and to offset the dilutive effect of
the exercise of employee stock options. Commercial paper
borrowings were used at times during 2007 and 2006 as a
result of an increase in the repurchase of shares and the
increase in adoption opportunities in 2008 and beyond.
Outstanding Debt and Other Financing Arrangements
In November 2007, the Company issued $1.2 billion of
senior notes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
|
5.375% Senior Notes, due 2012
|
|
$
|
400.0
|
|
5.900% Senior Notes, due 2017
|
|
|
400.0
|
|
6.550% Senior Notes, due 2037
|
|
|
400.0
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,200.0
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding
$399.7 million of 2012 senior notes consisting of $400
million principal and an unamortized debt discount of
$0.3 million. The 2012 senior notes, when issued in
November 2007, were priced at 99.911% with a yield of
5.399%. Interest payments are required to be made
semiannually on February 15 and August 15.
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had
outstanding $399.0 million of 2017 senior notes
consisting of $400 million principal and an unamortized
debt discount of $1.0 million. The 2017 senior notes,
when issued in November 2007, were priced at 99.76% with
a yield of 5.933%. Interest payments are required to be
made semiannually on April 15 and October 15.
49
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Liquidity and Capital Resources
(continued)
As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding
$398.4 million of 2037 senior notes consisting of $400
million principal and an unamortized debt discount of
$1.6 million. The 2037 senior notes, when issued in
November 2007, were priced at 99.605% with a yield of
6.580%. Interest payments are required to be made
semiannually on May 15 and November 15.
There were no commercial paper borrowings as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006. Commercial paper borrowings
are supplemented by the Companys five-year revolving
credit facility agreement of $1.2 billion that expires on
July 20, 2009. The Company pays a facility fee of seven
basis points on the credit facility whether or not
amounts have been borrowed, and borrowings may be made at
a spread of 13 basis points above the prevailing London
Inter-Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR). This spread increases to
18 basis points for borrowings exceeding 50% of the total
capacity available under the facility. The facility
contains certain covenants, and the only financial
covenant requires that the Company not exceed
indebtedness to cash flow ratio, as defined, of 4 to 1 at
any time. This restriction has never been exceeded. There
were no borrowings under this agreement as of December
31, 2007.
The Company also has the capacity to issue
Extendible Commercial Notes (ECNs) of up to $240
million, provided that sufficient investor demand for
the ECNs exists. ECNs replicate commercial paper, except
that the Company has an option to extend the note beyond
its initial redemption date to a maximum final maturity
of 390 days. However, if exercised, such an extension is
at a higher reset rate, which is at a predetermined
spread over LIBOR and is related to the Companys
commercial paper rating at the time of extension. As a
result of the extension option, no backup facilities for
these borrowings are required. The Companys ECN
facility contains no financial covenants. There were no
ECNs outstanding at December 31, 2007 and 2006.
Under the shelf registration that became
effective with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in 1990, an additional $250 million of
debt securities can be issued.
On April 19, 2007, the Company signed a promissory
note with one of its providers of banking services to
enable the Company to borrow additional funds, on an
uncommitted basis, from time to time to supplement its
commercial paper and ECNs borrowings. The specific terms
(principal, interest rate and maturity date) of each
borrowing governed by this promissory note are determined
on the borrowing date of each loan. There were no
borrowings outstanding under this promissory note at
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
In 2006, the Company announced it terminated the
restoration feature of its stock option program
effective March 30, 2006. The Board of Directors voted
to eliminate restoration stock options in an effort to
reduce future expenses the Company will incur under SFAS
No. 123(R). Additionally, the Company has reshaped its
long-term incentive compensation program to emphasize
the use of restricted performance stock over employee
stock options.
On April 27, 2005, the Companys Board of Directors
approved a two-for-one stock split of the Companys
common stock that was affected in the form of a 100%
stock dividend to shareholders of record on May 6, 2005.
The Companys shareholders received one additional share
for each share in their possession on that date. This did
not change the proportionate interest a shareholder
maintains in the Company. The additional shares were
distributed on May 17, 2005.
Dividends
On January 30, 2008, the Board of Directors approved
an increase in the quarterly common stock dividend
from $0.205 to $0.22 per share. In January 2007, the
Board of Directors approved an increase in the
quarterly common stock dividend from $0.1815 to $0.205
per share.
Share Repurchase Programs
On January 29, 2003, the Board of Directors approved a
stock repurchase program (the 2003 program) authorizing
the purchase of up to 30.0 million shares, which was
approximately 7.8% of the total shares of the Companys
outstanding common stock at that time. During 2005, on a
trade date basis, the Company repurchased 14.3 million
shares for $671.9 million at an average price of $46.84.
This program was completed in the first quarter of 2006.
The total 30.0 million shares authorized under the 2003
program were repurchased for $1.3 billion at
approximately $44.12 per share.
On January 24, 2006, the Board of Directors approved
an additional stock repurchase program (the 2006
program) authorizing the purchase of up to 45.0 million
additional shares, which was approximately 12.1% of the
total shares of the Companys outstanding common stock at
that time. During 2006, the Company repurchased 28.4
million shares, which included the remaining 3.4 million
shares under the 2003 program, for $1.5 billion at an
average price of $54.23, and 8.4 million shares acquired
from the estate of William H. McGraw. At December 31,
2006, authorization for the repurchase of 20.0 million
shares remained under the 2006 program.
During March 2006, as part of its previously
announced stock repurchase program, the Company acquired
8.4 million shares of the Companys stock from the
holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The
shares were purchased through a mixture of available cash
and borrowings at a discount of approximately 2.4% from
the March 30, 2006 New York Stock Exchange closing price
through a private transaction with Mr. McGraws estate.
This transaction closed on April 5, 2006, and the total
purchase amount was $468.8 million. The transaction was
approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of
the Companys Board of Directors, and the Company
received independent financial and legal advice
concerning the purchase.
50
On January 31, 2007, the Board of Directors approved a
new stock repurchase program (the 2007 program)
authorizing the repurchase of up to 45.0 million additional
shares, which was approximately 12.7% of the total shares of
the Companys outstanding common stock at that time. During
2007, the Company repurchased 37.0 million shares, which
included the remaining 20.0 million shares under the 2006
program, for $2.2 billion at an average price of $59.80. The
repurchased shares are used for general corporate purposes,
including the issuance of shares in connection with the
exercise of employee stock options. Purchases under this
program were made from time to time on the open market and
in private transactions depending on market conditions. At
December 31, 2007, authorization for the repurchase of 28.0
million shares remained under the 2007 program.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk
The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in
foreign exchange rates. The Company has operations in
various foreign countries. The functional currency is the
local currency for all locations, except in the McGraw-Hill
Education segment, where operations that are extensions of
the parent have the U.S. dollar as the functional currency.
For hyperinflationary economies, the functional currency is
the U.S. dollar. In the normal course of business, these
operations are exposed to fluctuations in currency values.
The Company does not generally enter into derivative
financial instruments in the normal course of business, nor
are such instruments used for speculative purposes. The
Company has no such instruments outstanding at this time.
The Company has naturally hedged positions in most
countries with a local currency perspective with offsetting
assets and liabilities. The gross amount of the Companys
foreign exchange balance sheet exposure from operations is
$151.5 million as of December 31, 2007. Management has
estimated using an undiversified value-at-risk analysis with
95% certainty that the
foreign exchange gains and losses
should not exceed $15.2 million over the next year based on
the historical volatilities of the portfolio.
The Companys net interest expense is sensitive to
changes in the general level of interest rates. Based on
average debt and investments outstanding over the past year,
the following is the projected annual impact of interest
expense on current operations:
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage change
|
|
Projected annual impact
|
in interest rates
|
|
on operations
|
(+/- )
|
|
(millions)
|
|
1%
|
|
$
|
2.8
|
|
|
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
See Note 1 to the Companys consolidated financial
statements for disclosure of the impact that recently issued
accounting standards will have on the Companys financial
statements.
Contractual Obligations, Commitments,
Guarantees and Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
The Company has various contractual obligations, which are
recorded as liabilities in the consolidated financial
statements. Other items, such as certain purchase
commitments and other executory contracts, are not
recognized as liabilities in the consolidated financial
statements but are disclosed herein. For example, the
Company is contractually committed to acquire paper and
other printing services and broadcast programming and make
certain minimum lease payments for the use of property under
operating lease agreements.
The Company believes that the amount of cash and cash
equivalents on hand, cash flow expected from operations and
availability under its credit facilities will be adequate
for the Company to execute its business strategy and meet
anticipated requirements for lease obligations, capital
expenditures, working capital and debt service for 2008.
51
Managements Discussion and Analysis
Contractual
Obligations, Commitments, Guarantees and Off-Balance-Sheet Arrangements
(continued)
The following table summarizes the Companys significant contractual obligations and
commercial commitments at December 31, 2007, over the next several years. Additional details
regarding these obligations are provided in the notes to the Companys consolidated financial
statements, as referenced in the footnotes to the table:
Contractual Cash Obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
4-5 Years
|
|
|
After 5 Years
|
|
|
Outstanding debt
(1)
|
|
$
|
1,200.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
$
|
400.0
|
|
|
$
|
800.0
|
|
Operating leases
(2)
|
|
|
1,835.6
|
|
|
|
184.1
|
|
|
|
327.8
|
|
|
|
294.4
|
|
|
|
1,029.3
|
|
Pension and postretirement obligations
(3)
|
|
|
437.3
|
|
|
|
54.5
|
|
|
|
43.5
|
|
|
|
46.9
|
|
|
|
292.4
|
|
Paper and other printing services
(4)
|
|
|
1,285.2
|
|
|
|
294.8
|
|
|
|
464.9
|
|
|
|
278.3
|
|
|
|
247.2
|
|
Purchase obligations
|
|
|
112.8
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
|
|
|
44.7
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other contractual obligations
(5,6)
|
|
|
32.6
|
|
|
|
11.1
|
|
|
|
17.4
|
|
|
|
4.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unconditional purchase obligations
(7)
|
|
|
44.2
|
|
|
|
25.4
|
|
|
|
13.2
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
Total contractual cash obligations
|
|
$
|
4,948.0
|
|
|
$
|
633.4
|
|
|
$
|
911.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,033.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,369.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The Companys long-term debt obligations are described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial
statements.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The Companys operating lease obligations are described in Note 6 to the consolidated financial
statements. Amounts shown include taxes and escalation.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The Company pension and postretirement medical benefit plans are described in Notes 9 and 10 to
the consolidated financial statements.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Included in the category of paper and other printing services are contracts to purchase paper
and printing services. While the contracts do have target volume commitments, there are no
contractual terms that require The McGraw-Hill Companies to purchase a specified amount of goods or
services. If significant volume shortfalls were to occur over the long term during a contract
period, then revised contractual terms may be renegotiated with the supplier. These obligations are
not recorded in the Companys consolidated financial statements until contract payment terms take
effect.
|
|
(5)
|
|
The Company has various contractual commitments for the purchase of broadcast rights for
various television programming.
|
|
(6)
|
|
The Companys commitments under creative talent agreements include obligations to producers,
sports personnel, executives and television personalities.
|
|
(7)
|
|
A significant portion of the Companys unconditional purchase obligations represents a
commitment for contracts with AT&T and Verizon for data, voice and optical network transport
services and contractual obligations with Microsoft, IBM and Oracle for enterprisewide IT software
licensing and maintenance.
|
Effective January 1, 2007 the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. As of December 31,
2007, the Company had $45.8 million of liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company has
excluded the liabilities for unrecognized tax benefits from its contractual obligations table
because reasonable estimates of the timing of cash settlements with the respective taxing
authorities are not practicable.
Safe Harbor Statement Under the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995
This section, as well as other portions of this document,
includes certain forward-looking statements about the
Companys businesses, new products, sales, expenses, tax
rates, cash flows, pre-publication investments and operating
and capital requirements. Such forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to: the strength and
sustainability of the U.S. and global economy; Educational
Publishings level of success in 2008 adoptions and in open
territories and enrollment and demographic trends; the level
of educational funding; the strength of School Education
including the testing market, Higher Education, Professional
and International publishing markets and the impact of
technology on them; the level of interest rates and the
strength of the economy, profit levels and the capital
markets in the U.S. and abroad; the level of success of new
product development and global expansion and strength of
domestic and international markets; the demand and market
for debt ratings, including collateralized debt obligations
(CDO), residential mortgage and asset-backed securities
and related asset classes; the regulatory environment
affecting Standard & Poors; the level of merger and
acquisition activity in the U.S. and abroad; the strength of
the domestic and international advertising markets; the
volatility of the energy marketplace; the
contract value of
public works, manufacturing and single-family unit
construction; the level of political advertising; and the
level of future cash flow, debt levels, manufacturing
expenses, distribution expenses, prepublication,
amortization and depreciation expense, income tax rates,
capital, technology, restructuring charges and other
expenditures and prepublication cost investment.
Actual results may differ materially from those in any
forward-looking statements because any such statements
involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change
based upon various important factors, including, but not
limited to, worldwide economic, financial, political and
regulatory conditions; currency and foreign exchange
volatility; the health of debt and equity markets, including
interest rates, credit quality and spreads, the level of
liquidity, future debt issuances including residential
mortgage-backed securities and CDOs backed by residential
mortgages and related asset classes; the implementation of
an expanded regulatory scheme affecting Standard & Poors
ratings and services; the level of funding in the education
market (both domestically and internationally); the pace of
recovery in advertising; continued investment by the
construction, computer and aviation industries; the
successful marketing of new products, and the effect of
competitive products and pricing.
52
Consolidated Statement of Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31 (in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
$
|
2,604,432
|
|
|
$
|
2,442,783
|
|
|
$
|
2,536,422
|
|
Service
|
|
|
4,167,849
|
|
|
|
3,812,355
|
|
|
|
3,467,220
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
6,772,281
|
|
|
|
6,255,138
|
|
|
|
6,003,642
|
|
|
Expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating-related
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
1,129,519
|
|
|
|
1,092,309
|
|
|
|
1,092,159
|
|
Service
|
|
|
1,398,081
|
|
|
|
1,294,938
|
|
|
|
1,224,175
|
|
|
Operating-related Expenses
|
|
|
2,527,600
|
|
|
|
2,387,247
|
|
|
|
2,316,334
|
|
|
Selling and general (Note 14)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Product
|
|
|
1,017,187
|
|
|
|
946,695
|
|
|
|
984,327
|
|
Service
|
|
|
1,420,697
|
|
|
|
1,341,155
|
|
|
|
1,188,068
|
|
|
Selling and General Expenses
|
|
|
2,437,884
|
|
|
|
2,287,850
|
|
|
|
2,172,395
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
112,586
|
|
|
|
113,200
|
|
|
|
106,750
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
48,403
|
|
|
|
48,387
|
|
|
|
44,235
|
|
|
Total Expenses
|
|
|
5,126,473
|
|
|
|
4,836,684
|
|
|
|
4,639,714
|
|
Other income net (Note 2)
|
|
|
17,305
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,236
|
|
|
Income from Operations
|
|
|
1,663,113
|
|
|
|
1,418,454
|
|
|
|
1,365,164
|
|
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
40,581
|
|
|
|
13,631
|
|
|
|
5,202
|
|
|
Income from Operations Before Taxes on Income
|
|
|
1,622,532
|
|
|
|
1,404,823
|
|
|
|
1,359,962
|
|
Provision for taxes on income
|
|
|
608,973
|
|
|
|
522,592
|
|
|
|
515,656
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
$
|
882,231
|
|
|
$
|
844,306
|
|
|
Earnings Per Common Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
|
$
|
2.47
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
2.94
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
53
Consolidated Balance Sheet
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31 (in thousands, except share data)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents
|
|
$
|
396,096
|
|
|
$
|
353,498
|
|
Accounts receivable (net of allowances for doubtful accounts and
sales returns: 2007 $267,681; 2006 $261,920)
|
|
|
1,189,205
|
|
|
|
1,237,321
|
|
|
Inventories:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
|
324,864
|
|
|
|
292,934
|
|
Work-in-process
|
|
|
8,640
|
|
|
|
8,047
|
|
Paper and other materials
|
|
|
17,164
|
|
|
|
21,191
|
|
|
Total inventories
|
|
|
350,668
|
|
|
|
322,172
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
280,525
|
|
|
|
244,674
|
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
116,541
|
|
|
|
100,273
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
2,333,035
|
|
|
|
2,257,938
|
|
|
Prepublication Costs
(net of accumulated amortization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 $940,298; 2006 $744,274)
|
|
|
573,179
|
|
|
|
507,838
|
|
Investments and Other Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset for pension benefits
|
|
|
276,487
|
|
|
|
228,588
|
|
Other
|
|
|
177,757
|
|
|
|
181,376
|
|
|
Total investments and other assets
|
|
|
454,244
|
|
|
|
409,964
|
|
|
Property and Equipment At Cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Land
|
|
|
14,600
|
|
|
|
13,882
|
|
Buildings and leasehold improvements
|
|
|
596,869
|
|
|
|
444,310
|
|
Equipment and furniture
|
|
|
1,002,582
|
|
|
|
939,349
|
|
|
Total property and equipment
|
|
|
1,614,051
|
|
|
|
1,397,541
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
953,285
|
|
|
|
855,322
|
|
|
Net property and equipment
|
|
|
660,766
|
|
|
|
542,219
|
|
|
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill net
|
|
|
1,697,621
|
|
|
|
1,671,479
|
|
Copyrights net
|
|
|
178,869
|
|
|
|
194,373
|
|
Other intangible assets net
|
|
|
459,622
|
|
|
|
459,079
|
|
|
Net goodwill and other intangible assets
|
|
|
2,336,112
|
|
|
|
2,324,931
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
$
|
6,357,336
|
|
|
$
|
6,042,890
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
$
|
2,367
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
388,008
|
|
|
|
372,471
|
|
Accrued royalties
|
|
|
110,849
|
|
|
|
105,606
|
|
Accrued compensation and contributions to retirement plans
|
|
|
598,556
|
|
|
|
551,627
|
|
Income taxes currently payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,463
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
1,085,440
|
|
|
|
983,210
|
|
Deferred gain on sale leaseback
|
|
|
10,180
|
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
463,805
|
|
|
|
366,261
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
2,656,860
|
|
|
|
2,468,016
|
|
|
Other Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
1,197,425
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
139,173
|
|
|
|
150,713
|
|
Liability for postretirement healthcare and other benefits
|
|
|
127,893
|
|
|
|
129,558
|
|
Deferred gain on sale leaseback
|
|
|
169,941
|
|
|
|
180,221
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
459,394
|
|
|
|
434,450
|
|
|
Total other liabilities
|
|
|
2,093,826
|
|
|
|
895,256
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
4,750,686
|
|
|
|
3,363,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and Contingencies
(Notes 6 and 15)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $1 par value: authorized 600,000,000 shares;
issued 411,709,328 shares in 2007 and 2006
|
|
|
411,709
|
|
|
|
411,709
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
169,187
|
|
|
|
114,596
|
|
Retained income
|
|
|
5,551,757
|
|
|
|
4,821,118
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
|
(12,623
|
)
|
|
|
(115,212
|
)
|
|
Less
Common stock in treasury at cost (89,341,682 shares in 2007
and 57,750,506 shares in 2006)
|
|
|
4,513,380
|
|
|
|
2,552,593
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
1,606,650
|
|
|
|
2,679,618
|
|
|
Total Liabilities and Shareholders Equity
|
|
$
|
6,357,336
|
|
|
$
|
6,042,890
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
55
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years ended December 31 (in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Cash Flow from Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
$
|
882,231
|
|
|
$
|
844,306
|
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation
|
|
|
112,586
|
|
|
|
113,200
|
|
|
|
106,750
|
|
Amortization of intangibles
|
|
|
48,403
|
|
|
|
48,387
|
|
|
|
44,235
|
|
Amortization of prepublication costs
|
|
|
240,182
|
|
|
|
228,405
|
|
|
|
234,276
|
|
Provision for losses on accounts receivable
|
|
|
14,991
|
|
|
|
19,577
|
|
|
|
18,896
|
|
Net change in deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(46,615
|
)
|
|
|
(86,613
|
)
|
|
|
(18,730
|
)
|
Gain on sale of businesses
|
|
|
(21,432
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
124,692
|
|
|
|
136,181
|
|
|
|
51,116
|
|
Other
|
|
|
12,639
|
|
|
|
2,896
|
|
|
|
5,780
|
|
Change in operating assets and liabilities net of effect of acquisitions and dispositions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
71,448
|
|
|
|
(131,686
|
)
|
|
|
(134,975
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
(11,601
|
)
|
|
|
21,619
|
|
|
|
(9,484
|
)
|
Prepaid and other current assets
|
|
|
24,356
|
|
|
|
10,588
|
|
|
|
57,913
|
|
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
|
|
|
34,840
|
|
|
|
44,334
|
|
|
|
93,879
|
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
86,877
|
|
|
|
120,805
|
|
|
|
123,414
|
|
Other current liabilities
|
|
|
83,305
|
|
|
|
20,468
|
|
|
|
44,001
|
|
Income taxes currently payable
|
|
|
(73,529
|
)
|
|
|
51,983
|
|
|
|
48,048
|
|
Net change in other assets and liabilities
|
|
|
2,250
|
|
|
|
26,929
|
|
|
|
50,465
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
1,716,951
|
|
|
|
1,509,304
|
|
|
|
1,559,890
|
|
|
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment in prepublication costs
|
|
|
(298,984
|
)
|
|
|
(276,810
|
)
|
|
|
(257,795
|
)
|
Purchase of property and equipment
|
|
|
(229,609
|
)
|
|
|
(126,593
|
)
|
|
|
(120,232
|
)
|
Acquisition of businesses and equity interests
|
|
|
(86,707
|
)
|
|
|
(13,480
|
)
|
|
|
(461,842
|
)
|
Disposition of property, equipment and businesses
|
|
|
62,261
|
|
|
|
12,381
|
|
|
|
131,335
|
|
Additions to technology projects
|
|
|
(16,654
|
)
|
|
|
(22,978
|
)
|
|
|
(16,456
|
)
|
|
Cash used for investing activities
|
|
|
(569,693
|
)
|
|
|
(427,480
|
)
|
|
|
(724,990
|
)
|
|
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends paid to shareholders
|
|
|
(277,746
|
)
|
|
|
(260,323
|
)
|
|
|
(246,048
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes, net
|
|
|
1,188,803
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments/additions on short-term debt net
|
|
|
(2,345
|
)
|
|
|
(605
|
)
|
|
|
(12,677
|
)
|
Repurchase of treasury shares
|
|
|
(2,212,655
|
)
|
|
|
(1,540,126
|
)
|
|
|
(677,659
|
)
|
Exercise of stock options
|
|
|
146,867
|
|
|
|
262,856
|
|
|
|
192,764
|
|
Excess tax benefit from share-based payments
|
|
|
35,849
|
|
|
|
58,329
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(75
|
)
|
|
|
(169
|
)
|
|
Cash used for financing activities
|
|
|
(1,121,227
|
)
|
|
|
(1,479,944
|
)
|
|
|
(743,789
|
)
|
|
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
|
|
|
16,567
|
|
|
|
2,831
|
|
|
|
(22,947
|
)
|
|
Net change in cash and equivalents
|
|
|
42,598
|
|
|
|
(395,289
|
)
|
|
|
68,164
|
|
Cash and equivalents at beginning of year
|
|
|
353,498
|
|
|
|
748,787
|
|
|
|
680,623
|
|
|
Cash and equivalents at end of year
|
|
$
|
396,096
|
|
|
$
|
353,498
|
|
|
$
|
748,787
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
56
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Less
|
|
|
unearned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
other
|
|
|
common stock
|
|
|
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
paid-in
|
|
|
Retained
|
|
|
comprehensive
|
|
|
in treasury
|
|
|
on restricted
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
$1 par
|
|
|
capital
|
|
|
income
|
|
|
loss
|
|
|
at cost
|
|
|
stock
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
205,855
|
|
|
$
|
113,843
|
|
|
$
|
3,680,852
|
|
|
$
|
(32,255
|
)
|
|
$
|
963,751
|
|
|
$
|
20,031
|
|
|
$
|
2,984,513
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844,306
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,644
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(33,644
|
)
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,161
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15,161
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
795,501
|
|
Dividends ($0.66 per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(246,048
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(246,048
|
)
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
671,899
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(671,899
|
)
|
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,195
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(233,509
|
)
|
|
|
(4,273
|
)
|
|
|
250,977
|
|
Two-for-one stock split at par value
|
|
|
205,854
|
|
|
|
(125,954
|
)
|
|
|
(79,900
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(168
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2005
|
|
|
411,709
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
|
|
4,199,210
|
|
|
|
(81,060
|
)
|
|
|
1,401,973
|
|
|
|
15,758
|
|
|
|
3,113,148
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
882,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
882,231
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,207
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,207
|
|
Minimum pension liability adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917,446
|
|
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158,
net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,367
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(69,367
|
)
|
Dividends ($0.73 per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(260,323
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(260,323
|
)
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,540,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,540,126
|
)
|
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,646
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(389,362
|
)
|
|
|
(15,758
|
)
|
|
|
518,766
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
411,709
|
|
|
|
114,596
|
|
|
|
4,821,118
|
|
|
|
(115,212
|
)
|
|
|
2,552,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,679,618
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,013,559
|
|
Other comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,618
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28,618
|
|
Unrealized gain on investment, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,747
|
|
Pension and other postretirement
benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,116,148
|
|
Adjustment to initially apply FIN 48
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,174
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5,174
|
)
|
Dividends ($0.82 per share)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(277,746
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(277,746
|
)
|
Share repurchases
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,212,655
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,212,655
|
)
|
Employee stock plans, net of tax benefit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54,683
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(251,701
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306,384
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(167
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
411,709
|
|
|
$
|
169,187
|
|
|
$
|
5,551,757
|
|
|
$
|
(12,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,513,380
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,606,650
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
57
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1. Accounting Policies
Nature of operations.
The McGraw-Hill Companies (theCompany) is a leading global information
services provider serving the financial services, education and business information markets with
information products and services. Other markets include energy; construction; aerospace and
defense; broadcasting; and marketing information services. The operations consist of three business
segments: McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and Information & Media.
The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational publishers. This segment
consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group, serving the elementary and high
school (el-hi) markets and the Higher Education, Professional and International Group (HPI),
serving the college, professional, international and adult education markets.
The
Financial Services segment operates under the standard & Poors brand. This segment provides
services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and
advisors globally. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state
of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment
consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services. Credit Market
Services provides independent global credit ratings and risk evaluations. Investment Services
provides comprehensive value-added financial data, information, investment indices and research.
The Information & Media segment includes business, professional and broadcast media, offering
information, insight and analysis; and consists of two operating groups, the Business-to-Business
Group (including such brands as
BusinessWeek
, J.D. Power and Associates, McGraw-Hill Construction,
Platts and
Aviation Week
) and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine television stations, four
ABC affiliates and five Azteca America affiliated stations.
Principles of consolidation.
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all
subsidiaries and the Companys share of earnings or losses of joint ventures and affiliated
companies under the equity method of accounting. All significant inter-company accounts and
transactions have been eliminated.
Use of estimates.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts
reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.
Cash and cash equivalents.
Cash and cash equivalents include highly liquid investments with
original maturities of three months or less and consist primarily of money market funds and time
deposits. Such investments are stated at cost, which approximates market value and were $396.1
million and $353.5 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. These investments are not
subject to significant market risk.
Accounts receivable.
Credit is extended to customers based upon an evaluation of the customers
financial condition. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value.
Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns.
The accounts receivable reserve methodology is
based on historical analysis and a review of outstanding balances. The impact on the operating
profit for a one percentage point change in the allowance for doubtful accounts is $14.6 million. A
significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment, and particularly within the HPI Group,
is the allowance for sales returns, which is based on the historical rate of return and current
market conditions. Should the estimate of the allowance for sales returns in the HPI Group vary by
one percentage point, the impact on operating profit would be approximately $11.3 million.
Inventories.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or market. A
significant estimate in the McGraw-Hill Education segment is the reserve for inventory
obsolescence. The reserve is based upon managements assessment of the marketplace of products in
demand as compared to the number of units currently on hand. Should the estimate for inventory
obsolescence for the Company vary by one percentage point, it would have an approximate $4.6
million impact on operating profit.
Prepublication costs.
Prepublication costs, principally outside preparation costs, are amortized
from the year of publication over their estimated useful lives, one to five years, using either an
accelerated or straight-line method. The majority of the programs are amortized using an
accelerated methodology. The Company periodically evaluates the amortization methods, rates, remaining lives and recoverability of such
costs, which are sometimes dependent upon program acceptance by state adoption authorities, based
on expected undiscounted cash flows. If the annual prepublication amortization varied by one
percentage point, the consolidated amortization expense would have changed by approximately $2.4
million.
Deferred technology costs.
The Company capitalizes certain software development and Web site
implementation costs. Capitalized costs only include incremental, direct costs of materials and
services incurred to develop the software after the preliminary project stage is completed, funding
has been committed and it is probable that the project will be completed and used to perform the
function intended. Incremental costs are expenditures that are out-of-pocket to the Company and are
not part of an allocation or existing base from within the Company. Software development and Web
site implementation costs are expensed as incurred during the preliminary project stage.
Capitalized costs are amortized from the year the software is ready for its intended use over its
estimated useful life, three to seven years, using straight-line method. Periodically, the Company
evaluates the amortization methods, remaining lives and recoverability of such costs. Capitalized
software development and Web site implementation costs are included in other non-current assets and
are presented net of accumulated amortization. Gross deferred technology costs were $127.1 million
and $127.9 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively. Accumulated amortization of
deferred technology costs was $73.8 million and $54.1 million at December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively.
58
Accounting for the impairment of long-lived assets.
The Company accounts for impairment of
long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 144,
Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets, (SFAS No. 144). The Company
evaluates long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Upon such an occurrence,
recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an
asset to forecasted undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If
the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is
recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the
asset. For long-lived assets held for sale, assets are written down to fair value, less cost to
sell. Fair value is determined based on discounted cash flows, appraised values or managements
estimates, depending upon the nature of the assets. There were no material impairments of
long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Goodwill and other intangible assets.
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price and related
costs over the value assigned to the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of businesses
acquired. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets
was $1.9 billion in each year. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and
Other Intangible Assets, (SFAS No. 142) goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite
lives are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment annually, or if certain
circumstances indicate a possible impairment may exist. The Company evaluates the recoverability of
goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets using a two-step impairment test approach at the
reporting unit level. In the first step the fair value for the reporting unit is compared to its
book value including goodwill. In the case that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than
the book value, a second step is performed which compares the implied fair value of the reporting
units goodwill to the book value of the goodwill. The fair value for the goodwill is determined
based on the difference between the fair values of the reporting units and the net fair values of
the identifiable assets and liabilities of such reporting units. If the fair value of the goodwill
is less than the book value, the difference is recognized as an impairment. SFAS No. 142 also
requires that intangible assets with estimable useful lives be amortized over their estimated
useful lives to the estimated residual values and reviewed for impairment in accordance with SFAS
No. 144. The Company performed its impairment assessment on long-lived assets, including intangible
assets and goodwill, in accordance with the methods prescribed above and concluded that no
impairment existed for the years ended 2007, 2006 and 2005.
Foreign currency translation.
The Company has operations in many foreign countries. For most
international operations, the local currency is the functional currency. For international
operations that are determined to be extensions of the Parent Company, the U.S. dollar is the
functional currency. For local currency operations, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S.
dollars
using end of period exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated into U.S.
dollars using weighted-average exchange rates. Foreign currency translation adjustments are
accumulated in a separate component of shareholders equity.
Revenue.
Revenue is recognized when goods are shipped to customers or services are rendered. Units
whose revenue is principally from service contracts record revenue as earned. The Company considers
amounts to be earned once evidence of an arrangement has been obtained, services are delivered,
fees are fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. Revenue relating to
products that provide for more than one deliverable is recognized based upon the relative fair
value to the customer of each deliverable as each deliverable is provided. Revenue relating to
agreements that provide for more than one service is recognized based upon the relative fair value
to the customer of each service component as each component is earned. If the fair value to the
customer for each service is not objectively determinable, revenue is recorded as unearned and
recognized ratably over the service period. Fair value is determined for each service component
through a bifurcation analysis that relies upon the pricing of similar cash arrangements that are
not part of the multi-element arrangement. Advertising revenue is recognized when the page is run
or the spot is aired. Subscription income is recognized over the related subscription period.
The transformation of Sweets, the popular building
products database, from a print catalog to a
fully-integrated Internet based sales and marketing
solution led to sales of bundled products which resulted
in an additional $23.8 million of deferred revenue in
2006 which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
Product revenue consists of revenue from the
McGraw-Hill Education and Information & Media segments,
and represents educational products, primarily books, magazine
circulation revenue and syndicated study products.
Service revenue represents the revenue from the
Financial Services segment and the remaining revenue of
the Information & Media segment, related to information
related services and advertising, and service assessment
contracts for the McGraw-Hill Education segment.
Shipping and handling costs.
In accordance with
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) No. 00-10,
Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs,
all amounts billed to customers in a sales transaction
for shipping and handling are classified as revenue.
Depreciation.
The costs of property and equipment
are depreciated using the straight-line method based upon
the following estimated useful lives: buildings and
improvements 15 to 40 years; equipment and furniture
two to 10 years. The costs of leasehold improvements are
amortized over the lesser of the useful lives or the
terms of the respective leases.
Advertising expense.
The cost of advertising is
expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $80.8
million, $79.6 million and $81.9 million in
advertising costs in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively.
Stock-based compensation.
Effective January 1,
2006, the Company adopted the provisions of, and
accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance
with, SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment
(SFAS No. 123(R)). Under the
59
fair value recognition provisions of this statement,
stock-based compensation cost is measured at the grant
date based on the fair value of the award and is
recognized as expense over the requisite service period,
which is the vesting period. The Company has applied the
modified prospective method, under which prior periods
are not revised for comparative purposes. The valuation
provisions of SFAS No. 123(R) apply to new grants and to
grants that were outstanding as of the effective date and
are subsequently modified. Estimated compensation for
grants that were outstanding as of the effective date
will be recognized over the remaining service period
using the compensation cost estimated for the SFAS No.
123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, (SFAS
No. 123) pro forma disclosures. Stock-based compensation
is classified as both operating expense and selling and
general expense on the consolidated statement of income.
In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), accrued compensation
on restricted stock within other non-current liabilities
and unearned compensation on restricted stock have been
reclassed to additional paid-in capital in the
consolidated balance sheet on the date of adoption. Prior
to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company applied
the provisions prescribed by Accounting Principles Board
Opinion (APB) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to
Employees, (APB No. 25) in accounting for its
stock-based awards, and accordingly, recognized no
compensation cost for its stock option plans other than
for its performance and non-performance restricted stock
awards.
The following table illustrates the effect on net
income and earnings per common share if the Company had
accounted for stock-based compensation in accordance with
SFAS No. 123 for the year ended December 31, 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except earnings per share)
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income, as reported
|
|
$
|
844.3
|
|
Stock-based compensation cost included
in net income, net of tax
|
|
|
32.1
|
|
Fair value of stock-based compensation cost, net of tax
|
|
|
(74.0
|
)
|
|
Pro forma net income
|
|
$
|
802.4
|
|
|
Basic earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.14
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
|
|
|
As reported
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
Pro forma
|
|
$
|
2.10
|
|
|
Taxes on Income.
The Company accounts for income
taxes in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable
to differences between financial statement carrying
amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates
expected to be applied to taxable income in the years in
which those temporary differences are expected to be
recovered or settled.
Managements judgment is required in determining the
Companys provision for income taxes and deferred tax
assets and liabilities. In determining the need for a
valuation allowance, the historical and projected
financial performance of the operation that is recording
a net deferred tax asset is considered along with any
other pertinent information.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the
provisions of the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an interpretation of FASB
Statement No. 109, (FIN 48). FIN 48 clarifies the
accounting and reporting for uncertainties in income
taxes and prescribes a comprehensive model for the
financial statement recognition, measurement,
presentation and disclosure of uncertain tax positions
taken or expected to be taken in income tax returns. As a
result of the implementation of FIN 48, the Company
recognized an increase in the liability for unrecognized
tax benefits of approximately $5.2 million, which was
accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007
balance of retained income. The total amount of federal,
state and local, and foreign unrecognized tax benefits as
of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007 were $45.8
million and $75.1 million, respectively, exclusive of
interest and penalties. Included in the balance at
December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007, are $3.9 million
and $13.5 million, respectively, of tax positions for
which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but
for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such
deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax
accounting, other than interest and penalties, the
disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would
not affect the annual effective tax rate but would
accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to
an earlier period. The Company recognizes accrued
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax
benefits in interest expense and operating expense,
respectively. In addition to the unrecognized tax
benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and January 1, 2007,
the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4 million,
respectively, of accrued interest and penalties
associated with uncertain tax positions.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income
tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various
states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is
routinely under audit by many different tax authorities.
Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities
is adequate for all open audit years based on its
assessment of many factors including past experience and
interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on
estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of
complex judgments about future events. It is possible
that examinations will be settled prior to December 31,
2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur
within that period the Company would make any necessary
adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits.
Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company
and the tax authorities, the determination of a possible
audit settlement range with respect to the impact on
unrecognized tax benefits is not practicable. On the
basis of present information, it is the opinion of the
Companys management that any assessments resulting from
the current audits will not have a material effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
60
Recent
accounting pronouncements.
In December 2007,
the FASB issued SFAS No. 160 Noncontrolling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements an amendment of ARB No.
51, (SFAS No. 160). SFAS No. 160 amends Accounting
Research Bulletin No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements, to establish accounting and reporting
standards for any noncontrolling interest in a
subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary.
SFAS No. 160 clarifies that a noncontrolling interest in
a subsidiary should be reported as a component of equity
in the consolidated financial statements and requires
disclosure, on the face of the consolidated statement of
income, of the amounts of consolidated net income
attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolled
interest. SFAS No. 160 is effective for the Company
beginning January 1, 2009 and is to be applied
prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure
requirements, which upon adoption will be applied
retrospectively for all periods presented. Early adoption
of SFAS No. 160 is prohibited. The Company is currently
evaluating the impact SFAS No. 160 will have on its
consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141(R),
Business Combinations, (SFAS No. 141(R)). SFAS No.
141(R) fundamentally changes many aspects of existing
accounting requirements for business combinations. SFAS
No. 141(R) includes guidance for the recognition and
measurement of the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, and any non-controlling or minority
interest in the acquired company. It also provides
guidance for the measurement of goodwill, the recognition
of contingent consideration, the accounting for
pre-acquisition gain and loss contingencies as well as
acquisition-related transaction costs. SFAS No. 141(R)
applies prospectively and is effective for business
combinations made by the Company beginning January 1,
2009. Early adoption of SFAS No. 141(R) is prohibited.
The Company is currently evaluating the impact SFAS No.
141(R) will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements, (SFAS No. 157) to clarify
the definition of fair value, establish a framework for
measuring fair value and expand the disclosures on fair
value measurements. SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as
the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid
to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. SFAS No. 157
also stipulates that, as a market-based measurement, fair
value measurement should be determined based on the
assumptions that market participants would use in pricing
the asset or liability, and establishes a fair value
hierarchy that distinguishes between (a) market
participant assumptions developed based on market data
obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity
(observable inputs) and (b) the reporting entitys own
assumptions about market participant assumptions
developed based on the best information available in the
circumstances (unobservable inputs). SFAS No. 157 is
effective beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2008 for financial assets and liabilities.
The Company does not anticipate the adoption of SFAS No. 157 for financial assets and liabilities
to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. Further, in February 2008,
the FASB issued FASB Staff
Position (FSP) 157-2, Effective Date of FASB Statement
No. 157, (FSP FAS 157-2) which delays the effective
date of SFAS No. 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial
liabilities until fiscal years
beginning after November 15, 2008, which for the Company
is 2009. The Company is currently evaluating the impact
FSP FAS 157-2 will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
Reclassification.
Certain prior year amounts have
been reclassified for comparability purposes.
2. Acquisitions and Dispositions
Acquisitions.
In 2007, the Company paid $86.7 million for
the acquisition of several businesses and for purchase
price adjustments from its prior years acquisitions. In
2006, the Company paid $13.5 million for the acquisition
of several businesses and partial equity interests and
for purchase price adjustments from its prior years
acquisitions. In 2005, the Company paid $461.8 million
for the acquisition of several businesses and partial
equity interests and for purchase price adjustments from
its prior years acquisitions. The businesses acquired in
2005 principally included Vista Research, Inc., J.D.
Power and Associates and an additional 49.07% investment
in CRISIL Limited. All of these acquisitions were
accounted for under the purchase method. The excess of
the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets
acquired was preliminarily allocated to goodwill and
other intangibles. Intangible assets recorded for all
current transactions are amortized using the
straight-line method for periods not exceeding 20 years
with the exception of the J.D. Power trade name, which
has an indefinite life.
Non-cash investing activities.
Liabilities assumed
in conjunction with the acquisition of businesses are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Fair value of assets acquired
|
|
$
|
102.5
|
|
|
$
|
19.0
|
|
|
$
|
643.5
|
|
Cash paid (net of cash acquired)
|
|
|
86.7
|
|
|
|
13.5
|
|
|
|
461.8
|
|
|
Liabilities assumed
|
|
$
|
15.8
|
|
|
$
|
5.5
|
|
|
$
|
181.7
|
|
|
All of these acquisitions are immaterial to the
Company individually and in the aggregate.
Dispositions.
In March 2007, the Company sold its
mutual fund data business, which was part of the
Financial Services segment. This business was selected
for divestiture as it no longer fit within the Companys
strategic plans. The divestiture of the mutual fund data
business will enable the Financial Services segment to
focus on its core business of providing independent
research, ratings, data indices and portfolios services.
The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $17.3 million
($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share).
In 2007, all dispositions including the sale of
the mutual fund data business are immaterial to the
Company individually and in the aggregate.
In 2006, the Company made several dispositions
that are immaterial individually and in the
aggregate.
In November 2005, the Company sold its Healthcare
Information Group, a unit of the Information & Media
segment. The Healthcare Information Group consisted of
several magazines including:
The Physician and
Sportsmedicine
,
Postgraduate Medicine
and
Healthcare
Informatics
, as well as a variety of healthcare
information
61
programs that serve the medical market. The divestiture of the Healthcare Information Group enabled
the Information & Media segment to direct resources towards building its key business information
and market insight franchises. The Company recognized a pre-tax loss of $5.5 million ($3.3 million
after-tax, or less than $0.01 per diluted share).
In September 2005, the Company sold its Corporate Value Consulting (CVC) business, the valuation
services unit of the Financial Services segment. This business was selected for divestiture as it
no longer fit with the Companys strategic plans. The divestiture of CVC enabled the Financial
Services segment to focus on its core business of providing independent research, ratings, data
indices and portfolio services. The Company recognized a pre-tax gain of $6.8 million ($4.2 million
after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share).
All of these dispositions are immaterial to the
Company individually and in the aggregate.
3. Debt and Other Commitments
A summary of short-term and long-term debt outstanding
as of December 31, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
5.375% Senior Notes, due 2012
(a)
|
|
$
|
399.7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
5.900% Senior Notes, due 2017
(b)
|
|
|
399.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
6.550% Senior Notes, due 2037
(c)
|
|
|
398.4
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes payable
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,197.4
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
Less: Short-term debt
including current maturities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
$
|
1,197.4
|
|
|
$
|
0.3
|
|
|
Senior Notes
(a) As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding
$399.7 million of 2012 senior notes consisting of $400
million principal and an unamortized debt discount of
$0.3 million. The 2012 senior notes, when issued in
November 2007, were priced at 99.911% with a yield of
5.399%. Interest payments are required to be made
semiannually on February 15 and August 15.
(b) As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding
$399.0 million of 2017 senior notes consisting of $400
million principal and an unamortized debt discount of
$1.0 million. The 2017 senior notes, when issued in
November 2007, were priced at 99.76% with a yield of
5.933%. Interest payments are required to be made
semiannually on April 15 and October 15.
(c) As of December 31, 2007, the Company had outstanding
$398.4 million of 2037 senior notes consisting of $400
million principal and an unamortized debt discount of
$1.6 million. The 2037 senior notes, when issued in
November 2007, were priced at 99.605% with a yield of
6.580%. Interest payments are required to be made
semiannually on May 15 and November 15.
Available Financing.
On June 22, 2007, the Company
completed the conversion of its commercial paper program
from the Section 3a (3) to the Section 4(2)
classification as defined under the Securities Act of
1933. This conversion provides the Company with greater
flexibility relating to the use of proceeds received from the issuance of commercial
paper which may be sold to qualified institutional buyers
and accredited investors. All commercial paper issued by
the Company subsequent to this conversion date will be
executed under the Section 4(2) program. The Section 3a
(3) program was officially terminated when all existing
commercial paper outstanding under this program matured
in July 2007. The size of the Companys total commercial
paper program remains $1.2 billion and is supported by
the revolving credit agreement described below. There
were no outstanding commercial paper borrowings as of
December 31, 2007 and 2006.
The Company has a five-year revolving credit
facility agreement of $1.2 billion that expires on July
20, 2009. The Company pays a facility fee of seven basis
points on the credit facility agreement whether or not
amounts have been borrowed, and borrowings may be made at
a spread of 13 basis points above the prevailing London
Inter-Bank Offer Rate (LIBOR). This spread increases to
18 basis points for borrowings exceeding 50% of the total
capacity available under the facility.
The revolving credit facility contains certain
covenants. The only financial covenant requires that the
Company not exceed indebtedness to cash flow ratio, as
defined, of 4 to 1 at any time. This restriction has
never been exceeded. There were no borrowings under the
amended facility as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
The Company has the capacity to issue Extendible
Commercial Notes (ECNs) of up to $240 million, provided
that sufficient investor demand for the ECNs exists. ECNs
replicate commercial paper, except that the Company has
an option to extend the note beyond its initial
redemption date to a maximum final maturity of 390 days.
However, if exercised, such an extension is at a higher
reset rate, which is at a predetermined spread over LIBOR
and is related to the Companys commercial paper rating
at the time of extension. As a result of the extension
option, no backup facilities for these borrowings are
required. As is the case with commercial paper, ECNs have
no financial covenants. There were no ECN borrowings
outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
Under the shelf registration that became
effective with the Securities and Exchange
Commission in 1990, an additional $250 million of
debt securities can be issued.
On April 19, 2007, the Company signed a promissory
note with one of its providers of banking services to
enable the Company to borrow additional funds, on an
uncommitted basis, from time to time to supplement its
commercial paper and ECNs borrowings. The specific terms
(principal, interest rate and maturity date) of each
borrowing governed by this promissory note are determined
on the borrowing date of each loan. These borrowings have
no financial covenants. There were no promissory note
borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2007 and 2006.
62
Long-term debt was $1,197.4 million and $0.3
million as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The carrying amount of the Companys borrowings
approximates fair value. The Company paid interest on
its debt totaling $48.3 million in 2007, $11.7 million
in 2006 and $4.2 million in 2005.
Aggregate requirements for long-term debt
maturities during the next five years are as follows:
2008 through 2011 no amounts due; 2012 $400.0
million.
As of December 31, 2007, the Companys
unconditional purchase obligations payments are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
25.4
|
|
|
$
|
8.4
|
|
|
$
|
4.8
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
$
|
0.2
|
|
|
4. Segment Reporting and Geographic Information
The Company has three reportable segments: McGraw-Hill Education, Financial Services and
Information & Media. The McGraw-Hill Education segment is one of the premier global educational
publishers and is the largest U.S. owned educational publisher serving the elementary and high
school (el-hi), college and university, professional and international markets. The segment
consists of two operating groups: the School Education Group (SEG) and the Higher Education,
Professional and International (HPI) Group. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the segment incurred
restructuring charges that reduced operating profit by $16.3 million, $16.0 million and $9.0
million pre-tax, respectively (see Note 14).
The Financial Services segment operates under the Standard & Poors brand. This segment provides
services to investors, corporations, governments, financial institutions, investment managers and
advisors globally. The segment and the markets it serves are impacted by interest rates, the state
of global economies, credit quality and investor confidence. The Financial Services segment
consists of two operating groups: Credit Market Services and Investment Services. Credit Market
Services provides independent global credit ratings and risk evaluations. Investment Services
provides comprehensive value-added financial data, information, investment indices and research. In
March 2007, the Company sold its mutual fund data business, which was part of the Financial
Services segment, for a pre-tax gain of $17.3 million. In September 2005, the Company divested its
Corporate Value Consulting business, which was formerly part of the Financial Services segment.
During 2005, the Company acquired Vista Research, Inc. and an additional 49.07% investment in
CRISIL Limited. The assets of these acquisitions totaled approximately $123.0 million and are not
considered material to the Company. These acquisitions are included as part of the Financial
Services segment. In 2007 and 2005, the segment incurred restructuring charges that reduced
operating profit by $18.8 million and $1.2 million pre-tax, respectively.
The Information & Media (I&M) segment consists of
two operating groups, which include business and
professional media offering information, insight and
analysis: the Business-to-Business Group (consisting of
the
BusinessWeek
, J.D. Power and Associates
(JDPA),
McGraw-Hill Construction, Platts and
Aviation Week
brands), and the Broadcasting Group, which operates nine
television stations. During 2007, 2006 and 2005, the
segment incurred restructuring charges that reduced
operating profit by $6.7 million, $8.7 million and $10.2
million pre-tax, respectively. Included in the results of
the I&M segment are the results of JDPA which was
acquired on April 1, 2005. The assets acquired in this
acquisition totaled approximately $520 million and are
not considered material to the Company. The segment
revenue included $43.8 million for JDPA in the first
quarter of 2006 with no comparable amount in 2005. In
November 2005, the Company divested its Healthcare
Information Group, which was formerly part of the I&M segment. This divestiture was not material to the
I&M segment. The results for 2006 reflect a deferral of
$23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of operating
profit related to the transformation of Sweets from a
primarily print catalog to bundled print and online
services, which was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
In 2006, as a result of the adoption of SFAS No.
123(R), the Company incurred stock-based compensation
expense of $136.2 million which was charged to the
following: McGraw-Hill Education, $31.6 million;
Financial Services, $38.3 million; Information & Media,
$22.9 million and Corporate, $43.4 million, pre-tax.
Included in this charge is the impact of the elimination
of the Companys restoration stock option program of
$23.8 million which impacted McGraw-Hill Education by
$4.2 million, Financial Services by $2.1 million,
Information & Media by $2.7 million and Corporate by
$14.8 million, pre-tax.
Information as to the operations of the three
segments of the Company is set forth below based on the
nature of the products and services offered. The
Executive Committee, consisting of the Companys
principal corporate executives, is the Companys chief
operating decision-maker and evaluates performance based
primarily on operating profit. The accounting policies of
the operating segments are the same as those described in
the summary of significant accounting policies.
The operating profit adjustments listed below relate
to the operating results of the corporate entity, which
is not considered an operating segment and includes
corporate expenses of $159.8 million, $162.9 million and
$124.8 million, and net interest expense of $40.6
million, $13.6 million and $5.2 million, of the Company
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Restructuring charges in 2007, 2006 and
2005 impacted corporate expenses by $1.9 million, $6.8
million and $2.8 million pre-tax, respectively. Corporate
assets consist principally of cash and equivalents,
prepaid pension expense, deferred income taxes and
leasehold improvements related to subleased areas.
Foreign operating profit was $508.3 million, $305.0
million and $303.4 million in 2007, 2006 and 2005,
respectively. Foreign revenue, operating profit and
long-lived assets include operations in 40 countries. The
Company does not have operations in any foreign country
that represent more than 5% of its consolidated revenue.
Transfers between geographic areas are recorded at agreed
upon prices and intercompany revenue and profit are
eliminated.
63
Segment information for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Information
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Education
|
|
|
Services
|
|
|
& Media
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,705.9
|
|
|
$
|
3,046.2
|
|
|
$
|
1,020.2
|
(a)
|
|
$
|
6,772.3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,772.3
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
400.0
|
|
|
|
1,359.4
|
|
|
|
63.5
|
(a)
|
|
|
1,822.9
|
|
|
|
(200.4
|
)
|
|
|
1,622.5
|
*
|
Stock-based compensation
(b)
|
|
|
27.7
|
|
|
|
44.2
|
|
|
|
22.1
|
|
|
|
94.0
|
|
|
|
30.7
|
|
|
|
124.7
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
(c)
|
|
|
310.3
|
|
|
|
50.9
|
|
|
|
33.2
|
|
|
|
394.4
|
|
|
|
6.8
|
|
|
|
401.2
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
2,996.0
|
|
|
|
1,306.4
|
|
|
|
953.1
|
|
|
|
5,255.5
|
|
|
|
1,101.8
|
|
|
|
6,357.3
|
|
Capital expenditures
(d)
|
|
|
434.5
|
|
|
|
62.1
|
|
|
|
29.6
|
|
|
|
526.2
|
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
|
528.6
|
|
Technology project additions
|
|
|
5.2
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
13.0
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,524.2
|
|
|
$
|
2,746.4
|
|
|
$
|
984.5
|
(a)
|
|
$
|
6,255.1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,255.1
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
329.1
|
|
|
|
1,202.3
|
|
|
|
49.9
|
(a)
|
|
|
1,581.3
|
|
|
|
(176.5
|
)
|
|
|
1,404.8
|
*
|
Stock-based compensation
(b)
|
|
|
31.6
|
|
|
|
38.3
|
|
|
|
22.9
|
|
|
|
92.8
|
|
|
|
43.4
|
|
|
|
136.2
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
(c)
|
|
|
303.5
|
|
|
|
48.4
|
|
|
|
35.4
|
|
|
|
387.3
|
|
|
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
390.0
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
2,826.5
|
|
|
|
1,308.0
|
|
|
|
950.8
|
|
|
|
5,085.3
|
|
|
|
957.6
|
|
|
|
6,042.9
|
|
Capital expenditures
(d)
|
|
|
338.2
|
|
|
|
44.9
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
402.4
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
403.4
|
|
Technology project additions
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
2.8
|
|
|
|
4.8
|
|
|
|
19.3
|
|
|
|
3.7
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,671.7
|
|
|
$
|
2,400.8
|
|
|
$
|
931.1
|
|
|
$
|
6,003.6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,003.6
|
|
Operating profit
|
|
|
410.2
|
|
|
|
1,019.2
|
|
|
|
60.6
|
|
|
|
1,490.0
|
|
|
|
(130.0
|
)
|
|
|
1,360.0
|
*
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
|
|
8.4
|
|
|
|
8.8
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
|
|
|
21.9
|
|
|
|
51.1
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
(c)
|
|
|
305.0
|
|
|
|
45.7
|
|
|
|
30.6
|
|
|
|
381.3
|
|
|
|
3.9
|
|
|
|
385.2
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
2,841.5
|
|
|
|
1,136.5
|
|
|
|
944.0
|
|
|
|
4,922.0
|
|
|
|
1,473.8
|
|
|
|
6,395.8
|
|
Capital expenditures
(d)
|
|
|
324.1
|
|
|
|
26.2
|
|
|
|
23.1
|
|
|
|
373.4
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
|
|
|
378.0
|
|
Technology project additions
|
|
|
8.6
|
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
|
6.7
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16.5
|
|
|
|
|
|
* Income from operations before taxes on income.
|
|
|
(a) The results for 2006 reflect a deferral of $23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of
operating profit related to the transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to bundled
print and online services, which was recognized ratably throughout
2007.
(b) In 2006 the company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Shared-Based
Payment (see Note 8).
(c) Includes amortization of intangible assets and
prepublication costs.
(d) Includes purchase of property and equipment and investments in prepublication costs.
The following is a schedule of revenue and long-lived assets by geographic location:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-lived
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
5,008.5
|
|
|
$
|
3,279.7
|
|
|
$
|
4,725.0
|
|
|
$
|
3,114.7
|
|
|
$
|
4,665.8
|
|
|
$
|
3,208.0
|
|
European region
|
|
|
1,030.9
|
|
|
|
186.4
|
|
|
|
883.9
|
|
|
|
183.5
|
|
|
|
760.0
|
|
|
|
66.7
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
426.1
|
|
|
|
117.3
|
|
|
|
376.3
|
|
|
|
115.4
|
|
|
|
336.6
|
|
|
|
92.5
|
|
Rest of world
|
|
|
306.8
|
|
|
|
39.9
|
|
|
|
269.9
|
|
|
|
35.2
|
|
|
|
241.2
|
|
|
|
44.8
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
6,772.3
|
|
|
$
|
3,623.3
|
|
|
$
|
6,255.1
|
|
|
$
|
3,448.8
|
|
|
$
|
6,003.6
|
|
|
$
|
3,412.0
|
|
|
64
5. Taxes on Income
Income from operations before taxes on income
resulted from domestic and foreign operations as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Domestic operations
|
|
$
|
1,370.3
|
|
|
$
|
1,224.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,218.9
|
|
Foreign operations
|
|
|
252.2
|
|
|
|
180.8
|
|
|
|
141.1
|
|
|
Total income before taxes
|
|
$
|
1,622.5
|
|
|
$
|
1,404.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,360.0
|
|
|
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory tax rate to
the Companys effective tax rate for financial reporting
purposes follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
Effect of state and local
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
income taxes
|
|
|
4.5
|
|
|
|
4.2
|
|
|
|
4.4
|
|
American Jobs Creation Act
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(see below)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
Other net
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)
|
|
|
(2.2
|
)
|
|
Effective tax rate
|
|
|
37.5
|
%
|
|
|
37.2
|
%
|
|
|
37.9
|
%
|
|
The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on
January 1, 2007. As a result of the implementation of FIN
48, the Company recognized an increase in the liability
for unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $5.2
million, which was accounted for as a reduction to the
January 1, 2007 balance of retained income. The total
amount of federal, state and local, and foreign
unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2007 and
January 1, 2007 were $45.8 million and $75.1 million,
respectively, exclusive of interest and penalties.
Included in the balance at December 31, 2007 and January
1, 2007, are $3.9 million and $13.5 million,
respectively, of tax positions for which the ultimate
deductibility is highly certain but for which there is
uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility.
Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other
than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the
shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual
effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of
cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The
Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related
to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and
operating expense, respectively. In addition to
unrecognized tax benefits, as of December 31, 2007 and
January 1, 2007, the Company had $11.9 million and $12.4
million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties
associated with uncertain tax positions.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending
amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at January 1, 2007
|
|
$
|
75.1
|
|
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
|
|
|
12.0
|
|
Additions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
|
|
|
(42.8
|
)
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
45.8
|
|
|
The net decrease of $29.3 million in the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits favorably impacted tax expense
by $20.0 million. The remaining net decrease was
attributable to tax positions that were timing related.
This favorable impact to the tax provision was offset by
additional requirements for the repatriation of cash from
international operations.
In 2007, the Company completed the U.S. federal tax
audits for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and
2006 and consequently has no open U.S. federal income
tax examinations for years prior to 2007. In 2007, the
Company completed various state and foreign tax audits
and, with few exceptions, is no longer subject to state
and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax
authorities for the years before 2002.
The Company or one of its subsidiaries files income
tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various
states, and foreign jurisdictions, and the Company is
routinely under audit by many different tax authorities.
Management believes that its accrual for tax liabilities
is adequate for all open audit years based on its
assessment of many factors including past experience and
interpretations of tax law. This assessment relies on
estimates and assumptions and may involve a series of
complex judgments about future events. It is possible
that tax examinations will be settled prior to December
31, 2008. If any of these tax audit settlements do occur
within that period, the Company would make any necessary
adjustments to the accrual for unrecognized tax benefits.
Until formal resolutions are reached between the Company
and the tax authorities, the determination of a possible
audit settlement range with respect to the impact on
unrecognized tax benefits is not practicable. On the
basis of present information, it is the opinion of the
Companys management that any assessments resulting from
the current audits will not have a material effect on the
Companys consolidated financial statements.
During 2006, the Company completed various
federal, state and local, and foreign tax audits and
removed approximately $17.0 million from its accrued
income tax liability accounts. This amount was offset
by additional requirements for taxes related to foreign
subsidiaries.
During 2005, the Company repatriated $209.3 million
of earnings from its foreign subsidiaries. The
repatriation took advantage of the one-time incentive
offered under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and
resulted in an incremental income tax of $10.0 million.
65
The provision/(benefits) for taxes on income consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Federal:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
$
|
455.7
|
|
|
$
|
415.2
|
|
|
$
|
385.7
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(59.7
|
)
|
|
|
(40.8
|
)
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
Total federal
|
|
|
396.0
|
|
|
|
374.4
|
|
|
|
385.6
|
|
|
Foreign:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
96.8
|
|
|
|
62.8
|
|
|
|
46.0
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
|
(3.2
|
)
|
|
Total foreign
|
|
|
104.9
|
|
|
|
57.3
|
|
|
|
42.8
|
|
|
State and local:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current
|
|
|
122.3
|
|
|
|
99.3
|
|
|
|
86.1
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
(14.2
|
)
|
|
|
(8.4
|
)
|
|
|
1.2
|
|
|
Total state and local
|
|
|
108.1
|
|
|
|
90.9
|
|
|
|
87.3
|
|
|
Total provision for taxes
|
|
$
|
609.0
|
|
|
$
|
522.6
|
|
|
$
|
515.7
|
|
|
The principal temporary differences between the
accounting for income and expenses for financial
reporting and income tax purposes as of December 31, are
as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reserves and accruals
|
|
$
|
415.5
|
|
|
$
|
340.1
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
58.5
|
|
|
|
104.4
|
|
Deferred gain
|
|
|
75.2
|
|
|
|
78.6
|
|
Other net
|
|
|
64.2
|
|
|
|
49.9
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
613.4
|
|
|
|
573.0
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets and intangible assets
|
|
|
(374.2
|
)
|
|
|
(362.2
|
)
|
Prepaid pension and other expenses
|
|
|
(90.2
|
)
|
|
|
(109.9
|
)
|
Unearned revenue
|
|
|
(7.7
|
)
|
|
|
(6.9
|
)
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(472.1
|
)
|
|
|
(479.0
|
)
|
|
Net deferred income taxes
|
|
$
|
141.3
|
|
|
$
|
94.0
|
|
|
Reported as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net current deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
280.5
|
|
|
$
|
244.7
|
|
Net non-current deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(139.2
|
)
|
|
|
(150.7
|
)
|
|
Net deferred income taxes
|
|
$
|
141.3
|
|
|
$
|
94.0
|
|
|
The Company made net income tax payments totaling
$635.4 million in 2007, $480.0 million in 2006 and $419.3
million in 2005. At December 31, 2007, the Company had
federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately
$39.0 million, which will expire between 2008 and 2027,
and the utilization of these losses will be subject to
limitations.
The Company has not recorded deferred income taxes
applicable to undistributed earnings of foreign
subsidiaries that are indefinitely reinvested in foreign
operations. Undistributed earnings amounted to
approximately $392.1 million at December 31, 2007.
Quantification of the deferred tax liability, if any,
associated with indefinitely reinvested earnings is not
practicable.
6. Rental Expense and Lease Obligations
Rental expense for property and equipment under all
operating lease agreements is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Gross rental expense
|
|
$
|
228.2
|
|
|
$
|
214.7
|
|
|
$
|
205.9
|
|
Less: sublease revenue
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
7.3
|
|
|
|
6.6
|
|
Less: Rock-McGraw rent credit
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
|
|
Net rental expense
|
|
$
|
205.1
|
|
|
$
|
190.5
|
|
|
$
|
182.4
|
|
|
The Company is committed under lease arrangements covering property, computer system and office equipment.
Leasehold improvements are amortized straight-line over the shorter of their economic lives or their leases term. Certain
lease arrangements contain escalation clauses covering increased costs for various defined real estate taxes and operating
services. Rent escalation fees are recognized straight-line over the lease team.
Minimum rental commitments, including rent payment on the sale-leaseback described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial
statements, under existing non-cancelable leases with a remaining term of more than one year, are shown in the following
table.
The annual rental commitments, for real estate are reduced by $2.8 million in 2008, $2.4 million in 2009, $2.2 million in 2010,
$1.9 million in 2011 and $1.2 in 2012 for subleases income.
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
171.4
|
|
2009
|
|
|
156.0
|
|
2010
|
|
|
145.2
|
|
2011
|
|
|
136.2
|
|
2012
|
|
|
129.6
|
|
2013 and beyond
|
|
|
927.1
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,665.5
|
|
|
7. Shareholders Equity
Capital Stock
Two million shares of preferred stock, par value $1 per
share, are authorized; none have been issued.
The Company terminated the restoration feature of
its stock option program on March 30, 2006 in an effort
to reduce future expenses the Company would have incurred
under SFAS No. 123(R).
In 2007, dividends were paid at the quarterly rate
of $0.205 per common share. Total dividends paid in 2007,
2006 and 2005 were $277.7 million, $260.3 million and
$246.0 million, respectively. On January 30, 2008, the
Board of Directors approved an increase in the dividends
for 2008 to a quarterly rate of $0.22 per common share.
Stock Repurchases.
On January 29, 2003, the Board of
Directors approved a stock repurchase program (the 2003
program) authorizing the purchase of up to 30.0 million
shares, which was approximately 7.8% of the total shares
of the Companys
66
outstanding common stock at that time. During 2005, on a
trade date basis, the Company repurchased 14.3 million
shares for $671.9 million at an average price of $46.84.
This program was completed in the first quarter of 2006.
The total 30.0 million shares authorized under the 2003
program were repurchased for $1.3 billion at
approximately $44.12 per share.
On January 24, 2006, the Board of Directors approved
an additional stock repurchase program (the 2006
program) authorizing the purchase of up to 45.0 million
additional shares, which was approximately 12.1% of the
total shares of the Companys outstanding common stock at
that time. During 2006, the Company repurchased 28.4
million shares, which included 3.4 million shares
remaining under the 2003 program, for $1.5 billion at an
average price of $54.23, and 8.4 million shares acquired
from the estate of William H. McGraw. At December 31,
2006, authorization for the repurchase of 20.0 million
shares remained under the 2006 program.
During March 2006, as part of its previously
announced stock repurchase program, the Company acquired
8.4 million shares of the Companys stock from the
holdings of the recently deceased William H. McGraw. The
shares were purchased through a mixture of available cash
and borrowings at a discount of approximately 2.4% from
the March 30, 2006 New York Stock Exchange closing price
through a private transaction with Mr. McGraws estate.
This transaction closed on April 5, 2006 and the total
purchase amount was $468.8 million. The transaction was
approved by the Financial Policy and Audit Committees of
the Companys Board of Directors, and the Company
received independent financial and legal advice
concerning the purchase.
On January 31, 2007, the Board of Directors approved
a new stock repurchase program (the 2007 program)
authorizing the repurchase of up to 45.0 million
additional shares, which was approximately 12.7% of the
total shares of the Companys outstanding common stock at
that time. During 2007, the Company repurchased 37.0
million shares, which included the remaining 20.0 million
shares under the 2006 program, for $2.2 billion at an
average price of $59.80. At December 31, 2007,
authorization for the repurchase of 28.0 million shares
remained under the 2007 program.
Share repurchases for the years ended December
31, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions, except average price)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Shares repurchased
|
|
|
37.0
|
|
|
|
28.4
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
Average price
|
|
$
|
59.80
|
|
|
$
|
54.23
|
|
|
$
|
46.84
|
|
Amount
|
|
$
|
2,212.7
|
|
|
$
|
1,540.1
|
|
|
$
|
671.9
|
|
|
Shares repurchased were used for general corporate
purposes, including the issuance of shares for stock
compensation plans and to offset the dilutive effect of
the exercise of employee stock options. In any period,
cash used in financing activities related to common stock
repurchased may differ from the comparable change in
stockholders equity, reflecting timing differences
between the recognition of share repurchase transactions
and their settlement for cash.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss
Accumulated other comprehensive loss at December 31,
consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
translation adjustments
|
|
$
|
(8,074
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36,692
|
)
|
|
$
|
(65,899
|
)
|
Unrealized gain on
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
investment, net of tax
|
|
|
3,747
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension and other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
postretirement plans,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
net of tax
|
|
|
(8,296
|
)
|
|
|
(78,520
|
)
|
|
|
(15,161
|
)
|
|
Total accumulated other comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(12,623
|
)
|
|
$
|
(115,212
|
)
|
|
$
|
(81,060
|
)
|
|
8. Stock Plan Awards
The Company has a Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan
and three stock ownership plans: the 1987, 1993 and 2002
Employee Stock Incentive Plans.
Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan
- Under this
Plan, common stock reserved may be credited to deferred
stock accounts for eligible Directors. In general, the
Plan requires that 50% of eligible Directors annual
compensation plus dividend equivalents be credited to
deferred stock accounts. Each Director may also elect to
defer all or a portion of the remaining compensation and
have an equivalent number of shares credited to the
deferred stock account. Recipients under this Plan are
not required to provide consideration to the Company
other than rendering service. Shares will be delivered as
of the date a recipient ceases to be a member of the
Board of Directors or within five years thereafter, if so
elected. The Plan will remain in effect until terminated
by the Board of Directors or until no shares of stock
remain available under the Plan.
1987 and 1993 Employee Stock Incentive Plans
- These
plans provided for the granting of incentive stock
options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation
rights (SARs), restricted stock awards, deferred stock
(applicable to the 1987 Plan only) or other stock-based
awards. No further awards may be granted under the 1987
or 1993 Plans; although awards granted prior to the
adoption of the 2002 Plan, as amended, remain outstanding
under the 1987 and 1993 Plans in accordance with their
terms.
2002 Employee Stock Incentive Plan as amended in
2004 (the 2002 Plan)
- The 2002 Plan permits the
granting of non-qualified stock options, SARs,
performance stock, restricted stock, and other
stock-based awards.
67
The number of common shares reserved for
issuance at December 31, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands of shares)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Shares
available for granting under the
2002 Plan
|
|
|
23,026
|
|
|
|
22,491
|
|
Options outstanding
|
|
|
31,837
|
|
|
|
34,807
|
|
|
Shares reserved for issuance for employee stock plan awards
|
|
|
54,863
|
|
|
|
57,298
|
|
Director Deferred Stock Ownership Plan
|
|
|
560
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
|
Total shares reserved for issuance
|
|
|
55,423
|
|
|
|
57,861
|
|
|
The Company issues treasury shares upon exercise of
stock options and the issuance of restricted stock
awards. To offset the dilutive effect of the exercise of
employee stock options, the Company periodically
repurchases shares.
Stock-based compensation expense and the
corresponding tax benefit for the years ended December
31, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expense
|
|
$
|
124.7
|
|
|
$
|
136.2
|
|
|
$
|
51.1
|
|
Tax benefit
|
|
$
|
50.5
|
|
|
$
|
50.7
|
|
|
$
|
19.0
|
|
|
Stock Options
Stock options, which may not be granted at a price less
than the fair market value of the Companys common stock
at date of grant, vest over a two year requisite service
period in equal annual installments and have a maximum
term of 10 years.
The Company receives a tax deduction for certain
stock option exercises during the period in which the
options are exercised, generally for the excess of the
quoted market value of the stock at the time of the
exercise of the options over the exercise price of the
options. Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the
Company reported tax benefits resulting from the
exercise of stock options as operating cash flows in its
consolidated statement of cash flows. In accordance with
SFAS No. 123(R), the Company now reports excess tax
benefits as financing cash flows. The actual income tax
benefits realized from stock option exercises for the
years ended December 31, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Income tax benefit realized from stock option exercises
|
|
$
|
56.6
|
|
|
$
|
100.3
|
|
|
$
|
58.5
|
|
Net cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options
|
|
$
|
146.9
|
|
|
$
|
262.9
|
|
|
$
|
192.8
|
|
|
For the years ended December 31, 2007 and 2006,
$35.8 million and $58.3 million, respectively, of excess
tax benefits from stock options exercised is reported in
financing cash flows, with no comparable amounts in
2005.
The Company uses a lattice-based option-pricing
model to estimate the fair value of options. Options
granted prior to
January 1, 2005 were valued using the Black-Scholes
model. The following
assumptions were used in valuing the options granted
during the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Risk-free average interest rate
|
|
|
3.60-6.28
|
%
|
|
|
4.14-6.07
|
%
|
|
|
1.99-4.64
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
1.2-1.7
|
%
|
|
|
1.1-1.5
|
%
|
|
|
1.6
|
%
|
Volatility
|
|
|
14-22
|
%
|
|
|
12-22
|
%
|
|
|
16-24
|
%
|
Expected life (years)
|
|
|
7.0-7.2
|
|
|
|
6.7-7.1
|
|
|
|
0.5-6.8
|
|
Weighted-average grant-date
fair value
|
|
$
|
15.80
|
|
|
$
|
14.15
|
|
|
$
|
8.90
|
|
|
Because lattice-based option-pricing models
incorporate ranges of assumptions, those ranges are
disclosed. These assumptions are based on multiple
factors, including historical exercise patterns,
post-vesting termination rates, expected future exercise
patterns and the expected volatility of the Companys
stock price. The risk-free interest rate is the imputed
forward rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield at the date
of grant. The Company uses the historical volatility of
the Companys stock price over the expected term of the
options to estimate the expected volatility. The expected
term of options granted is derived from the output of the
lattice model and represents the period of time that
options granted are expected to be outstanding.
Stock option compensation costs are recognized from
the date of grant, utilizing a two-year graded vesting
method. Under this method, fifty percent of the costs
are ratably recognized over the first twelve months with
the remaining costs ratably recognized over a twenty
four month period starting from the date of grant. At
December 31, 2007, there was $13.7 million of
unrecognized compensation costs related to unvested
stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a
weighted-average period of 1.17 years.
The total intrinsic value (market value on date of
exercise less exercise price) of options exercised during
2007, 2006 and 2005 totaled $139.7 million, $252.1
million and $148.0 million, respectively. The total fair
value of options vested during 2007, 2006 and 2005
totaled $42.3 million, $93.7 million and $62.5 million,
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic values of stock
options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007
were $133.0 million and $176.6 million, respectively. The
weighted-average remaining years of contractual life for
options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2007
were six years for both options outstanding and
exercisable.
Stock option activity for the year ended December
31, 2007 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
(in thousands of shares)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
exercise price
|
|
|
Options
outstanding at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
34,807
|
|
|
|
$37.71
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,854
|
|
|
|
$62.02
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(4,520
|
)
|
|
|
$33.18
|
|
Cancelled and expired
|
|
|
(304
|
)
|
|
|
$53.22
|
|
|
Options
outstanding at
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
31,837
|
|
|
|
$39.62
|
|
|
Options
exercisable at
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
29,255
|
|
|
|
$37.77
|
|
|
68
Nonvested stock option activity for the year ended
December 31, 2007 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
grant-date
|
|
(in thousands of shares)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
fair value
|
|
|
Nonvested
options outstanding at December 31, 2006
|
|
|
5,670
|
|
|
|
$10.47
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,854
|
|
|
|
$15.80
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(4,692
|
)
|
|
|
$9.98
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
$13.54
|
|
|
Nonvested options outstanding at
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,582
|
|
|
|
$15.38
|
|
|
Beginning in 1997, participants who exercised an
option by tendering previously owned shares of common
stock of the Company could elect to receive a one-time
restoration option covering the number of shares tendered
including any shares withheld for taxes. Restoration
options were granted at fair market value of the
Companys common stock on the date of the grant, had a
maximum term equal to the remainder of the original
option term and were subject to a six-month vesting
period. The Companys Board of Directors voted to
terminate the restoration feature of its stock option
program effective March 30, 2006. Restoration options
granted between February 3, 2006 and March 30, 2006
vested immediately and all restoration options
outstanding as of February 3, 2006 became fully vested.
Included in the year ended December 31, 2006, the Company
incurred a one-time charge of $23.8 million ($14.9
million after-tax or $0.04 per diluted share) related to
the elimination of the restoration stock option program.
Restricted Stock
Restricted stock awards (performance and non-performance)
have been granted under the 2002 Plan. Restricted stock
performance awards will vest only if the Company achieves
certain financial goals over the three-year vesting
period. Restricted stock non-performance awards have
various vesting periods (generally three years), with
vesting beginning on the first anniversary of the awards.
Recipients of restricted stock awards are not
required to provide consideration to the Company other
than rendering service and have the right to vote and
to receive dividends.
The share-based expense for restricted stock awards
is determined based on the market price of the Companys
stock at the grant date of the award applied to the total
number of awards that are anticipated to fully vest. For
restricted stock performance awards, adjustments are made
to expense dependent upon financial goals achieved. Prior
to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), adjustments were also
made to expense for changes in market value for
restricted stock performance awards. At December 31,
2007, there was unrecognized stock-based compensation of
$123.7 million related to restricted stock awards, which
is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average
period of 1.71 years.
The weighted-average grant-date fair values of
restricted stock awards granted during 2007, 2006 and
2005 were $56.12, $57.71
and $43.53, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during 2007, 2006
and 2005 totaled $28.5 million, $50.8 million and $46.1 million, respectively. The tax benefits
relating to restricted stock award activity during 2007, 2006 and 2005 were $12.1 million, $21.7
million and $18.9 million, respectively.
Restricted stock activity for the year ended December 31,
2007 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-performance awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
(in thousands of shares)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
grant-date
fair value
|
|
|
Nonvested
shares at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
$41.30
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
$58.57
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(87
|
)
|
|
|
$40.08
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
$51.33
|
|
|
Nonvested
shares at
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
$52.39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average
|
|
(in thousands of shares)
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
grant-date
fair value
|
|
|
Nonvested
shares at
December 31, 2006
|
|
|
1,658
|
|
|
|
$50.40
|
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,515
|
|
|
|
$56.10
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(742
|
)
|
|
|
$38.34
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(134
|
)
|
|
|
$58.06
|
|
|
Nonvested
shares at
December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,297
|
|
|
|
$57.61
|
|
|
9. Retirement Plans
The Company and its subsidiaries have a number of defined
benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans
covering substantially all employees. The Companys
primary pension plan is a noncontributory plan under
which benefits are based on employee career employment
compensation. The Company also has unfunded non-U.S. and
supplemental benefit plans. The supplemental benefit
plans provide senior management with supplemental
retirement, disability and death benefits. Certain
supplemental retirement benefits are based on final
monthly earnings. In addition, the Company sponsors
voluntary 401(k) plans under which the Company may match
employee contributions up to certain levels of
compensation as well as profit-sharing plans under which
the Company contributes a percentage of eligible
employees compensation to the employees accounts.
On December 31, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No.
158, Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension
and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB
Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R), (SFAS No. 158)
which requires the Company to recognize the funded status
of its pension plans in the consolidated balance sheet,
with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of taxes. The adjustment to
accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption
represents the net unrecognized actuarial losses and
unrecognized prior service costs. These amounts will be
subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost
pursuant to the
69
Companys historical accounting policy for amortizing
such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that
arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net
periodic pension cost in the same periods will be
recognized as a component of other comprehensive income.
Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a
component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis
as the amounts recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive income at the adoption of SFAS No. 158.
A summary of the benefit obligation and the fair
value of plan assets, as well as the funded status for
the defined benefit plans as of December 31, is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
1,322.9
|
|
|
$
|
1,251.5
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
64.1
|
|
|
|
63.1
|
|
Plan amendments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(5.2
|
)
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
79.9
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
0.8
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Actuarial gain
|
|
|
(31.2
|
)
|
|
|
(39.5
|
)
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(52.0
|
)
|
|
|
(49.4
|
)
|
Foreign currency effect
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)
|
|
|
28.2
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
1,380.8
|
|
|
$
|
1,322.9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
1,349.0
|
|
|
$
|
1,204.4
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
159.8
|
|
|
|
152.9
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
32.8
|
|
|
|
23.0
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
0.9
|
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(52.0
|
)
|
|
|
(49.4
|
)
|
Foreign currency effect
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets at end of year
|
|
|
1,493.9
|
|
|
|
1,349.0
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
113.1
|
|
|
$
|
26.1
|
|
|
Benefits paid in the above table include only
those amounts contributed directly to or paid
directly from plan assets.
The funded status of the defined benefit plans
includes $276.5 million in non-current asset for pension
benefits, $17.5 million in other current liabilities and
$145.9 million in other non-current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2007, and
$228.6 million in non-current asset for pension benefits,
$4.3 million in other current liabilities and $198.2
million in other non-current liabilities in the
consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006.
The accumulated benefit obligation as of December
31, for the defined benefit plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
1,202.1
|
|
|
$
|
1,145.3
|
|
|
The following table reflects pension plans with an
accumulated benefit obligation in excess of the fair
value of plan assets for the years ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
123.0
|
|
|
$
|
353.3
|
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
88.1
|
|
|
$
|
258.6
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
150.5
|
|
|
The U.S. weighted-average assumptions used to
determine the benefit obligations are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.90
|
%
|
Compensation increase factor
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive loss, net of tax as of December 31, consist
of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
21.2
|
|
|
$
|
79.4
|
|
Prior service credit
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)
|
|
|
(2.1
|
)
|
|
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
$14.0
|
|
$
|
77.3
|
|
|
The actuarial loss and prior service credit included
in accumulated other comprehensive income and expected to
be recognized in net periodic pension cost during the
year ending December 31, 2008 are $2.9 million and $0.4
million, respectively.
For purposes of determining annual pension cost,
prior service costs are being amortized straight-line
over the average remaining service period of employees
expected to receive benefits. For 2007, the assumed
return on U.S. plan assets of 8.0% is based on a
calculated market-related value of assets, which
recognizes changes in market value over five years.
A summary of net periodic benefit cost for the
Companys defined benefit plans is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
64.1
|
|
|
$
|
63.1
|
|
|
$
|
52.3
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
79.9
|
|
|
|
73.1
|
|
|
|
64.8
|
|
Expected return on assets
|
|
|
(98.9
|
)
|
|
|
(92.1
|
)
|
|
|
(88.2
|
)
|
Amortization of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transition obligation
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
13.6
|
|
|
|
16.4
|
|
|
|
7.6
|
|
Prior service (credit) cost
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)
|
|
|
0.1
|
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
58.5
|
|
|
$
|
60.7
|
|
|
$
|
36.8
|
|
|
70
The U.S. weighted-average assumptions used to
determine net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.90
|
%
|
|
|
5.65
|
%
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
Compensation increase factor
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
Return on assets
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
|
8.00
|
%
|
|
The Companys United Kingdom (U.K.) retirement
plan, which is included in the table above, accounted for
$16.3 million in 2007, $20.5 million in 2006 and $13.9
million in 2005 of the net periodic benefit cost
attributable to the funded plans. The discount rate
assumption for the Companys U.K retirement plan was
4.90%, 4.75% and 5.50% for the years December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively. The assumed compensation
increase factor for the Companys U.K retirement plan was
5.75%, 5.50% and 4.25% for the years December 31, 2007,
2006 and 2005, respectively. Additionally, effective
January 1, 2008, the Company changed its discount rate
assumption on its U.S. retirement plans to 6.25% from
5.90% in 2007.
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax for
the years ending December 31, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Net actuarial gain
|
|
$
|
(58.7
|
)
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Recognized actuarial gain
|
|
|
(8.5
|
)
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Prior service credit
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Recognized prior service cost
|
|
|
0.3
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
Recognized transition obligation
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
|
Total
recognized in other
comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(72.5
|
)
|
|
N/A
|
|
N/A
|
|
The total cost for the Companys retirement plans
was $168.1 million for 2007, $157.8 million for 2006 and
$127.3 million for 2005. Included in the total retirement
plans cost are defined contribution plans cost of $96.8
million for 2007, $87.6 million for 2006 and $78.8
million for 2005.
Information about the expected cash flows for all
of the defined benefit plans combined is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected employer contributions
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
34.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expected benefit payments
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
53.8
|
|
2009
|
|
|
52.9
|
|
2010
|
|
|
55.9
|
|
2011
|
|
|
59.9
|
|
2012
|
|
|
63.8
|
|
2013-2017
|
|
|
394.0
|
|
|
The preceding table reflects the total benefits
expected to be paid from the plans or from the Companys
assets including both the Companys share of the benefit
cost and the participants share of the cost.
The asset allocation for the Companys domestic
defined benefit plans at the end of 2007 and 2006 and the
target allocation for 2008, by asset category is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Asset category
|
|
Target allocation
|
|
|
plan assets at year end
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
2006
|
|
|
Domestic equity securities
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
|
|
54
|
%
|
|
60
|
%
|
Domestic debt securities and cash
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
19
|
%
|
International equity securities
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
|
|
26
|
%
|
|
21
|
%
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
The domestic defined benefit plans have no
investment in the Companys common stock.
The investment of assets on behalf of the Companys
defined benefit plans focuses on both the opportunity
for capital growth and the reinvestment of income. The
growth potential is primarily from capital appreciation
from stocks and secondarily from the reinvestment of
income from fixed instruments. The mix of assets is
established after careful consideration of the long-term
performance of asset classes and an analysis of future
liabilities. Investments are selected based on their
potential to enhance returns, preserve capital and
reduce overall volatility. Holdings are well diversified
within each asset class, which include U.S. and foreign
stocks, high-quality bonds and cash.
Assets of the defined contribution plan consist
primarily of index funds, equity funds, debt instruments
and McGraw-Hill common stock. The U.S. plan purchased
591,000 and sold 739,000 shares of McGraw-Hill common
stock in 2007 and purchased 305,000 and sold 285,000
shares of McGraw-Hill common stock in 2006. The plan held
approximately 4.3 million and 4.5 million shares of
McGraw-Hill common stock at December 31, 2007 and 2006,
respectively, with market values of $189.1 million and
$307.6 million, respectively. The plan received dividends
on McGraw-Hill common stock of $3.7 million during 2007
and $3.3 million during 2006.
10. Postretirement Healthcare and Other Benefits
The Company provides certain medical, dental and life
insurance benefits for retired employees and eligible
dependents. The medical and dental plans are
contributory while the life insurance plan is
noncontributory. The Company currently does not prefund
any of these plans.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 158 as of December 31,
2006. SFAS No. 158 requires the Company to recognize the
funded status of its Postretirement Healthcare and Other
Benefits plans in the consolidated balance sheet, with a
corresponding adjustment to accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of taxes. The actuarial gains
and losses that arise in subsequent
71
periods and are not recognized as net periodic benefit cost in the same periods will be recognized
as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a
component of net periodic benefit cost pursuant to the Companys historical accounting policy for
amortizing such amounts.
The reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances in the benefit obligation as well as
the funded status as of December 31, is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at beginning of year
|
|
$
|
143.7
|
|
|
$
|
158.3
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2.5
|
|
|
|
2.1
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
Plan participants contributions
|
|
|
4.0
|
|
|
|
3.6
|
|
Actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
|
|
(12.9
|
)
|
Gross benefits paid
|
|
|
(20.1
|
)
|
|
|
(16.1
|
)
|
Federal subsidy benefits received
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
|
1.0
|
|
|
Net benefit obligation at end of year
|
|
$
|
142.4
|
|
|
$
|
143.7
|
|
|
The discount rate used to determine the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2007 and 2006
was 6.00% and 5.75%, respectively.
As of December 31, 2007, the unfunded status of the post-retirement benefit obligation of
$142.4 million includes $16.5 million in other current liabilities and $125.9 million in
liabilities for postretirement healthcare and other benefits in the consolidated balance sheet. As
of December 31, 2006, the unfunded status of the postretirement benefit obligation of $143.7
million includes $14.1 million in other current liabilities and $129.6 million in liabilities for
postretirement healthcare and other benefits in the consolidated balance sheet.
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax as of December 31,
consist of:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Net actuarial gain
|
|
$
|
(0.4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.4
|
)
|
Prior service credit
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)
|
|
|
(5.5
|
)
|
|
Total recognized in accumulated other
comprehensive loss, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(5.2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7.9
|
)
|
|
The prior service credit included in accumulated other comprehensive loss and expected to be
recognized in net periodic benefit cost during the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008 is $1.2
million.
A summary of the components of the net periodic benefit cost is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Components of net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2.5
|
|
|
$
|
2.1
|
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
7.9
|
|
|
|
7.7
|
|
|
|
8.2
|
|
Amortization of
prior service credit
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
|
(1.2
|
)
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
9.2
|
|
|
$
|
8.6
|
|
|
$
|
9.0
|
|
|
Other changes in the benefit obligation recognized in other comprehensive income, net of tax
for the years ended December 31, are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Recognized prior service credit
|
|
|
0.7
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
Total recognized other
comprehensive income,
net of tax
|
|
$
|
2.7
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
The weighted-average assumption used to determine net periodic benefit cost is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 1
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.75
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
The weighted-average healthcare cost rates for 2007 and 2006 were 8.50% and 9.00%,
respectively. The assumed weighted-average healthcare cost trend rate will decrease ratably from
8.50% in 2007 to 5.50% in 2013 and remain at that level thereafter. Assumed healthcare cost trends
have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point
change in assumed healthcare cost trend creates the following effects:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One percentage
|
|
|
One percentage
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
point increase
|
|
|
point decrease
|
|
|
Effect on total of service and interest cost
|
|
|
$0.3
|
|
|
|
$(0.3
|
)
|
Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
|
|
|
$5.9
|
|
|
|
$(5.7
|
)
|
|
In December 2003, the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003
(the Act) was enacted. The Act established a prescription drug benefit under Medicare, known as
Medicare Part D, and a federal subsidy to sponsors of retiree healthcare benefit plans that
provide a benefit that is at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D. The Companys
benefits provided to certain participants are at least actuarially equivalent to Medicare Part D,
and, accordingly, the Company is entitled to a subsidy.
72
Information about the expected cash flows and the impact of the Medicare subsidy for the other
postretirement benefit plans is as follows:
Expected benefit payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Medicare
|
|
|
Payments net
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
payments
|
|
|
subsidy
|
|
|
of subsidy
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
$16.5
|
|
|
|
$(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
$15.5
|
|
2009
|
|
|
16.8
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
15.8
|
|
2010
|
|
|
17.1
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
2011
|
|
|
17.2
|
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)
|
|
|
16.2
|
|
2012
|
|
|
17.0
|
|
|
|
(0.9
|
)
|
|
|
16.1
|
|
20132017
|
|
|
79.7
|
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
|
|
75.6
|
|
|
The above table reflects the total benefits expected to be paid from the Companys assets.
11. Earnings per Share
A reconciliation of the number of shares used for calculating basic earnings per common share
and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
$
|
882,231
|
|
|
$
|
844,306
|
|
|
Average number of common
shares outstanding
|
|
|
336,210
|
|
|
|
356,467
|
|
|
|
375,006
|
|
Effect of stock options and
other dilutive securities
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
|
|
10,411
|
|
|
|
7,564
|
|
|
Average number of common
shares outstanding
including effect of
dilutive securities
|
|
|
344,785
|
|
|
|
366,878
|
|
|
|
382,570
|
|
|
Restricted performance shares outstanding of 2.0 million, 1.8 million and 1.3 million at
December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were not included in the computation of diluted
earnings per common share because the necessary vesting conditions have not yet been met.
The weighted-average diluted shares outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006
and 2005 excludes the effect of approximately 1.7 million, 2.5 million and 1.4 million,
respectively, of potentially dilutive outstanding stock options from the calculation of diluted
earnings per share because the effects were antidilutive.
12. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill for the year ended December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
1,671,479
|
|
|
$
|
1,654,628
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
|
|
1,940
|
|
Other
|
|
|
6,456
|
|
|
|
14,911
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,697,621
|
|
|
$
|
1,671,479
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the activity in goodwill by segment for the year ended December
31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
923,611
|
|
|
$
|
922,099
|
|
Other
|
|
|
7,455
|
|
|
|
1,512
|
|
|
Total McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
$
|
931,066
|
|
|
$
|
923,611
|
|
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
469,445
|
|
|
$
|
454,582
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
19,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(1,254
|
)
|
|
|
14,863
|
|
|
Total Financial Services
|
|
$
|
487,877
|
|
|
$
|
469,445
|
|
|
Information & Media
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beginning balance
|
|
$
|
278,423
|
|
|
$
|
277,947
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,940
|
|
Other
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
(1,464
|
)
|
|
Total Information & Media
|
|
$
|
278,678
|
|
|
$
|
278,423
|
|
|
Total Company
|
|
$
|
1,697,621
|
|
|
$
|
1,671,479
|
|
|
In 2007, the change in goodwill is primarily attributable to the effect of acquisitions and
foreign exchange translation offset by the mutual fund data business disposition.
In 2006, the change in goodwill is primarily attributable to the effect of foreign exchange
translation and purchase price adjustments on prior years acquisitions.
The following table summarizes other intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Copyrights
|
|
$
|
462,070
|
|
|
$
|
461,110
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(283,201
|
)
|
|
|
(266,737
|
)
|
|
Net copyrights
|
|
|
178,869
|
|
|
|
194,373
|
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
|
435,976
|
|
|
|
417,557
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(178,419
|
)
|
|
|
(160,543
|
)
|
|
Net other intangibles
|
|
|
257,557
|
|
|
|
257,014
|
|
|
Total gross intangible assets
|
|
|
898,046
|
|
|
|
878,667
|
|
Total accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(461,620
|
)
|
|
|
(427,280
|
)
|
|
Total net intangible assets
|
|
$
|
436,426
|
|
|
$
|
451,387
|
|
|
Intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to 40 years.
Amortization expense for intangible assets totaled $48.4 million, $48.4 million and $44.2 million
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The weighted-average life of
the intangible assets at December 31, 2007 is 13 years. The projected amortization expense for
intangible assets, assuming no further acquisitions or dispositions, is approximately $44 million
per year over the next five years.
73
The following table summarizes other intangible assets not subject to amortization as of
December 31:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
Trade name J.D. Power and Associates
|
|
$
|
164,000
|
|
|
$
|
164,000
|
|
FCC licenses
|
|
$
|
38,065
|
|
|
$
|
38,065
|
|
|
13. Sale-Leaseback Transaction
In December 2003, the Company sold its 45% equity investment in Rock-McGraw, Inc., which owns the
Companys headquarters building in New York City. The transaction was valued at $450.0 million,
including assumed debt. Proceeds from the disposition were $382.1 million. The sale resulted in a
pre-tax gain of $131.3 million and an after-tax benefit of $58.4 million, or $0.15 per diluted
share.
The Company remains an anchor tenant of what continues to be known as The McGraw-Hill Companies
building and will continue to lease space from Rock-McGraw, Inc., under an existing lease through
March 2020. Currently, the Company leases approximately 17% of the building space. The lease is
being accounted for as an operating lease. Pursuant to sale-leaseback accounting rules, as a result
of the Companys continued involvement, a gain of approximately $212.3 million ($126.3 million
after-tax) was deferred at December 31, 2003, and is being amortized over the remaining lease term
as a reduction in rent expense. At the time of the sale, the Companys degree of involvement was
determined to be more than minor since the present value of future minimum lease payments under
the current lease was greater than 10% of the fair value of the property.
Information relating to the sale-leaseback transaction for the year ended December 31, 2007, is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred gain at December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
189.2
|
|
Reduction in rent expense
|
|
|
(17.6
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
8.5
|
|
|
Deferred gain at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
180.1
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2007, the minimum lease payments to be paid each year are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
18.4
|
|
|
$
|
18.4
|
|
|
$
|
18.4
|
|
|
$
|
18.4
|
|
|
$
|
19.1
|
|
|
$
|
144.4
|
|
|
$
|
237.1
|
|
|
14. Restructuring
2007 Restructuring
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company began implementing a restructuring plan related to a
limited number of business operations across the Company to gain efficiencies, reflect current
business conditions and to fortify its long-term growth prospects. As a result, the Company
recorded a restructuring charge of $43.7 million pre-tax, consisting primarily of employee
severance costs related to a workforce reduction of approximately 600 positions across the Company.
This charge comprised $16.3 million for McGraw-Hill Education, $18.8 million for Financial
Services, $6.7 million for Information & Media and $1.9 million for Corporate. The after-tax charge
recorded was $27.3 million, or $0.08 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for Financial
Services and Corporate are classified as selling and general service expenses within the statement
of income. Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education are classified as selling and general
product expenses, $15.0 million, and selling and general service expense, $1.3 million, within the
statement of income. Restructuring expenses for Information and Media are classified as selling and
general product expenses, $0.4 million, and selling and general service expense, $6.3 million,
within the statement of income.
At December 31, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $4.9 million, consisting primarily of
employee severance costs. At December 31, 2007, the remaining liability, which is included in other
current liabilities, was approximately $38.8 million.
2006 Restructuring
During 2006, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $31.5 million pre-tax, consisting
primarily of vacant facilities and employee severance costs related to the elimination of 700
positions across the
Company. This charge comprised $16.0 million for McGraw-Hill Education, $8.7 million for
Information & Media and $6.8 million for Corporate. The after-tax charge recorded was $19.8
million, or $0.06 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for Information & Media and Corporate
are classified as selling and general service expenses within the statement of income.
Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education are classified as selling and general product
expenses, $9.3 million, and selling and general service expense, $6.7 million, within the statement
of income.
For the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company has paid approximately $11.0 million. At December
31, 2007, the remaining liability, which consists primarily of vacant facilities and is included in
other current liabilities, was approximately $9.6 million.
74
2005 Restructuring
During 2005, the Company recorded a restructuring charge of $23.2 million pre-tax, consisting
mostly of employee severance costs related to the reduction of approximately 500 positions across
the Company. This charge comprised $10.2 million for Information & Media, $9.0 million for
McGraw-Hill Education, $1.2 million for Financial Services, and $2.8 million for Corporate. The
after-tax charge recorded was $14.6 million, or $0.04 per diluted share. Restructuring expenses for
Information & Media, Financial Services and Corporate were classified as selling and general
service expenses within the statement of income. Restructuring expenses for McGraw-Hill Education
were classified as selling and general product expenses within the statement of income. All related
costs were paid as of December 31, 2006.
15. Commitments and Contingencies
A writ of summons was served on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SRL and on The McGraw-Hill Companies, SA
(both indirect subsidiaries of the Company) (collectively, Standard & Poors) on September 29,
2005 and October 7, 2005, respectively, in an action brought in the Tribunal of Milan, Italy by
Enrico Bondi (Bondi), the Extraordinary Commissioner of Parmalat Finanziaria S.p.A. and Parmalat
S.p.A. (collectively, Parmalat). Bondi has brought numerous other lawsuits in both Italy and the
United States against entities and individuals who had dealings with Parmalat. In this suit, Bondi
claims that Standard & Poors, which had issued investment grade ratings on Parmalat until shortly
before Parmalats collapse in December 2003, breached its duty to issue an independent and
professional rating and negligently and knowingly assigned inflated ratings in order to retain
Parmalats business. Alleging joint and several liability, Bondi claims damages of euros
4,073,984,120 (representing the value of bonds issued by Parmalat and the rating fees paid by
Parmalat) with interest, plus damages to be ascertained for Standard & Poors alleged complicity in
aggravating Parmalats financial difficulties and/or for having contributed in bringing about
Parmalats indebtedness towards its bondholders, and legal fees. The Company believes that Bondis
allegations and claims for damages lack legal or factual merit. Standard & Poors filed its answer,
counterclaim and third-party claims on March 16, 2006 and will continue to vigorously contest the
action.
In a separate proceeding, the prosecutors office in Parma, Italy is conducting an investigation
into the bankruptcy of Parmalat. In June 2006, the prosecutors office issued a Note of Completion
of an Investigation (Note of Completion) concerning allegations, based on Standard & Poors
investment grade ratings of Parmalat, that individual Standard & Poors rating analysts conspired
with Parmalat insiders and rating advisors to fraudulently or negligently
cause the Parmalat
bankruptcy. The Note of Completion was served on eight Standard & Poors rating analysts. While not
a formal charge, the Note of Completion indicates the prosecutors intention that the named rating
analysts should appear before a judge in Parma for a preliminary hearing, at which hearing the
judge will determine whether there is sufficient evidence against the rating analysts to proceed to
trial. No date has been set for the preliminary hearing. On July 7, 2006, a defense brief was filed
with the Parma prosecutors office on behalf of the rating analysts. The Company believes that
there is no basis in fact or law to support the allegations against the rating analysts, and they
will be vigorously defended by the subsidiaries involved.
The Company has learned that on August 9, 2007 a pro se action titled
Blomquist v. Washington
Mutual, et al.
, was filed in the District Court for the Northern District of California against
numerous financial institutions, government agencies and individuals, including the Company and Mr.
Harold McGraw III, the CEO of the Company, alleging various state and federal claims. The claims
against the Company and Mr. McGraw concern Standard & Poors ratings of subprime mortgage-backed
securities. An amended Complaint was filed in the
Blomquist
action on September 10, 2007 which
added two other rating agencies as defendants. On February 19, 2008 the Company was served with the
Complaint. In addition, the Company has learned that on August 28, 2007 a putative shareholder
class action titled
Reese v. Bahash
, was filed in the District Court for the District of Columbia
against Mr. Robert Bahash, the CFO of the Company, alleging claims under the federal securities
laws and state tort law concerning Standard & Poors ratings, particularly its ratings of subprime
mortgage-backed securities. Mr. Bahash has not been served with the Complaint. On February 11,
2008, the District Court in the
Reese
matter entered an order appointing a lead plaintiff in that
action and permitting plaintiffs to amend the Complaint on or before April 16, 2008 to add
additional defendants. The Company believes both Complaints to be without merit and intends to
vigorously defend in the event that service is effected.
In addition, in the normal course of business both in the United States and abroad, the
Company and its subsidiaries are defendants in numerous legal proceedings and are involved, from
time to time, in governmental and self-regulatory agency proceedings, which may result in adverse
judgments, damages, fines or penalties. Also, various governmental and self-regulatory agencies
regularly make inquiries and
conduct investigations concerning compliance with applicable laws and regulations. Based on
information currently known by the Companys management, the Company does not believe that any
pending legal, governmental or self-regulatory proceedings or investigations will result in a
material adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
75
Report of Management
To the Shareholders of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
Managements Annual Report on its Responsibility for the Companys Financial Statements and
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The financial statements in this report were prepared by the management of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc., which is responsible for their integrity and objectivity.
These statements, prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States and including amounts based on managements best estimates and judgments, present
fairly The McGraw-Hill Companies financial condition and the results of the Companys operations.
Other financial information given in this report is consistent with these statements.
The Companys management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal
control over financial reporting for the Company as defined under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act
of 1934. It further assures the quality of the financial records in several ways: a program of
internal audits, the careful selection and training of management personnel, maintaining an
organizational structure that provides an appropriate division of financial responsibilities, and
communicating financial and other relevant policies throughout the Company.
The McGraw-Hill Companies Board of Directors, through its Audit Committee, composed entirely
of outside directors, is responsible for reviewing and monitoring the Companys financial reporting
and accounting practices. The Audit Committee meets periodically with management, the Companys
internal auditors and the independent auditors to ensure that each group is carrying out its
respective responsibilities. In addition, the independent auditors have full and free access to the
Audit Committee and meet with it with no representatives from management present.
Managements Report on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting
As stated above, the Companys management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate
internal control over financial reporting. The Companys management has evaluated the system of
internal control using the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO) framework.
Management has selected the COSO framework for its evaluation as it is a control framework
recognized by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board that is free from bias, permits reasonably consistent qualitative and quantitative
measurement of the Companys internal controls, is sufficiently complete so that relevant controls
are not omitted and is relevant to an evaluation of internal controls over financial reporting.
Based on managements evaluation under this framework, we have concluded that the Companys
internal controls over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2007. There are no
material weaknesses in the Companys internal control over financial reporting that have been
identified by management.
The Companys independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, have audited
the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2007, and have
issued their reports on the financial statements and the effectiveness of internal controls over
financial reporting. These reports are located on pages 77 and 78 of the 2007 Annual Report to
Shareholders.
Other Matters
There have been no changes in the Companys internal controls over financial reporting during the
most recent quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect,
the Companys internal control over financial reporting.
Harold McGraw III
Chairman of the Board, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Robert J. Bahash
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
76
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and
Shareholders of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
We have audited The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.s internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control
over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting included in the accompanying Managements Annual Report on its Responsibility
for the Companys Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Companys internal control over financial reporting
based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was
maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and
evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk,
and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial
statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A
companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that
(1)
pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company
are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company;
and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized
acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the
financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent
or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are
subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that
the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on the COSO
criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders
equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007 of The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. and our report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion
thereon.
New York, New York
February 26, 2008
77
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Shareholders of
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. as
of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated statements of income, shareholders
equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2007. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material
respects, the consolidated financial position of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. at December 31,
2007 and 2006, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2007,
The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 48,
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109. As
discussed in Note 1, to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, The
McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R),
Share-Based Payments using the modified-prospective transition method. As discussed in Notes 9
and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, effective December 31, 2006, The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, Employers Accounting
for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 87,
88, 106 and 132(R).
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our
report dated February 26, 2008 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
New York, New York
February 26, 2008
78
Supplemental Financial Information
Quarterly Financial Information (Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data)
|
|
First quarter
|
|
|
Second quarter
|
|
|
Third quarter
|
|
|
Fourth quarter
|
|
|
Total year
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
(b)
|
|
$
|
1,296,418
|
|
|
$
|
1,718,179
|
|
|
$
|
2,187,996
|
|
|
$
|
1,569,688
|
|
|
$
|
6,772,281
|
|
Income from operations before taxes on
income
(b)
|
|
|
230,977
|
(a)
|
|
|
443,326
|
|
|
|
723,229
|
(a)
|
|
|
225,000
|
(c)
|
|
|
1,622,532
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
143,838
|
(a)
|
|
|
277,078
|
|
|
|
452,018
|
(a)
|
|
|
140,625
|
(c)
|
|
|
1,013,559
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
|
|
1.37
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
3.01
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
|
|
0.79
|
|
|
|
1.34
|
|
|
|
0.43
|
|
|
|
2.94
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,140,679
|
|
|
$
|
1,527,543
|
|
|
$
|
1,992,570
|
|
|
$
|
1,594,346
|
(b)
|
|
$
|
6,255,138
|
|
Income from operations before taxes on
income
(d)
|
|
|
118,183
|
|
|
|
351,848
|
|
|
|
608,714
|
(e)
|
|
|
326,078
|
(b,f)
|
|
|
1,404,823
|
|
Net income
(d)
|
|
|
74,220
|
|
|
|
220,961
|
|
|
|
382,273
|
(e)
|
|
|
204,777
|
(b,f)
|
|
|
882,231
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
0.62
|
|
|
|
1.09
|
|
|
|
0.58
|
|
|
|
2.47
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
1.06
|
|
|
|
0.56
|
|
|
|
2.40
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,029,006
|
|
|
$
|
1,456,277
|
|
|
$
|
1,977,041
|
|
|
$
|
1,541,318
|
|
|
$
|
6,003,642
|
|
Income from operations before taxes on income
|
|
|
124,976
|
|
|
|
310,461
|
|
|
|
607,147
|
(g)
|
|
|
317,378
|
(h)
|
|
|
1,359,962
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
78,735
|
|
|
|
194,970
|
|
|
|
381,289
|
(g)
|
|
|
189,312
|
(h)
|
|
|
844,306
|
|
Earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
0.21
|
|
|
|
0.52
|
|
|
|
1.02
|
|
|
|
0.51
|
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
0.20
|
|
|
|
0.51
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
0.50
|
|
|
|
2.21
|
|
|
Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each quarter and full
year presented. The number of weighted-average shares outstanding changes as common shares are
issued pursuant to employee stock plans, as shares are repurchased by the Company, and other
activity occurs throughout the year. Accordingly, the sum of the quarterly earnings per share data
may not agree with the calculated full year earnings per share.
(a) Includes a $17.3 million pre-tax gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share) on
the divestiture of the Companys mutual fund data business and a $4.1 million gain on the
divestiture of a product line.
(b) Fourth quarter 2006 includes a deferral of $23.8 million of revenue and $21.1 million of
operating profit ($13.3 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) related to the
transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to bundled print and online services, which
was recognized ratably throughout 2007.
(c) Includes a $43.7 million pre-tax charge ($27.3 million after-tax charge, or $0.08 per diluted
share) for restructuring.
(d) In 2006, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, which resulted in
stock-based compensation expense of $54.0 million ($33.9 million after-tax
charge or $0.09 per
diluted share), $23.0 million ($14.4 million after-tax charge or $0.04 per diluted share), $29.2
million ($18.3 million after-tax charge, or $0.05 per diluted share) and $30.0 million ($18.8
million after-tax charge or $0.05 per diluted share), in the first, second, third and fourth
quarters of 2006, respectively. The first quarter expense includes a one-time charge of $23.8
million ($14.9 million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share) for the elimination of the Companys
restoration stock option program.
(e) Includes a $15.4 million pre-tax charge ($9.7 million after-tax charge, or $0.03 per diluted
share) for restructuring.
(f) Includes a $16.1 million pre-tax charge ($10.1 million after-tax charge, or $0.03 per diluted
share) for restructuring.
(g) Includes a $6.8 million pre-tax gain ($4.2 million after-tax gain, or $0.01 per diluted share)
on the sale of Corporate Value Consulting.
(h) Includes a $23.2 million pre-tax charge ($14.6 million after-tax charge, or $0.04 per diluted
share) for restructuring and a $5.5 million pre-tax loss ($3.3 million after-tax) on the sale of
the Healthcare Information Group.
79
Eleven-Year Financial Review
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data, operating statistics and number of employees)
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Operating Results by Segment and Income Statistics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
(a)
|
|
$
|
2,705,831
|
|
|
$
|
2,524,151
|
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
3,046,229
|
|
|
|
2,746,442
|
|
Information & Media
(b)
|
|
|
1,020,221
|
|
|
|
984,545
|
|
|
Total Revenue
|
|
|
6,772,281
|
|
|
|
6,255,138
|
|
|
Operating Profit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
McGraw-Hill Education
|
|
|
399,990
|
|
|
|
329,125
|
|
Financial Services
|
|
|
1,359,477
|
|
|
|
1,202,289
|
|
Information & Media
(b)
|
|
|
63,467
|
|
|
|
49,888
|
|
|
Operating Profit
|
|
|
1,822,934
|
|
|
|
1,581,302
|
|
|
General corporate (expense)/income
(i)
|
|
|
(159,821
|
)
|
|
|
(162,848
|
)
|
Interest expense net
|
|
|
(40,581
|
)
|
|
|
(13,631
|
)
|
|
Income From Continuing Operations Before Taxes On Income
(b,c,d,e,f,j,k,l,m,n,o,p)
|
|
|
1,622,532
|
|
|
|
1,404,823
|
|
Provision for taxes on income
(g,h)
|
|
|
608,973
|
|
|
|
522,592
|
|
|
Income From Continuing Operations Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Adjustment
|
|
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
|
882,231
|
|
|
Discontinued Operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (loss)/earnings from discontinued operations
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Before Extraordinary Item and Cumulative Adjustment
|
|
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
|
882,231
|
|
|
Early extinguishment of debt, net of tax
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect on prior years of changes in accounting
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Income
|
|
$
|
1,013,559
|
|
|
$
|
882,231
|
|
|
Basic Earnings per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
|
$
|
2.47
|
|
Discontinued operations
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
|
$
|
2.47
|
|
Extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
3.01
|
|
|
$
|
2.47
|
|
|
Diluted Earnings per Share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income from continuing operations before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
|
|
$
|
2.94
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
Discontinued operations
(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
|
|
$
|
2.94
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
Extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment
(q)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
2.94
|
|
|
$
|
2.40
|
|
Dividends per share of common stock
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
Operating Statistics
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on average shareholders equity
(r)
|
|
|
47.3
|
%
|
|
|
30.5
|
%
|
Income from continuing operations before taxes as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
24.0
|
%
|
|
|
22.5
|
%
|
Income before extraordinary item and cumulative adjustment as a percentage of revenue
|
|
|
15.0
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
Balance Sheet Data
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Working capital
|
|
$
|
(323,825
|
)
|
|
$
|
(210,078
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
|
6,357,336
|
|
|
|
6,042,890
|
|
Total debt
|
|
|
1,197,447
|
|
|
|
2,681
|
|
Shareholders equity
(r)
|
|
$
|
1,606,650
|
|
|
$
|
2,679,618
|
|
|
Number of Employees
|
|
|
21,171
|
|
|
|
20,214
|
|
|
(a) In 2004, prior period revenues were reclassified in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force
00-10, Accounting for Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs, resulting in an increase in revenue
for all years presented.
(b) 2006 revenue of $23.8 million and operating profit of $21.1 million shifted to 2007 due to the
transformation of Sweets from a primarily print catalog to a bundled print and online service.
(c) 2007 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a $17.3 million pre-tax
gain ($10.3 million after-tax, or $0.03 per diluted share) on the sale of a mutual fund data
business, and a $43.7 million pre-tax charge ($27.3 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share)
for restructuring, which is included in the following: McGraw-Hill Education of $16.3 million
pre-tax; Financial Services of $18.8 million pre-tax; Information & Media of $6.7 million pre-tax;
and Corporate of $1.9 million pre-tax.
(d) In 2006, as a result of the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Boards Statement No.
123(R), Share-Based Payment, the Company incurred stock-based compensation expense of $136.2
million ($85.5 million after-tax, or $0.23 per diluted share), which was charged to the following:
McGraw-Hill Education of $31.6 million pre-tax; Financial Services of $38.3 million pre-tax;
Information & Media of $22.9 million pre-tax; and Corporate of $43.4 million pre-tax. Included in this expense is the
impact of the elimination of the Companys restoration stock option program of $23.8 million ($14.9
million after-tax, or $0.04 per diluted share), which impacted the segments by $4.2 million pre-tax
to McGraw-Hill Education, $2.1 million pre-tax to Financial Services, $2.7 million pre-tax to
Information & Media and the remainder to Corporate. Also included in the expense is restricted
performance stock expense of $66.0 million ($41.5 million after-tax, or $0.11 per diluted share) as
compared with
$51.1 million ($32.1 million after-tax, or $0.08 per diluted share) in 2005. The
breakout by segment is as follows: McGraw-Hill Education, $16.8 million pre-tax in 2006 and $12.0
million pre-tax in 2005; Financial Services $20.2 million pre-tax in 2006 and $8.4 million pre-tax
in 2005; Information & Media, $12.1 million pre-tax in 2006 and $8.8 million pre-tax in 2005; and
Corporate, $16.9 million pre-tax in 2006 and $21.9 million pre-tax in 2005.
(e) 2006 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a $31.5 million pre-tax
charge ($19.8 million after-tax, or $0.06 per diluted share) for restructuring, which is included
in the following: McGraw-Hill Education of $16.0 million pre-tax; Information & Media of $8.7
million pre-tax; and Corporate of $6.8 million pre-tax.
(f) 2005 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes the following items: a
$6.8 million pre-tax gain ($4.2 million after-tax, or $0.01 per diluted share) on the sale of the
Corporate Value Consulting business, a $5.5 million loss ($3.3 million after-tax) on the sale of
the Healthcare Information Group, and a $23.2 million pre-tax charge ($14.6 million after-tax, or
$0.04 per diluted share) for restructuring.
(g) 2005 includes a $10 million ($0.03 per diluted share) increase in income taxes on the
repatriation of funds.
(h) 2004 includes a non-cash benefit of approximately $20 million ($0.05 per diluted share) as a
result of the Companys completion of various federal, state and local, and foreign tax audit
cycles. In the first quarter of 2004, the Company accordingly removed approximately $20 million
from its accrued income tax liability accounts. This non-cash item resulted in a reduction to the
overall effective tax rate from continuing operations to 35.3%.
80
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2004
|
|
|
2003
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2000
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1997
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,671,732
|
|
|
$
|
2,395,513
|
|
|
$
|
2,348,624
|
|
|
$
|
2,342,528
|
|
|
$
|
2,289,622
|
|
|
$
|
2,038,594
|
|
|
$
|
1,786,220
|
|
|
$
|
1,660,050
|
|
|
$
|
1,611,873
|
|
|
|
|
2,400,809
|
|
|
|
2,055,288
|
|
|
|
1,769,093
|
|
|
|
1,555,726
|
|
|
|
1,398,303
|
|
|
|
1,205,038
|
|
|
|
1,163,644
|
|
|
|
1,037,026
|
|
|
|
878,259
|
|
|
|
|
931,101
|
|
|
|
799,737
|
|
|
|
772,603
|
|
|
|
809,439
|
|
|
|
846,063
|
|
|
|
1,007,552
|
|
|
|
1,030,015
|
|
|
|
1,015,598
|
|
|
|
1,035,834
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,003,642
|
|
|
|
5,250,538
|
|
|
|
4,890,320
|
|
|
|
4,707,693
|
|
|
|
4,533,988
|
|
|
|
4,251,184
|
|
|
|
3,979,879
|
|
|
|
3,712,674
|
|
|
|
3,525,966
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,213
|
|
|
|
340,067
|
|
|
|
321,751
|
|
|
|
332,949
|
|
|
|
273,339
|
|
|
|
307,672
|
|
|
|
273,667
|
|
|
|
202,076
|
|
|
|
187,722
|
|
|
|
|
1,019,201
|
|
|
|
839,398
|
|
|
|
667,597
|
|
|
|
560,845
|
|
|
|
425,911
|
|
|
|
383,025
|
|
|
|
358,155
|
|
|
|
338,655
|
|
|
|
245,150
|
|
|
|
|
60,576
|
|
|
|
119,313
|
|
|
|
109,841
|
|
|
|
118,052
|
|
|
|
65,003
|
|
|
|
212,921
|
|
|
|
185,551
|
|
|
|
139,352
|
|
|
|
158,879
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,489,990
|
|
|
|
1,298,778
|
|
|
|
1,099,189
|
|
|
|
1,011,846
|
|
|
|
764,253
|
|
|
|
903,618
|
|
|
|
817,373
|
|
|
|
680,083
|
|
|
|
591,751
|
|
|
|
|
|
(124,826
|
)
|
|
|
(124,088
|
)
|
|
|
38,185
|
|
|
|
(91,934
|
)
|
|
|
(93,062
|
)
|
|
|
(91,380
|
)
|
|
|
(83,280
|
)
|
|
|
(80,685
|
)
|
|
|
(75,342
|
)
|
|
|
|
(5,202
|
)
|
|
|
(5,785
|
)
|
|
|
(7,097
|
)
|
|
|
(22,517
|
)
|
|
|
(55,070
|
)
|
|
|
(52,841
|
)
|
|
|
(42,013
|
)
|
|
|
(47,961
|
)
|
|
|
(52,542
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
1,359,962
|
|
|
|
1,168,905
|
|
|
|
1,130,277
|
|
|
|
897,395
|
|
|
|
616,121
|
|
|
|
759,397
|
|
|
|
692,080
|
|
|
|
551,437
|
|
|
|
463,867
|
|
|
|
|
515,656
|
|
|
|
412,495
|
|
|
|
442,466
|
|
|
|
325,429
|
|
|
|
238,436
|
|
|
|
292,367
|
|
|
|
269,911
|
|
|
|
215,061
|
|
|
|
177,610
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844,306
|
|
|
|
756,410
|
|
|
|
687,811
|
|
|
|
571,966
|
|
|
|
377,685
|
|
|
|
467,030
|
|
|
|
422,169
|
|
|
|
336,376
|
|
|
|
286,257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(587
|
)
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
|
|
4,794
|
|
|
|
(654
|
)
|
|
|
4,886
|
|
|
|
3,405
|
|
|
|
2,935
|
|
|
|
2,442
|
|
|
|
|
|
844,306
|
|
|
|
755,823
|
|
|
|
687,650
|
|
|
|
576,760
|
|
|
|
377,031
|
|
|
|
471,916
|
|
|
|
425,574
|
|
|
|
339,311
|
|
|
|
288,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(8,716
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68,122
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
844,306
|
|
|
$
|
755,823
|
|
|
$
|
687,650
|
|
|
$
|
576,760
|
|
|
$
|
377,031
|
|
|
$
|
403,794
|
|
|
$
|
425,574
|
|
|
$
|
330,595
|
|
|
$
|
288,699
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
1.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
1.22
|
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.86
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.18
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.25
|
|
|
$
|
1.99
|
|
|
$
|
1.81
|
|
|
$
|
1.49
|
|
|
$
|
0.97
|
|
|
$
|
1.04
|
|
|
$
|
1.08
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.19
|
|
|
$
|
1.06
|
|
|
$
|
0.84
|
|
|
$
|
0.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.20
|
|
|
$
|
1.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.85
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.02
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2.21
|
|
|
$
|
1.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.79
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
$
|
0.96
|
|
|
$
|
1.03
|
|
|
$
|
1.07
|
|
|
$
|
0.83
|
|
|
$
|
0.72
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
$
|
0.60
|
|
|
$
|
0.54
|
|
|
$
|
0.51
|
|
|
$
|
0.49
|
|
|
$
|
0.47
|
|
|
$
|
0.43
|
|
|
$
|
0.39
|
|
|
$
|
0.36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27.7
|
%
|
|
|
27.8
|
%
|
|
|
29.6
|
%
|
|
|
29.4
|
%
|
|
|
20.7
|
%
|
|
|
23.5
|
%
|
|
|
26.7
|
%
|
|
|
22.9
|
%
|
|
|
20.8
|
%
|
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
22.3
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
19.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.6
|
%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
17.4
|
%
|
|
|
14.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
14.4
|
%
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
12.3
|
%
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
11.1
|
%
|
|
|
10.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.1
|
%
|
|
|
8.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
366,113
|
|
|
$
|
479,168
|
|
|
$
|
262,418
|
|
|
$
|
(100,984
|
)
|
|
$
|
(63,446
|
)
|
|
$
|
20,905
|
|
|
$
|
(14,731
|
)
|
|
$
|
94,497
|
|
|
$
|
217,912
|
|
|
|
|
6,395,808
|
|
|
|
5,841,281
|
|
|
|
5,342,473
|
|
|
|
4,974,146
|
|
|
|
5,098,537
|
|
|
|
4,865,855
|
|
|
|
4,046,765
|
|
|
|
3,741,608
|
|
|
|
3,660,810
|
|
|
|
|
3,286
|
|
|
|
5,126
|
|
|
|
26,344
|
|
|
|
578,337
|
|
|
|
1,056,524
|
|
|
|
1,045,377
|
|
|
|
536,449
|
|
|
|
527,597
|
|
|
|
684,425
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,113,148
|
|
|
$
|
2,984,513
|
|
|
$
|
2,557,051
|
|
|
$
|
2,165,822
|
|
|
$
|
1,853,885
|
|
|
$
|
1,761,044
|
|
|
$
|
1,648,490
|
|
|
$
|
1,508,995
|
|
|
$
|
1,394,384
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,600
|
|
|
|
17,253
|
|
|
|
16,068
|
|
|
|
16,505
|
|
|
|
17,135
|
|
|
|
16,761
|
|
|
|
16,376
|
|
|
|
15,897
|
|
|
|
15,690
|
|
|
(i) In 2003, the Company adopted the Discontinued Operations presentation, outlined in the
Financial Accounting Standards Boards Statement No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. Revenue and operating profit of S&P ComStock and the juvenile
retail publishing business historically included in the Financial Services and McGraw-Hill
Education segments, respectively, were restated as discontinued operations. 2003 discontinued
operations include $87.5 million on the divestiture of S&P ComStock ($57.2 million after-tax gain
or $0.15 per diluted share), and an $81.1 million loss on the planned disposition of the juvenile
retail publishing business ($57.3 million after-tax loss or $0.15 per diluted share), which was
subsequently sold on January 30, 2004. Discontinued operations in years 20022000 reflect net
after-tax earnings/(loss) from the operations of S&P ComStock and the juvenile retail publishing
business and 19991997 reflect net after-tax earnings/(loss) from the operations of S&P Comstock.
Discontinued operations in 2004 reflect the net after-tax loss from the operations of the juvenile
retail publishing business in January 2004 before the sale of the business.
(j) 2003 income from continuing operations before taxes on income includes a pre-tax gain on sale
of real estate of $131.3 million ($58.4 million after-tax gain, or $0.15 per diluted share).
(k) 2002 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $14.5 million pre-tax
loss ($2.0 million after-tax benefit, or $0.01 per diluted share) on the disposition of MMS
International.
(l) 2001 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects the following items: a
$159.0 million pre-tax charge for restructuring and asset write-downs; an $8.8 million pre-tax gain
on the disposition of DRI; a $22.8 million pre-tax loss on
the closing of Blue List, the
contribution of Rational Investors and the write-down of selected assets; and a $6.9 million
pre-tax gain on the sale of a building.
(m) 2000 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $16.6 million gain on
the sale of Tower Group International.
(n) 1999 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $39.7 million gain on
the sale of the Petrochemical publications.
(o) 1998 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $26.7 million gain on
sale of a building and a $16.0 million charge at Continuing Education Center for write-down of
assets due to a continuing decline in enrollments.
(p) 1997 income from continuing operations before taxes on income reflects a $33.2 million
provision for the consolidation of office space in New York City and a $20.4 million gain on the
sale of Datapro Information Services.
(q) The cumulative adjustment in 2000 reflects the adoption of SAB 101, Revenue Recognition in
Financial Statements. The extraordinary item in 1998 relates to costs for the early extinguishment
of $155 million of the Companys 9.43% Notes during the third quarter.
(r) In 2006, the Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Boards Statement No. 158,
Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, which resulted
in a reduction of shareholders equity of $69.4 million, after-tax.
Note: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified for comparability purposes. All per share
amounts have been restated to reflect the Companys two-for-one stock split, completed on May 17,
2005.
81
Shareholder Information
Annual
Meeting and Webcast
The annual meeting will be held at 11 a.m. EST on Wednesday, April 30, 2008 at the Corporations
world headquarters: 1221 Avenue of the Americas, Auditorium, Second Floor New York, NY 10020-1095
The annual meeting will also be Webcast at www.mcgraw-hill.com
Shareholder
Services
Registered shareholders may contact BNY Mellon
Shareowner Services, the Corporations transfer agent,
for assistance. Please note that The Bank of New York
Company, Inc. and Mellon Financial Corporation merged on
July 2, 2007. The combined stock transfer and equity
administration business is now known as BNY Mellon
Shareowner Services.
|
|
|
Online:
|
|
www.stockbny.com
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
shareowners@bankofny.com
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
U.S. and Canada (toll-free): 1.888.201.5538
|
|
|
Outside the U.S. and Canada: 1.212.815.3700
|
|
|
TDD for the hearing impaired: 1.888.269.5221
|
Please enter 2137 when prompted for The McGraw-Hill Companies four-digit company number.
|
|
|
Mail:
|
|
BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
|
|
|
P.O. Box 11258
|
|
|
New York, NY 10286-1258
|
Effective May 19, 2008, the new Web site address for
online shareholder account access will be
www.bnymellon.com/shareowner/isd and the e-mail address
will be shareowners@bnymellon.com. The new international
number will be 1.201.680.6685 and the new TDD for the
hearing impaired will be 1.201.680.6610. The telephone
number for the U.S. and Canada remains 1.888.201.5538.
Direct
Stock Purchase and Dividend Reinvestment Plan
This program offers a convenient, low-cost way to invest
in the Corporations common stock. Participants can
purchase and sell shares directly through the program,
make optional cash investments weekly, reinvest
dividends, and send certificates to the transfer agent
for safekeeping.
To view the prospectus and online enrollment site
go to www.stockbny.com. To request that materials be
mailed, contact BNY Mellon Shareowner Services.
Investor
Relations Web Site
Go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations to find:
|
|
Dividend and stock split history
|
|
|
|
Stock quotes and charts
|
|
|
|
Investor Fact Book
|
|
|
|
Management presentations
|
|
|
|
Corporate Governance
|
|
|
|
Financial reports, including the
annual report, proxy statement and
SEC filings
|
|
|
|
Financial news releases
|
|
|
|
Investor e-mail alerts
|
|
|
|
RSS news feeds
|
Investor
Kit
The investor kit includes the current annual report,
proxy statement, Form 10-Q, Form 10-K, current earnings
release, and direct stock purchase and dividend
reinvestment program.
To
view the kit online, go to www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations and click on Digital
Investor Kit. To request that printed copies be mailed, contact Investor Relations:
|
|
|
Online:
|
|
www.mcgraw-hill.com/investor_relations
|
|
E-mail:
|
|
investor_relations@mcgraw-hill.com
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
U.S. and Canada (toll-free): 1.866.436.8502, option #3
|
|
|
Outside U.S. and Canada:1.212.512.2192
|
|
Mail:
|
|
The McGraw-Hill Companies
|
|
|
Investor Relations
|
|
|
1221 Avenue of the Americas
|
|
|
New York, NY 10020-1095
|
News
Media Inquiries
The Corporations latest news and information is available online. For additional information,
contact Corporate Affairs:
|
|
|
Online:
|
|
www.mcgraw-hill.com/media
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
U.S. and International: 1.212.512.2826
|
|
Mail:
|
|
The McGraw-Hill Companies
|
|
|
Corporate Affairs
|
|
|
1221 Avenue of the Americas
|
|
|
New York, NY 10020-1095
|
Certifications
The Corporation has filed the required certifications
under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 as Exhibits 31.1, 31.2 and 32 to our annual report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2007.
After the 2008 annual meeting of shareholders, the
Corporation intends to file with the New York Stock
Exchange the CEO certification regarding the
Corporations compliance with the NYSEs corporate
governance listing standards as required by NYSE rule
303A.12. Last year, the Corporation filed this CEO
certification with the NYSE on May 17, 2007.
Stock
Exchange Listing (NYSE: MHP)
Shares of the Corporations common stock are traded
primarily on the New York Stock Exchange. MHP is the
ticker symbol for the Corporations common stock.
High and Low Sales Prices of The McGraw-Hill
Companies Common Stock on the New York Stock
Exchange*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2005
|
|
First Quarter
|
|
$
|
69.98-61.06
|
|
|
$
|
59.57-46.37
|
|
|
$
|
48.00-42.81
|
|
Second Quarter
|
|
$
|
72.50-60.16
|
|
|
$
|
58.75-47.80
|
|
|
$
|
45.67-40.51
|
|
Third Quarter
|
|
$
|
68.81-47.15
|
|
|
$
|
58.30-48.40
|
|
|
$
|
48.75-43.01
|
|
Fourth Quarter
|
|
$
|
55.14-43.46
|
|
|
$
|
69.25-57.28
|
|
|
$
|
53.97-45.60
|
|
|
Year
|
|
$
|
72.50-43.46
|
|
|
$
|
69.25-46.37
|
|
|
$
|
53.97-40.51
|
|
|
* The New York Stock Exchange is the principal market on
which the Corporations shares are traded. The price
reflects the two-for-one stock-split completed on May 17,
2005.
82